Part I - PG - Programmes - 2016-18

COURSES OF STUDY
FOR
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
(2016 – 2018)
Defence Institute of Advanced Technology

(Deemed University)
Pune – 411025
1
CONTENTS
Sl.NO. Titles Page
No.
1 Academic Calendar 2016-2017 5-6
2 STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS OF COURSES 8-370

M.Tech Programmes Specializations
Guided Missiles 10
2.1 Aerospace Engineering Air Armament 14
UAVs 18
Marine 39
Armament and Combat Vechiles 61
Mechanical Engineering
2.2 Robotics* 86
Design 112
2.3 Computer Science and Engineering Cyber Security 136
Software Engineering & Intelligent 159
Systems
2.4 Materials Science and Chemical Chemical Science and Technology 199
Technology Energetic Materials and Polymers 210
Materials Science and Technology 221
2.5 Materials Engineering Materials Engineering# 233
2.6 Modelling and Simulation Modelling and Simulation 246
2.7 Sensor Technology / Laser and Sensor Technology 272
Electro-Optic Communication Laser and Electro-Optic Communication 292
$
2.8 Technology Management Technology Management 308
2.9 Electronics and Communication Signal Processing and Communications 321
Engineering Radar and Communication 322
Defence Electronics Systems 323
Navigation Systems 324
Wireless Network and Applications 325
* Robotics is a multidisciplinary specialisation. M Tech degree will be awarded as per the UG

Degree of the student viz. M Tech in EE/ME/AE etc.
# Sponsored candidates only.
$ Sponsored / Self financed candidates only.
2
PREFACE
This book gives comprehensive information on the structure, curriculum and syllabus of
various Post Graduate programmes. The Board of Studies and Academic Council Continuously
monitor these Courses and makes appropriate modifications / improvements from time to time.
In order to keep pace with the rapid developments in science and technology and also to
keep in view the requirements of the nation and the aspirations of students, it is imperative that the
academic programmes of the institute are reviewed continuously.
The academic system is semester based and hence the students are required to follow
certain procedures and meet certain academic requirement each semester. The academic
performance is monitored by Postgraduate Graduate Committee (PGC), which also reviews status
of individuals after reviewing their performance.
The advisory system plays a very important role in a flexible curriculum of the type
offered under the various programmes of the Institute. The choice of courses being very wide and
considerable flexibility in the programme being its characteristic feature, students normally need
guidance to formulate a meaningful and well knit programme for each of them.
3
Academic Calendar
4
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2016-17
AUTUMN SEMESTER (July –Dec 2016)
Activity Dates
Sl. No.
Registration (M. Tech. / Ph. D)
Re-examination for Spring semester courses
1 Add/Drop Courses & Finalizing Electives 27th June- 1st July 2016
Orientation Programme
2. Last date of Late Registration 08th July 2016
Sending Certified list of courses (Regular, Self study,

3. Audit etc) registered by the students - by Jt. Reg. (ACs) 15th July 2016
to COE
4. Classes (85 actual teaching days) 04th July – 07th Nov 2016
5. Revision and Discussion / Make up Classes (05 days) 08th Nov -15th Nov 2016
6. Sending the Panel of Examiners to COE 12th August 2016
7. Last date of submission of Examination form and Admit 11th Nov 2016
card to COE by the Students.
8. Preparation for Exam (1 week) 16th Nov – 22nd Nov 2016
9. End Semester Examination (2 weeks) 23rd Nov – 06th Dec 2016
10. Oral Examination Committee approved by Chairman 04th Nov 2016

PGC to be sent to COE (Thesis first Phase evaluation)
Seminar Presentation & Evaluation / Practical
11. Examination (M.Tech. 1st Sem) / Thesis first evaluation 07 Dec – 12 Dec 2016
th th
(M.Tech. 3rd Sem) / PhD progress review by DRMC

12. Last date for submission of certified Statement of 14th Dec 2016
Marks to COE (Courses / Seminar / Lab / Thesis)
13. Winter Vacation (2 Weeks) 15th Dec – 29th Dec 2016
14. Result Declaration – Autumn Semester 23rd Dec 2016
During the period provided

for classes without affecting
15. Outstation Instructional Tour (Optional) any academic activities.
5
SPRING SEMESTER (Jan –June 2017)
Activity Dates
Sl. No.
 Registration (M. Tech. / Ph. D)
 Re-examination for Spring semester courses
1 26th Dec - 30th Dec 2016
 Add/Drop Courses & Finalizing Electives
 Orientation Programme
2. Last date of Late Registration 06th Jan 2017
Sending Certified list of courses (Regular, Self study,

3. Audit etc) registered by the students - by Jy. Reg. (ACs) 12th Jan 2017
to COE
4. Classes 02nd Jan – 05th May 2017
5. Revision and Discussion / Make up Classes 06th May -10th May 2017
6. Sending the Panel of Examiners to COE 27th Jan 2017
7. Last date of submission of Examination form and Admit 21st April 2017
card to COE by the Students.
8. Preparation for Exam 11th May – 15th May 2017
9. End Semester Examination (2 weeks) 16th May – 29th May 2017
10. Oral Examination Committee approved by Chairman 11th May, 2017

PGC to be sent to COE (Thesis first Phase evaluation)
Seminar Presentation & Evaluation / Practical
11. Examination (M.Tech Thesis Final Evaluation 30th May – 1st June 2017
/ PhD progress review by DRMC)
12. Last date for submission of certified Statement of 05th June, 2017
Marks to COE (Courses / Seminar / Lab / Thesis)
13. Summer Vacation (4 Weeks) 05th June – 02nd July 2017
14. Result Declaration 12th June 2017
During the period provided

for classes without affecting
15. Outstation Instructional Tour (Optional) any academic activities.
6
Programmes Structure
&
Syllabus of Courses
7
Department of
Aerospace Engineering
8
DEPARTMENT OF AEROSPACE ENGINEERING
The Department of Aerospace Engineering, formerly known as Faculty of Guided Missiles was
established with a mission to impart knowledge to scientists and service officers to take up the
challenges in design, development and use of guided missiles. Later scope was widened to Air
Armaments & UAVs.
Vison of the Department: To be a centre of excellence for education, training and research in
Aerospace Technologies.
Mission of the Department: To impart higher education and pursue research in the field of
Aerospace Engineering and Technology having a bearing on the defence requirements for the
officers of the Ministry of Defence, Armed Forces, Public Sector Undertakings, other related
Organizations and general public.
Research Areas:
 Flight Guidance and Control, Robust and Nonlinear Control
 Flight Dynamics and Trajectory Optimization
 Experimental Aerodynamics
 Aero-elasticity
 Flow control
 UAV
Currently, the department offers M.Tech. in Aerospace Engineering with three specializations
namely Guided Missiles, UAV and Air Armaments. The details of the programmes are given
below:
9
M. Tech. in Aerospace Engineering (Guided Missiles)
Brief Description: The department had been involved in conducting post-graduate programme in
Aerospace Engineering with specialization in Guided Missiles Technology. The programme
consists of courses in the areas related to guided missiles, practicals, seminars, and dissertation
work. The curriculum of the programme was formulated to meet the needs of the three services,
Defence R&D Organization, DGOF, MSQA, CGQA and Public Sector Undertakings dealing with
missiles and related technologies. From academic year 2009-10 onwards, the programme was
also opened up for civilian GATE qualified students.
Eligibility: B.E./B. Tech. degree in Aerospace, Aeronautical or AeSI / Mechanical/ Chemical/

Electrical/ Electronics/ Electronics and Communication / Instrumentation from recognized
university / AMIE.
Organization: The programme will be of four-semester duration. In the first semester there are
six courses and a laboratory/seminar. In the second semester there are seven courses out of which
four courses are electives. In the third semester there are two electives and dissertation phase I.
Fourth semester is completely devoted for dissertation phase II. All courses will have three tests
and a final examination. Half yearly evaluation of the dissertation takes place at the end of the
third semester. At the end of the final semester the student submits a thesis and makes a
presentation about the project, which is evaluated by the committee consists of Internal and
External examiners. Visits to various DRDO labs, Ordnance Factories, Armament Depots are
planned to enhance student‘s appreciation & understanding of the subject. The details of the
courses offered under the programme are given below:
10
Semester I
Sl. Course Contact Hours/week

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 AE 601 Aerospace Propulsion 3 0 3
2 AE 602 Aerodynamics 3 0 3
3 AE 603 Navigation, Guidance & Control 3 0 3
4 AE 604 Introduction to Missiles & UAVs 3 0 3
5 AE 605 Flight Mechanics 3 0 3
6 AM 607 Mathematics for Engineers 3 0 3
7 AE 641 Seminar/ Laboratory 0 4 2
Total 18 4 20
Semester II
Sl. Course Contact hours/week

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 AE 606 Aerospace Structures 3 0 3
2 AE 607 Flight Instrumentation 3 0 3
3 AE 608 Missile Guidance & Control 3 0 3
4 AE 610 Missile Propulsion 3 0 3
5 Elective – I 3 0 3
6 Elective – II 3 0 3
7 TM 649 Scientific/Engg.Practices and Skills 3 0 3
Total 21 0 21
 04 week industrial practice school during summer vacation for scholarship students (optional).
Semester III
Sl. Course Contact Hours /week

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 Elective – III 3 0 3
2 Elective – IV 3 0 3
3 AE 651 M.Tech. Dissertation Phase I 16 8
Total 22 14
11
Semester IV

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 AE 652 M.Tech. Dissertation Phase II 28 14
Total 28 14
List of Electives
Sl. Course
Course
No. Code
Elective I, II, III & IV
1 AE 612 Experimental Aerodynamics
2 AE 613 Structural Dynamics and Aero-elasticity
3 AE 614 Computational Aerodynamics
4 AE 615 Estimation with Applications to Tracking and Navigation
5 AE 616 Nonlinear and Robust Control
6 AE 617 Avionics
7 AE 618 Ducted Rocket & Combustion
8 AE 619 Robotic Control
9 AE 620 Advanced Missile Guidance
10 AE 621 Mini-Project #
Technology of Energetic Compounds: Explosives,
11 AC 611
Propellants & Pyrotechniques
12 AC618 Rocket & Gun Propellants
13 EE 636 Navigation & Avionic Systems
14 EE 635 Satellite Communication
15 EE 610 Electronic Warfare
16 EE 622 Inertial Navigation Systems
17 EE 661 Global Navigational Satellite Systems
18 EE 664 Inertial Sensors and system
19 ME 607 Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)
20 ME 608 Finite Element Methods
21 ME 609 Mechanical Vibrations
22 ME 618 Composite Structures
23 ME 629 Design of Experiments
24 ME 636 MEMS- Design, Fabrication, and Characterization
25 ME 634 Experimental Stress Analysis
12
26 ME 627 Fatigue, Fracture and Failure Analysis
27 ME 635 CAD/CAM
28 AM 602 Mathematical Modelling and System Analysis
29 AM 621 Advanced Modelling Techniques
30 AM 622 Simulation of Linear and Non-linear Systems
31 AM 624 Advanced Numerical Methods
32 AM 625 Digital Image Processing
33 TM 603 Project Management
34 TM 609 System Engineering
# Will be offered in 3rd Semester only.
13
M.Tech. in Aerospace Engineering (Air Armaments)
Brief Description: The aim of the program is to impart advanced training and to update
knowledge in the field of design, development, quality assurance and Inspection of air armaments
to engineering officers from Air Force, Navy & DRDO. At the end of the program the officer
should be able to undertake R&D work and/or inspection, testing and evaluation of aircraft
armament systems.
Eligibility: Bachelor‘s Degree in Aeronautical/Mechanical Engineering of a recognized

Institute/University.
External examiners. Visits to various DRDO labs, Ordnance Factories, Armament Depots are
planned to enhance student‘s appreciation & understanding of the subject and provide them with
opportunity to get hands on experience on various test equipment and procedures related to
design, manufacturing and testing of air armament stores. The details of the courses offered under
the programme are given below:
14
Semester I
Contact Hours /
Sl. Course Week
Course Credits
No. Code
L T/P
1 AFW 601 Ballistics of Bombs & Projectiles 3 0 3
2 AFW 602 Design of Air Armament - I 3 0 3
7 AFW 641 Laboratory/Seminar 0 4 2
Total 18 4 20
Semester II
Contact hours
Sl. Course / Week
Course Credits
No. Code
L T/P
1 AFW 603 Air Armament Control & Guidance 3 0 3
2 AFW 604 Airborne Weapon System Effectiveness 3 0 3
3 AFW 605 Warhead Design and Mechanics 3 0 3
4 Elective-I [From Department] 3 0 3
5 Elective-II 3 0 3
6 Elective-III 3 0 3
Total 21 0 21
Semester III
Sl. Course Contact Hours /Week
Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
2 Elective – V 3 0 3
3 AFW 651 M.Tech Dissertation Phase I 16 8
Total 22 14
15
Semester IV
Sl. Course Contact Hours /Week

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 AFW 652 M.Tech Dissertation Phase II 28 14
Total 28 14
List of Electives
Sl. Course
Course
No. Code
Elective I, II, III, IV & V
1 AFW 606 Design of Air Armament - II
2 AFW 607 Testing and Certification of Air Armament Stores
3 AFW 608 Fire Control Systems
4 AE 606 Aerospace Structures
5 AE 607 Flight Instrumentation
6 AE 608 Missile Guidance & Control
7 AE 609 UAV Guidance & Control
8 AE 610 Missile Propulsion
9 AE 611 UAV Design
Estimation with Applications to Tracking and
13 AE 615
Navigation
15 AE 617 Avionics
16 AE 618 Ducted Rocket & Combustion
18 AE 620 Advanced Missile Guidance
19 AE 621 Mini Porject#
Technology of Energetic Compounds: Explosives,
20 AC 611
Propellants & Pyrotechniques
21 AC618 Rocket & Gun Propellants
16
36 ME 635 CAD/CAM
39 AM 622 Simulation of Linear and Nonlinear Systems
17
M. Tech. in Aerospace Engineering (UAVs)
Brief Description: The programme consists of courses in the areas related to UAVs, practicals,
seminars, and dissertation work. The curriculum of the programme was formulated to meet the
needs of the three services, Defence R&D Organization, and Public Sector Undertakings dealing
with UAVs and related technologies.
Eligibility: B.E./B. Tech. degree in Aerospace, Aeronautical or AeSI / Mechanical/ Electronics/

Electrical/ Electronics and Communication / Instrumentation from recognized university / AMIE.
External examiners. Visits to various DRDO labs and CSRI Labs are planned to enhance
student‘s appreciation & understanding of the subject. The details of the courses offered under the
programme are given below:
18
Semester I

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
3 AE 603 Navigation, Guidance & Control 3 0 3
4 AE 604 Introduction to Missiles & UAVs 3 0 3
7 AE 641 Seminar/ Laboratory 0 4 2
Total 18 4 20
Semester II

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 AE 606 Aerospace Structures 3 0 3
2 AE 607 Flight Instrumentation 3 0 3
3 AE 609 UAV Guidance & Control 3 0 3
4 AE 611 UAV Design 3 0 3
Total 21 0 21
Semester III

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
3 AE 651 M.Tech. Dissertation Phase I 16 8
Total 22 14
19
Semester IV

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 AE 652 M.Tech. Dissertation Phase II 28 14
Total 28 14
List of Electives
Sl. Course
Course
No. Code
Elective III, IV, V & VI
4 AE 615 Estimation with Applications to Tracking and Navigation
6 AE 617 Avionics
8 AE 620 Mini-Project #
23 ME 635 CAD/CAM
20
26 AM 622 Simulation of Linear and Nonlinear Systems
AE 601 Aerospace Propulsion

Introduction: Classification & mode of operation of various Propulsion Systems.
Basic Thermodynamics & Fluid Dynamics: Thermodynamic Laws, Conservation laws for mass,
momentum and energy, Thrust Equation, Compressible flow, Isentropic Relations, Normal &
Oblique Shock Waves, Quasi One-Dimensional flow through variable area ducts, Flow with
Friction and Heat Transfer.
Gas Turbine Engine: Parametric Analysis of Ideal Turbojet, Turbofan & Turboprop engine,
Specific Fuel Consumption, Propulsive, Thermal & Overall Efficiency, Component Performance
(Subsonic & Supersonic Inlets, Axial and Centrifugal Compressors, Combustor, Turbine &
Nozzle)
Piston Engines: Cycle Analysis, Engine Components and Classification, Engine Systems (Fuel
Injection, Ignition, Lubrication, Supercharging, Inter Cooling)
Propellers: Classical Momentum Theory, Blade Element Theory, Variable Speed Propeller,
Propeller Charts, Performance Selection & Matching, Ducted Propellers.
UAV Propulsion: Electric Motors, Solar Cells, Advanced Batteries, Fuel Cells, Future
Technology.
References
1. Philip Hill & Carl Peterson, ―Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Propulsion‖ 2nd Edition,
Prentice Hll, 2009
2. Ronald D. Flack, ―Fundamentals of Jet Propulsion with Applications‖, 2nd Edition,
Cambridge University Press, 2005
3. Nicolas Cumpsty, ―Jet Propulsion: A Simple Guide to Aerodynamic and Thermodynamic
Design and Performance of Jet Engines‖, 2nd Edition, Cambridge University Press, 2015
4. Saeed Farokhi , ―Aircraft Propulsion‖ 2nd Edition, Wiley 2014
5. Jack L. Kerrebrock, ―Aircraft Engines & Gas Turbines‖ 2nd Edition, MIT Press 1992
6. J. Mattingly & H. von Ohain, ―Elements of Propulsion: Gas Turbines & Rockets‖ AIAA
Education, 2006
7. Gordon C Oates, ―Aerothermodynamics of Gas Turbine and Rocket Propulsion‖ 3rd
Edition, AIAA Education, 1997
8. Maurice J Zucrow , ―Aircraft and Missile Propulsion‖, Vol 1 & 2, Wiley 1958
21
AE 602 Aerodynamics
Incompressible flow: Introduction, Governing equations, Flow kinematics, Elementary flows,

Non-lifting and lifting flows, Flow over airfoils; Kutta-Joukowski theorem, Kutta conditon,
Kelvin‘s theorem, Thin airfoil theory; Flow over wings; Prandtl‘s lifting line theory; Viscous
fluid flow, Turbulent flow, flow separation, Boundary layer.
Compressible flow: Introduction, Governing equations, transonic & supersonic flow; Normal
shock waves, Oblique shock and expansion waves, Prandtl-Mayer waves, Shock-Expansion
Theory. Flow over supersonic airfoils and wings; Shock Wave – Boundary Layer interactions.
Introduction to hypersonic flow.
Aerodynamic characteristics of an aircraft; Aerodynamic characteristics of an UAV/MAV;
Aerodynamic characteristics of a missile.
Text/References:
1. John D. Anderson, Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2006.

2. E. L. Houghton and P. W. Carpenter, Aerodynamics for Engineering Students, 5th Edition,
Butterworth-Heineman, Oxford, 2003.
3. John D. Anderson, Introduction to flight, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2005.
4. F. M. White, Viscous Fluid Flow, McGraw Hill, 2006.
5. F. M. White, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill, 2003.
6. Fox and MacDonald, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons,
inc, 2003.
7. John D. Anderson, Modern Compressible Flow: With Historical Perspective, 3rd Ed,
McGraw Hill, 2004.
8. John D. Anderson, Hypersonic and High Temperature Gas Dynamics, McGraw Hill, 2006.
9. Maurice Rasmussen, Hypersonic Flow, John Wiley & Sons, inc, 1994.
10. S. S. Chin, Missile Configuration Design, McGraw Hill, 1961.
11. Michael R. Mendenhall, Tactical Missile Aerodynamics,2nd Ed., AIAA Publications,
1992.
12. Reg Austin, Unmanned aircraft Systems: Uavs design, development and deployment, John
Wiley&Sons,inc,2010.
AE 603 Navigation, Guidance & Control
Navigation: Navigation systems and principles of operation, Continuous waves and frequency
modulated radars, MTI and Doppler radars; types of navigation; LORAN, Decca, Omega, VOR,
INS, and GPS.
Guidance: Classification and phases of missile guidance. Guidance laws: pursuit, LOS, CLOS,
BR and PN laws. Advance Guidance Systems such as Imaging, Scene Correlation, Millimeteric
wave, Non-LOS Guidance Systems, Laser Based Guidance Systems.
Control: Classical linear time invariant control systems, transfer function representations,
stability, Time domain characteristics, Frequency domain characteristics, Root Locus, Nyquist
and Bode plots, Introduction to state space analysis.
22
Texts/References:
1. Ching Fang Lin, Modern Navigation, Guidance and Control Processing, Prentice Hall,
1991
2. P. Zarchan, Tactical & Strategic Missile Guidance, American Institute of Aeronautics and
Astronautics, 2007
3. G. M. Siouris, Missile Guidance and Control Systems, Springer, 2004
4. John H. Blakelock, Automatic Control of Aircraft and Missiles, Wiley, 1991
5. Anthony Lawrence, Modern Inertial Technology, Springer, 1998
K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, Prentice Hall of India, 1995.
AE 604 Introduction to Missiles & UAVs
Guided Missile systems: Classification of missiles, Different missile configurations,

interrelationship between various missile subsystems. Choice of sub-systems, selection and
preliminary design of propulsion, airframe, guidance, aerodynamics, control and warhead systems
of a guided missile.
UAV systems: Definition of UAVs. History of UAVs. Basic Elements of UAVs. Military and
other applications of UAVs. Classification of UAVs. Comparison of manned aircrafts, missiles
and UAVs.. UAV Concepts. Fixed wing, rotary wing and blended wing UAVs. Flight
Instrumentation and Data Acquisition Systems. Actuators and Sensors of UAVs. UAVs currently
in operation. Armed-Killer UAVs. Countering UAVs. Design standards and regulatory aspects of
UAVs. Launch and Recovery aspects. Navigational and control aspects of UAVs. Control
Stations. Support Equipment. UAV System Deployment.
Text books:
1. Reg Austin, Unmanned Aircraft Systems. Wiley Publication, 2010.

2. J. Jayaraman, Unmanned Aircraft Systems: A Global View . DRDO, 2014.
3. Eugene L. Fleeman, Missile Design and System Engineering. AIAA Foundation Series, 2014.
4. Bandu N. Pamadi, Performance, Stability, Dynamics, and Control of Airplanes. AIAA
Education Series, 1998.
5. S.S.Chin, Missile Configuration Design, McGraw Hill Book Company, Inc., 1961.
AE 605 Flight Mechanics

Flight Performance: Standard Atmosphere. Aerodynamics of airfoils and wings. Brief history of
flight. Introduction to performance. Equations of motion. Thrust required, thrust available &
maximum velocity for level un-accelerated flight. Power required, power available and max.
velocity. Altitude effects on power required and available. Rate of climb. Gliding Flight. Absolute
ceiling. Time to climb. Range and Endurance. Takeoff and Landing performance. Turning Flight
and v-n diagram.
Flight Stability and Control: Definition of stability and control: static stability, dynamic
stability, control, the partial derivative. Moments on missile, absolute angle of attack, Criteria for
longitudinal static stability. Contribution of wings to moment about center of gravity,
Contribution of tail to moment about center of gravity.Total pitching moment about center of
23
gravity. Equations for longitudinal static stability. The neutral point. The static margin.
Aerodynamic derivatives. Cross coupling. The concept of static longitudinal control. Lateral
stability: Induced rolling moments, Various configurations. Aerodynamic damping. Stability
margins. Control forces and moments.
Text/References:
1. B. Etkin, Dynamics of Atmospheric Flight, Dover, 2005 .
2. Robert C. Nelson, Flight Stability and automatic control, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 2007
3. Bandu N. Pamadi, Performance, Stability, Dynamics and control of airplanes. AIAA
Educational Series.
4. John D Anderson, JR, Introduction to Flight, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi.
Suggested References:
1. Michael R. Mendenhall, Tactical Missile Aerodynamics, , 2nd Ed., AIAA Publications, 1992.
2. Eugene L. Fleeman, Missile Design and System Engineering, AIAA Education Series, 2012.
3. J.J. Jerger, System Preliminary Design, D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., Princeton, New Jersey,
1960.
4. A.E. Puckett and Simon Ramo, Guided Missile Engineering, McGraw Hill, 1989.
AE 606 Aerospace Structures

Review of Strength of Materials; Aerospace structural materials and stress-strain characteristics;
Analysis of pressure vessels; Bending, shear and torsion of thin-walled members; Buckling of
columns, plates and cylinders; Analysis of composite structures
Analysis of aircraft & UAV structures; Principles of stressed-skin construction; Structural

components of aircraft; Airworthiness; Airframe loads; Vibration and Fatigue
General requirements for missile structures; Introduction of various load carrying members in
missile structures; Introduction to different types of construction- monocoque, semimonocoque,
truss, corrugated shells; Missile load analysis; Missile stress analysis
Texts/ References:
1. David J. Peery, Aircraft Structures, Dover Publications, 2011
2. E. F. Bruhn, Analysis and Design of Flight Vehicle Structures, S.R. Jacobs, 1973
3. T. H. G. Megson, Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2010.
AE 607 Flight Instrumentation
Basic concepts of measurements: Generalized characteristics of sensors, instruments, and

measurement systems. Measurement of physical quantities such as pressure, force, altitude,
temperature, flow, strain and vibration, and angle of attack. Inertial sensors: gyroscope and
accelerometer with recent advancements therein.
Signal processing: Operational amplifiers, instrumentation and Charge amplifiers. Analog to

digital and digital to analog converters. Data acquisition system.
24
Data transmission: Signal transmission by analog and digital means, methods of modulation and
demodulation, multiplexing time division and frequency division, telemetry systems and
trajectory tracking devices such as Electro-optic tracking systems.
Tracking and data fusion: Thermal imagining system, scanning techniques, detectors and range
analysis and multi sensor data fusion for trajectory analysis.
Texts/References:
1. E.O. Doebelin, Measurement Systems: Application and Design, 4thEd, McGraw Hill
International, New York, 1990
2. J.M. Lloyd, Thermal imaging system, Plenum Pub., New York, 1975
3. D. Patranabis, Telemetry Principles, Tata McGraw Hill, New York, 2000.
AE 608 Missile Guidance & Control
Missile Kinematics: Kinematics of various courses, time of flight, lateral acceleration demand
and turning rate spectrum for each case.
Guidance Laws: Optimal guidance, Advanced PN guidance laws, comparative study of different
guidance schemes.
Inertial Guidance: Introduction, inertial sensors, coordinate systems and its transformation,
Schuler tuning and gimbaled platform systems. Guidance used for ballistic missiles.
Missile control methods: Aerodynamic and thrust vector control, Polar and Cartesian control
Mathematical modeling: Force and moment equations. Linearization. Transfer function
representation of airframe
Missile servo system: Hydraulic, Pneumatic and Electromechanical
Missile instruments: accelerometer, gyroscopes, altimeter, resolvers
Autopilot design based on classical approach: Roll stabilization. Lateral autopilots based on
various combinations of rate gyro and accelerometer feedbacks. Three loop autopilot.
Modern control of missile: State space representation of missile dynamics. Controllability and
Observability. State feedback control, Pole placement techniques, Design of observers. Missile
autopilot designs based on state space methods.
Text/References:
1. Merill I. Skolnik, Introduction to Radar Systems, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2001.
2. P Zarchan, Tactical and Strategic Missile Guidance, Vol 199 of Progress in Astronautics
and Aeronautics, AIAA, Reston, VA, 2002.
3. P. Garnell, Guided Weapon Control Systems, 2nd Ed, Pergamon Press, London, 1980.
4. G.M. Siouris, Missile Guidance and Control Systems, Springer Verlag, New York, 2004.
5. J.H. Blakelock, Automatic Control of Aircraft and Missiles, John Wiley, New York, 1991.
6. B. Friedland, Control System Design- An Introduction to State-Space Methods, McGraw-
Hill, Singapore, 1987.
25
AE 609 UAV Guidance & Control
UAV Guidance: Overview of UAV guidance techniques, General guidance laws for UAVs ,
Kinematic models for guidance, Path planning, Way-point guidance, Path following for straight
line and orbits, Guidance of swam of UAVs, obstacle avoidance guidance. Vision Based
Navigation and Target Tracking for Unmanned Aerial Vehicles
Inertial guidance: Introduction, inertial sensors, coordinate systems and its transformation,
Schuler tuning and related issues. INS systems , GPS-INS Integration, Data fusion.
Servo systems : Electromechanical
UAV Mathematical Modeling: Equations of Motion for an Unmanned Aerial Vehicle, Coordinate
Systems, Small Perturbation Theory, linearization and transfer function representation. Stability
Analysis for Unmanned Aerial Vehicles.
UAV Control: Classical Controller Design for Unmanned Aerial Vehicles, Lateral-directional
and longitudinal autopilot design using success loop closure. Modern control of UAVs: State
space representation of UAV dynamics. Controllability and Observability. Design of UAV
autopilots based on State feedback, Design of observers. Advanced modern techniques for UAV
autopilot design.
Text/References:
1. Amitava Bose, Somnath Puri, Paritosh Banerjee, Modern Inertial Sensors and Systems,
Prentice-Hall of India, 2008.
2. Ian Moir, Allan Seabridge, Malcolm Jukes, Military Avionics Systems, Wiley, 2006.
3. Jay Gundlach, Designing Unmanned Aircraft Systems: A comprehensive Approach,
AIAA Education Series, AIAA, 2012.
4. Rafael Yanushevsky, Guidance of Unmanned Aerial Vehicles, CRC Press, 2011.
5. J.H. Blakelock, Automatic Control of Aircraft and Missiles, John Wiley, New York, 1991.
6. B. Friedland, Control System Design- An Introduction to State-Space Methods, McGraw-
Hill, Singapore, 1987.
7. Randal W. Beard and Timothy W. McLain, Small Unmanned Aircraft Theory & Practice,
Princeton University Press, 2012.
AE 610 Missile Propulsion
INTRODUCTION: Classification and characteristics of various propulsive devices used for Missiles &
Weapon Systems.
THERMODYNAMIC CYCLE ANALYSIS: Engine cycles (Turbojet, Turbofan, Pulsejet, Ramjet and
Rocket Engine). Thrust equation, specific impulse & fuel consumption. Thermal efficiency, propulsive
efficiency & overall efficiency of propulsion systems.
GAS DYNAMICS: Equation of state, internal energy, enthalpy & entropy of an ideal gas. Laws of
conservation of mass, momentum and energy. Wave equation and velocity of sound. Quasi one-
dimensional gas flows. Characteristic parameters. Methods of solving one-dimensional problem of gas
dynamics. Flow across Shock waves and Expansion waves. Flow through variable area ducts.
REACTING FLOWS & HEAT TRANSFER: Reactant and product mixtures, stoichiometry, absolute
enthalpy, enthalpy of formation, chemical equilibrium, Gibbs function, Adiabatic Flame Temperature,
26
shifting equilibrium and frozen flow assumptions. One-dimensional flows with friction and heat transfer.
Conduction, convection & radiation heat transfer processes in one-dimensional gas flows.
CHEMICAL ROCKETS: Gravity free flight of rockets. Performance Parameters (Total & Specific
Impulse, Thrust Coefficient, Characteristic Velocity, Effective Exhaust Velocity, Combustion Parameter,
Characteristic Length, Residence Time). Methods for evaluating performance parameters. Evaluation of
chemical composition of combustion products and chamber temperature. Introduction to Solid and Liquid
Propellants.
SOLID ROCKET MOTOR: Solid propellant burning mechanism and combustion models. Burning rate of
solid propellants under steady-state and transient conditions. Calculation of equilibrium chamber pressure
under steady-state and transient conditions. Burning surface evolution. Erosive burning. Heat transfer and
chamber wall temperature. Grain ignition and igniter assembly. Stability condition for steady-state
operation of solid rocket motor. Combustion instability and frequency of acoustic pressure oscillations in
the motor.
LIQUID ROCKET ENGINE: Burning mechanism of liquid propellants. Combustion of mono & bi
propellant systems. Droplet vaporization combustion model. Ignition delay. Pressure transients in liquid
rocket motors. Combustion Instability. Heat transfer and cooling. Design of liquid propellant engines
(Propellant feed systems, Propellant tanks, Tank pressurization, Turbopumps, Engine integration)
HYPERSONIC AIR BREATHING PROPULSION: Aerothermodynamics of Ramjet & Scramjet Engines,

Performance Measures, Compression, Expansion and Combustion systems.
Text/References:
1. George P. Sutton, Rocket Propulsion Elements, Wiley-Interscience; 7th edition, 2000
2. M. J. Zucrow, Aircraft and Missile Propulsion, vol 1& 2, John Wiley, 1958
3. M. Barrere, Rocket Propulsion, Elsevier Pub. Co., 1960
4. M. J. Zucrow, Gas Dynamics, John Wiley & Sons; Volume 1, 1976
5. James E. A. John, Gas Dynamics, Prentice Hall, 3rd edition, 2006
6. P. Hill & C. Peterson, Mechanics & Thermodynamics of Propulsion, Prentice Hall, 2nd
edition,1991
7. G. C. Oates, Aerothermodynamics of Gas Turbines and Rocket Propulsion, AIAA Education
Series, 1989
8. W. Heiser, D. Pratt, D. Daley, U. Mehta, Hypersonic Airbreathing Propulsion, AIAA Education
Series, 1994
AE 611 UAV Design
Terminology. Requirements. Certification approaches: aircrafts and UAVs. Airworthiness of aircrafts

and UAVs. Airsafety issues. Handling qualities. Maneuverability requirements.
Aircraft design; UAV system design. UAV system identification. UAV project life cycles. Stages of
Aircraft design. Initial sizing: aircrafts and of UAVs. UAV aerodynamics, structures and propulsion.
Ground control systems. Ground and flight testing of UAVs. UAV guidance and Navigation. Design for
reliability.
Introduction to UAV system Development.
Text books:
27
1. Daniel P. Raymer, Aircraft Design: A Conceptual Approach. AIAA Education Series, 2012
2. J. Jayaraman, Unmanned Aircraft Systems: A Global View, DRDO, 2014.
3. Reg Austin, Unmanned Aircraft Systems, Wiley Publication, 2010.
4. Eugene L. Fleeman, Missile Design and System Engineering, AIAA Foundation Series, 2014.
5. John Anderson Jr., Aircraft Performance & Design, McGraw-Hill2014
AE 612 Experimental Aerodynamics

Need and Objectives of Experimental study, Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, Governing
equations.
Wind Tunnels: Classification of wind tunnels, Subsonic wind tunnel, Transonic wind tunnel,
Supersonic wind tunnel, Hypersonic wind tunnel, Special purpose wind tunnels: Icing tunnel,
plasma tunnel, shock tubes, atmospheric tunnel, automobile wind tunnel etc., Wind Tunnel
Instrumentation & Calibration, Wind tunnel balances.
Pressure Measurements: Manometers, Pressure Probes, Pressure transducers, Pressure sensitive

paints. Velocity measurements: Pressure-based velocity measurements, Hot-wire anemometers
(CTA & CCA), Laser Doppler anemometer (LDA), Particle Image Velocimetry (PIV).
Temperature Measurements: Thermocouples, RTD, Temperature sensitive paints, Pyrometers.
Flow Visualization: Surface flow visualization, Tufts, Particle tracer methods: Smoke or Die
injection method, Smoke wire, Helium or Hydrogen bubble technique, Optical methods:
Shadowgraph, Schlieren photography and Interferometry. Measurement of aerodynamic forces
and moments.
Specific experimental environments & measurement techniques, Flight testing, Data acquisition,
Data processing, Uncertainty analysis.
Text/References:
1. Alan Pope & John J. Harper, Low-speed Wind Tunnel Testing, John Wiley & Sons, 1966.
2. Alan Pope & Kennith L. Goin, High-Speed Wind Tunnel Testing, John Wiley & Sons,
1965.
3. Bernhard H. Goethert, Transonic Wind Tunnel Testing, Pergamon Press, 1961.
4. E. Rathakrishnan, Instrumentation, Measurements and Experiments in Fluids, CRC Press,
Taylor & Francis Group, 2009.
5. Doeblin.E.O. Measurement systems Applications and design. 5th ed. McGrawHill, 2003
AE 613 Structural Dynamics and Aero-elasticity
Single, Double and Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems: Review of SDOF systems, Free/forced and
damped/undamped vibrations, Determination of modal parameters (natural frequencies, mode
shapes, and damping), Orthogonality of modes, Steady state and transient response using modal
analysis.
Continuous systems: Vibration of strings, bars, and beams (Euler and Timoshenko beam theories);
Various boundary conditions; Determination of natural frequencies and modes; Modeling of
damping, Rayleigh method, Steady state and transient response using modal analysis, Approximate
methods for computing natural frequencies and modes.
28
Aeroelasticity: Static and dynamic aeroelasticity, Discrete models for aeroelastic problems, Steady
state aeroelastic phenomenon with specific reference to wing divergence and control system
reversal. Flutter analysis and prediction.
Texts/ References:
1. D. H. Hodges & G. Alvin Pierce, Introduction to Structural Dynamics and Aeroelasticity, Cambridge
University Press, 2002
2. Raymond L. Bisplinghoff, Holt Ashley & Robert L. Halfman, Aeroelasticity, Courier Dover
Publications, 1996
AE 614 Computational Aerodynamics
Governing equations, model equations and classification of PDEs. Euler equations, Navier Stokes
equations, Burger’s equation.
Introduction to finite difference, finite element and finite volume methods.
Basics of grid generation. Structured grid, unstructured grid
Analysis of numerical schemes for accuracy, stability, dispersion and dissipation. RK method,
schemes with spectral-like resolution, Riemann solver, TVD, and ENO. Implementation of
boundary conditions.
Boundary layer, shock-capturing, turbulence, aeroacoustic and aeroelastic computations.
Textbooks
C. Hirsch, Numerical Computation of Internal and External Flows, Volumes 1 & 2, Butterworth-
Heinemann, Oxford, 2007
J. F. Thompson, B. K. Soni, N. P. Weatherill, Handbook of Grid Generation, CRC press, Taylor &
Francis, 1998
E. F. Toro, Riemann Solvers and Numerical Methods for Fluid Dynamics, 3rd Ed, Springer, 2009
S. B. Pope, Turbulent Flows, Cambridge University Press, 2000
J. Blazek, Computational Fluid Dynamics: Principles and Applications, 2nd Ed, Elsevier, 2006
AE 615 Estimation with Applications to Tracking and Navigation
Background Estimation and related areas, Applications of Estimation, Preview of

Estimation/Filtering, Examples of state estimation.
Review Linear Algebra and Linear Systems, Brief review of probability theory.
Linear Dynamical Systems with Random Inputs Linear stochastic systems, objectives.
Continuous-time linear stochastic systems – state space model and solution of continuous-time
state-space representation. Discrete-time linear stochastic systems – state space model and
solution of discrete-time state-space representation.
Linear Estimation in Linear Static and Dynamic Systems Linear minimum mean-squared
29
error estimation. Principle of orthogonality. Least squares (LS) estimation – batch and recursive
estimation. Kalman filter (KF). Derivation. Matrix Riccati equations. Innovations process.
Orthogonality issues
Estimation for Kinematic Models Discretized continuous-time kinematic modes. Direct discrete
kinematic models. LS and KF estimation for noiseless kinematic models. Steady state filters for
noisy kinematic models.
Adaptive Estimation and Maneuvering Targets Adaptive estimation and its objectives. Input
estimation. Model, Innovations as a linear measurement of unknown input. Estimation of
unknown input. Variable State Dimension approach. Comparison of adaptive estimation for
Maneuvering Targets. Use of Extended KF for simultaneous state and parameter estimation.
Introduction to Navigation Applications Objectives. Complimentary filtering for navigation.

Global Position Systems (GPS)-models, GPS positioning and its accuracy. State space model for
navigation. Integrated navigation estimation. Centralized/distributed estimation fusion. Extended
Kalman filter for navigation.
Text/References:
1. Y. Bar-Shalom et. al , Estimation with applications to tracking and navigation, John-
Wiley and Sons, 2001.
2. S. Haykin, Adaptive filter theory, Pearson, 2002.
3. S. Kay, Fundamentals of statistical signal processing: estimation theory, Prentice-Hall 1993.
AE 616 Nonlinear and Robust Control
Introduction to Nonlinear Systems, Stability analysis, Feedback linearization, Input-State and

Input-Output Linearization, Robust Feedback Linearization. Sliding Mode Control and Sliding
Mode Observers. Uncertainties, variation and unmodelled lags. Robust control based on
Uncertainty and Disturbance Estimation. Time Delay Control, Inertial Delay Control.
Disturbance Observer. State and Disturbance Observers. Applications in missile and aircraft
autopilot design.
Texts/ References:
1. J.J.E. Slotine and W. Li, Applied Nonlinear Control, Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1991.
2. P. Garnell: Guided Weapon Control Systems, Pergamon Press, London, 1980.
3. A. Sabanovic, L. Fridman, and S. Spurgeon, Variable Structure Systems: From Principles
to Implementation, IEE Control Series No. 66, 2004.
AE 617 Avionics
Maps and geodesy; co-ordinate systems and transformations; great circle and rhumb line
navigation; dead reckoning; INS-gyroscopes and accelerometers, platform stability and strapped
down INS; horizontal and vertical mechanizations in INS; baro-altimeter, air speed indicator,
compass and gyro compass; radio navigation - beacons, VOR, DME, LORAN and other nav-aids;
primary and secondary surveillance radars; Doppler navigation; GPS principles - space and
30
control segments architecture; DOP and computation of position and velocity; GPS in air, surface
and space navigation; considerations in air traffic control. Aids to approach and landing. Head-Up
displays: Helmet mounted displays; Headdown displays. Data fusion. Displays Technology.
Control and data entry. Radar and communication FMS. Avionics system integration. Data bus.
Introduction to safety systems.
Texts/References:
1. Albert Helfrick, Principles of Avionics, Avionics Communications, 2009

2. Myron Kayton & Walter R. Fried, Avionics Navigation Systems, John Wiley & Sons,1997.
AE 618 Ducted Rocket & Combustion
Ramjet and integral rocket ramjet: Thrust and thrust coefficients, effective jet velocity,
Combustion efficiency, Classification and comparison of IRR propulsion system. Two-phase
nozzle flows, Scramjet, Solid fuel ramjets, Advances in Propulsion Technology.
Experimental techniques for rocket testing: General layout of solid, liquid, and IRR Thrust
stand, auxiliaries, safety measures. Thrust, pressure, flow and temperature measurements.
Evaluation of tests.
Combustion: Pre-mixed flames - flame speed, inflammability limits, One dimensional flame
propagation, Diffusion flames, Detonation and deflagration.
Texts/ References:
1. M.J. Zucrow and J.D. Hoffman, Gas dynamics, Vol. I, John Wiley and sons, New York,
1976
2. M.J. Zucrow, Aircraft and Missile Propulsion, Vol II, John Wiley and Sons, New York,
1958
3. K. Kuo, Principles of Combustion, 2nd Ed, John Wiley & Sons, 2005
4. I. Glassman, Combustion, Ist Ed, Academic Press, San Diego, California 1997
AE 619 Robotic Control
Introduction to feedback system. Mathematical modeling: Transfer functions; Block Diagrams;

Time domain analysis; Frequency Domain Analysis; Stability. Designs of compensators;
Introduction to state space methods. State space representation of dynamical systems. Solution of
state equation. Controllability and Observability. State feedback control, Pole placement
techniques, Design of observers.
Robot dynamics, equations of motion, Independent joint control, PID based set point tracking,
feedforward control and computed torque method, multivariable control, force control, control of
robots based on feedback linearization, Robust control of robots.
Textbooks:
1. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010.

2. B. Friedland, Control System Design- An Introduction to State-Space Methods,
31
McGraw-Hill, Singapore, 1987.
4. M. W. Spong and M. Vidyasagar, Robot Dynamics and Control, John Wiley & Sons, New
York, USA, 2004.
AE 620 Advanced Missile Guidance
Inertial Navigation Systems: Kinematics, Angular Velocity and torque equations of

gimballed system, errors in INS; Strap Down Inertial Navigation System: Inertial Alignment
System, flow diagram and direction cosine computation algorithm of SDINS.
Global Positioning System: Introduction, modes of operations, signals and codes, position fixing,
Differential GPS and GPS coordinate transformation. Kalman filtering and integration of GPS and
INS.
Missile Guidance loop design studies, Guidance loop model, Normalised homing time and
normalised miss distance, variants of PN Laws, Optimal guidance Law, performance comparison
of different guidance Laws.
Guided missile design – Top down approach; Guidance & control systems specifications,
specifications on aerodynamics, Roll dynamics & rolling moment gradient limit, Autopilot & it‘s
hardware. Requirements, Seeker specifications- Range, Antenna & radome slope error specs
RF & IR Seeker based Guidance, Seeker angle tracking and stabilization systems – Isolation &
Decoupling; Nominal scheme & Decoupling loop scheme based approach for guidance – Generic
performance comparison; LOS reconstruction approach for faster cost effective homing guidance,
performance comparisons of different schemes through 3-DOF simulations.
Radome error modelling, Guidance & control system with radome error-static effects and
dynamic effects, Deleterious effects of radome error on guidance, Radome error characterization
and compensation
Seeker estimator- Inside and outside seeker mechanization, performance comparison, eclipsing
effects & performance-Multiple PRF seeker
Text/References
1. P. Garnell, Guided weapon control systems, 2nd ed, pergamon press, London, 1980
2. G.M. Siouris, Missile Guidance and control systems, springer verlag, New Yor, 2004
3. Merill I. Skolnik, Introduction to Radar system, Tata Mc Hill, New Delhi, 2001
AFW 601 Ballistics of Bombs & Projectiles
Basics of Ballistics of any projectile, Difference between precision, accuracy and CEP. Internal
Ballistics (Guns): Burning of propellants, Vielle‘s mode and rate of burnings, form function,
Resalls‘ Energy Equation. Internal ballistic solutions, Hunt hind Heydenreigh system. Lodue
Method. Effect of vibrations in loading conditions, Similarity relations. External Ballistics (Guns):
Aerodynamic force system. Normal equations. Siacci form of solutions, Numerical methods of
trajectory computation, Meteorological corrections. Angular motion of the Centre of mass. Drift
and deflection, Dispersion of fire. External Ballistics of Rockets: Launch dynamics, plane
trajectory, boost plane trajectory models, rocket accuracy (dispersion and stability), rocket-
32
assisted projectiles. Bomb Ballistics: Aerodynamic forces and moments acting on a bomb, Drag
co-efficient, Terminal velocity and Ballistic index, Trajectory of bombs, Simulated stores
(similitude) and their trajectories, Bomb stability derivatives and analysis (in roll, pitch and yaw),
wind tunnel testing, Bomb trajectory calculations with point mass and Six Degrees of Freedom
Equations. Calculation of Moment of Inertia and Centre of Gravity of bombs.
Text/References:
1. Text Book of Ballistic & Gunnery, Vol I & II, HMSO Publication,1987,.
2. Ballistics Theory and Design of Guns & Ammunition, DE Carlucci & SS Jacobson, CRC
Press. 2007,
3. Military Ballistics: A Basic Manual (Brassey‘s New Battlefield Weapons Systems and
Technology Series into 21st Century), CL Farrar, DW Leeming, GM Moss, Brassey's
(UK) Ltd. 1999,
4. Modern Exterior Ballistics, ,Robert L McCoy, Schiffer Publishing. 2001
AFW 602 Design of Air Armament - I
Aerodynamics Decelerators: definitions, types, applications of parachute for escape, recovery

and armaments systems. Supersonic inflatable decelerators.
Parachute characteristics: opening characteristics, aerodynamic drag &wake effect, shock load,
snatch force, inflation process, reefing, clustering, pressure distribution, deployment methods,
critical speeds, parachute stability, stress analysis, trajectory and motion of deployed parachutes,
impact attenuators. Parachute malfunctions.
Parachute materials, porosity of fabric. Parachute & reefing system design, Case study on design
of parachute recovery and landing system. Testing of Parachutes
Design of aircraft bombs & tail units: Classification, design data, factors affecting bomb
design, spatial functioning considerations, bomb design for stability and accuracy requirements.
Design and use of cluster bomb.
Design of HE Bomb: Bombs case design, analysis of stresses in thin and thick cylinders, various
failure theories, stages of manufacturing of forged bomb case
Design of penetration bomb: description of concrete, crushing strength, setting & hardening.
Behavior of concrete on impact of projectile, factors affecting penetration, effect of reinforcement,
mathematical calculation of residual velocity, time of penetration and resistive pressure. Analysis
of stresses in bomb case during normal impact on concrete. Calculation of penetration & depth
resistive pressure in rock & soil.
Fuses : Classification, general design considerations, principles of fuse initiation, design, working
and safety features of mechanical fuses, safety & arming devices. Introduction to electrical,
electronic fuses, proximity and long delay fuses. Latest trends in fuse development
Guided Bombs: Classification and types, Design Criteria, Working principle, Type of Lasing
equipment (LDP, PLDs, UAV assisted). Range Enhancement techniques.
33
Chaffs, flares, EAX and power cartridges: Basic principles, design aspect and lifting
methodology.
Text/References:
1. Text Book of Air Armament, Royal Air Force publication.
2. Irwin, Recovery System design Guide, 2006.
3. Air Force Wing Précis on Stores Separation.
4. Knacke TW, Parachute Recovery System Design Manual, 2008.
5. Performance & Design criteria for Deployable Aerodynamic Decelerators (NTIS).
6. Air Force Wing Précis on Bomb and Fuse Design.
AFW 603 Air Armament Control & Guidance
Basic design features, Design Criteria, Classification and types of Air Launched Missiles, Specific
design requirements.
Missile Controls: Missile control methods: Aerodynamic and thrust vector control, Polar and
Cartesian control.
Mathematical modeling: Force and moment equations. Linearization, Transfer function

representation of airframe.
Missile servo system: Hydraulic, Pneumatic and Electromechanical.
Missile instruments: Accelerometer, gyroscopes, altimeter, resolvers.
Autopilots Design: Autopilot design based on classical approach: Roll and roll rate stabilization.
Lateral autopilots based on various combinations of rate gyro and accelerometer feedbacks. Three
loop autopilot.
Introduction to sensors & signal processing
Radar Systems: Fundamentals of Radar, Introduction to Pulse, CW, FM-CW & MTI Radar,
Tracking Techniques.
Guidance System: Classification of guidance system, phases of guidance, command guidance,

MMW seeker head, image infra red, scene correlation area navigation system and laser based
system. Introduction to INS and SDINS.
GPS: Introduction, description of satellite coordinates and calculation of user coordinates.

Concept of GPS INS integration.
Missile Kinematics: Trajectory computation, time of flight, Lateral acceleration demand and
turning rate for various courses.
Text/References:
1. Merill I. Skolnik, Introduction to Radar Systems, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.
2. G.M. Siouris, Missile Guidance and Control Systems, Springer Verlag, 2004.
34
3. G.C. Goodwin, S.F. Graebe, and M.E. Salgado, Control System Design, Prentice-Hall,
New Delhi, 2002.
AFW 604 Airborne Weapon System Effectiveness
Basic tools and methods used in Weaponeering: Weaponeering process, elementary statistical
methods, weapon trajectory, delivery accuracy of guided & unguided armaments, target
vulnerability assessment, introductory and advanced methods.
Weaponeering process of air launched weapons against ground targets: single weapon
directed against point & area target, Stick deliveries, projectiles, cluster munitions, Weaponeering
for specific target (bridges, building, tunnels etc), simple collateral damage modeling, and direct
& indirect fire system.
Introduction to Fire Control System: definitions, classification, applications of modern FCS.

Text/References:
1. Feller W, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. I & II, 3rd
Edition, John Wiley, 2000.
2. Driels M, Weaponeering, AIAA Education series, 2004.
AFW 605 Warhead Design & Mechanics
Introduction to warhead: Configuration and classification. Formation of kill mechanisms and

target interaction. Omni-directional, directional and directed energy warheads. Explosives used in
warheads.
Blast warheads: Explosion dynamics. Specifications of blast wave. Propagation of blast wave in
air. Evaluation and parametric study of blast. Empirical relations and scaling laws. Peak over
pressure, Impulse and Damage Number concept. Damaging aspect and target damage criteria of
blast warhead. Thermo Baric weapons.
Fragmentation Warheads: Principles, classifications and design considerations. Natural,

preformed and controlled fragmentation. Fragment initial velocity and direction of projection
calculation. Fragment mass distribution and computation. Aerodynamic effects on fragment
motion. Warhead shape design and geometric modeling of fragmentation warhead. Focused mass
fragmentation. Kinetic energy rod warheads. Fragment and target interaction mechanics.
Shaped charge warheads: Configuration and classifications. Hollow charge, Flat cone charge
and projectile charge warheads. Liner collapse and jet formation mechanism. Jet and slug
characterization: Birkhoff theory, PER theory. Jet and slug velocity, mass distribution. Jet radius.
Jet break up. Target interaction and jet penetration dynamics. Hydrodynamic theory and rod
penetration model. Stretching jet penetration theory. Parameters affecting performance of shaped
charge warheads. Wave shapers. Mechanisms to defeat shaped charges.
Introduction to Warhead Simulation techniques.
35
Text/References:
1. Joseph Carleone, Tactical Missile Warheads, Vol. 155, Progresses in Astronautics and
Aeronautics, 1993.
2. Richard M Lloyd, Conventional Warhead Systems Physics and Engineering Design, Vol.
179, Progresses in Astronautics and Aeronautics, 1998.
3. W. P. Walters and J. A. Zukas, Fundamental of Shaped Charges, Wiley- Inter Science
Publication,1989.
4. Richard M Lloyd, Physics of Direct Hit and Near Miss Warhead Technology, Vol. 194,
Progresses in Astronautics and Aeronautics, 2001.
5. DIAT Air Wing Précis I – 14.
AFW 606 Design of Air Armament – II
Aircraft Guns: Design Criteria, Specific design requirements, Energy requirements in aircraft
guns (automatic, blowback, recoil and gas operation), Gatling guns, kinematics diagram. Design
of buffers & recuperators, Gun barrels designing and rifling, muzzle breaks & boosters, Current
trends in aircraft automatic gun design.
Aircraft Ammunition: Classification and types of ammunition, Design Criteria, Specific design
requirements, Gun ammunition propellant and their characteristics, optimization of grain size for a
given weapon. Cartridge case design, Ignition system design, Stability of projectile, Driving
band design, stresses in shells. Terminal considerations and design of ac gun ammunition fuses.
Modern trends in ammunition design.
Aircraft Rockets: Design considerations, proof and testing of aircraft rockets.
Text/References:
1. Jacobson SS, Ballistics, CRC Press, 2008.
2. Engineering Design Handbook: Automatic Weapons, AMCP No. 706 – 260, US Army
Material Command, Washington, 1990.
3. Brassey‘s Essential Guide to Military Small Arms: Design Principles and Operating
Methods, D Allsop, L Popelinsky et al, 1997.
4. The Machine Gun: Design Analysis of Automatic Firing Mechanisms and Related
Components, GM Chinn, Bureau of Ordnance, Department of Navy, US, 1955.
5. Aerodynamics, Propulsion and Structure, E. A. Bonney, M. J. Zucrow, and C. W.
Besserer, D.Van Nostrand, New York,1956.
6. Rapid Fire, 2005, William AG, The Crowood Press, UK.
AFW 607 Testing and Certification of Air Armament Stores
Ground Testing: Gun Ammunition, Rockets, Bombs, Fuses, Parachutes, Missiles. Procedure and
Instrumentation setup for Testing & Proof of Air Armament stores, Environmental Testing of Air
Armament stores, Airworthiness Certification & Failure Investigation Procedure of Air
Armament.
36
Weapon Accuracy Analysis: Concept of probability, probability distribution, systematic and
random errors, error in fire dispersion, probability of kill SSKP, CKP, CEP, (SE, PE, MAE,CPE,
CD, EPE,SPE).
Carriage & Release: Design criteria for location of weapon station, Effects of external Carriage
and Advanced Carriage concepts, calculation of lug & sway brace reactions for single & twin
suspension configuration, Bomb carriers. MIL STD 8591, 7743, 1289.
Mathematical Concept of Stores Separation & Towed body: Similarity concept, stores
trajectory simulation, modeling of stores separation.
DDPMAS -2002: Definition, Process of development, Development Phase, Production Phase,

Indigenization, Flight Testing by user services.
Procurement Policy: Principals of public buying, preparation and approval of ASQRs, Capital &
Revenue procurement of stores.
Composite Materials and polymers for AA applications
Materials: Materials for Bomb/ Rocket and Missile Structures. Introduction to Nano materials for
military application.
Text/References:
1. DIAT Air Force Wing Précis and MIL STD 8591, 7743, 1289.
2. Joint services guide on Environmental testing of armament stores and missile JSG-0102-
1984 and JSS_0256-01.
3. DDPMAS -2002 and Defence Procurement manual -2008.
AFW 608 Fire Control Systems
Introduction to fire control system: Definitions, classification, application of modern FCS, brief
description of aircraft and helicopter FCS.
Theoretical aspects of the FCS problems and its solution
Functional elements of FCS : Acquisition and tracking system, fire control computing system,
weapon pointing system, command control & communicating element, data transmitting element,
integration of functional element into FCS, compatibility problem.
Design Philosophy: Development of mathematical model & simulation, Model verification &
validation, filtering and prediction, accuracy consideration and analysis, hit & kill probability
theory, error analysis in FCS, fire control testing.
Designing for reliability, maintainability, ease of operation and safety
Text/References:
1. Department Of Defense Handbook, Fire Control Systems—General, Mil-Hdbk-799(Ar),
1996.
2. BS Dhillon, Design Reliability: Fundamental Applications, CRC Press, 2004. Air Force
Wing Précis.
37
Department of
Mechanical Engineering
38
Department of Mechanical Engineering
About the Department: The Mechanical Engineering Department seeks to combine excellence in
education and research with service to Defence. The goal of our academic programmes in mechanical
engineering is to provide students with a balance of intellectual and practical experiences that enable
them to address a variety of Defence needs. The Department is one of the largest departments.
The Department is known for research and projects in fluid dynamics, heat transfer, finite
element methods, vibrations, experimental stress analysis, vehicle dynamics and other areas.
Experimental and computational facilities are being continuously upgraded. The Department has
established, over the years, a close interaction with the DRDO laboratories and industry. It has carried
out a large number of consultancy and sponsored research projects, which have been successfully
completed. A number of sponsored research projects are ongoing.
The Department has carried out significant curriculum development work in Mechanical
Engineering. Apart from the regular courses the department offers, on a continual basis, a wide variety
of short-term intensive programmes for personnel from DRDO laboratories, Armed Forces and
industrial establishments. User-oriented M. Tech programmes on Armament/Combat Vehicles and
Marine Engineering has been formulated as per the needs of the Defence sector. The Programmes offers
a wide choice of specializations, electives and research areas. The department has laboratories in
Mechanical System Design and Analysis lab, Vibration lab, Fluid & Thermal Engg lab and
Manufacturing and Precision Engg lab etc.
M. Tech. in Mechanical Engineering (Marine)

Brief Description: The aim of the programme is to impart advanced training and to update knowledge in
the field of marine systems like gas turbine, engines, tribology, warship transmissions and nuclear engg
etc, to engineering officers from Indian Navy, DRDO scientists, DPSUs and GATE qualified students.
At the end of the programme the officer/student should be able to undertake R&D work and/or
inspection, testing and evaluation of Marine Engineering Equipment systems.
Eligibility: Bachelor‘s Degree in Mechanical/Marine Engineering of a recognised Institute/University.
Organization: M. Tech Mechanical Engineering with specialisation Marine Engineering is a four-

semester programme. In the first semester there are six courses along with lab. In second semester,
there are seven courses. In each of these semesters, there will be three tests and a final semester
examination of every course. In third semester, two electives in addition to the dissertation work
whereas in fourth semester, only dissertation work is to be completed. Half yearly evaluation of the
project takes place at the end of the third semester. At the end of the final semester, student submits a
thesis and makes a presentation about the project, which is evaluated by the Internal and External
examiners.
Visits to various DRDO labs like NSTL, ARDE, VRDE, Industry like MDL, GSL involved with
Indian navy and naval technical facility are planned to enhance student‘s appreciation & understanding
of the subject and provide them with opportunity to get hands on experience on various test equipment
and procedures related to design, manufacturing and testing of Marine Engineering Equipments.
The details of the courses offered under the programme:
39
M. Tech. in Mechanical Engineering (Marine)
Semester I

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 ME 602 Advanced Mechanics of Materials 3 0 3
2 ME 603 Advanced Fluid & Thermal Engg 3 0 3
3 ME 641 Warship Transmission & Tribology 3 0 3
4 ME 642 Automatic Control Systems 3 0 3
5 ME 643 Ship Dynamics & Marine Systems 3 0 3
7 ME 606 ME Laboratory 0 4 2
Total 18 4 20
Semester II

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 ME 609 Mechanical Vibrations 3 0 3
2 ME 644 Marine Diesel & Steam Engines 3 0 3
3 ME 645 Marine Gas Turbines 3 0 3
4 ME 646 Nuclear Reactor Engg 3 0 3
5 TM 649 Scientific/Engg. Practices and Skills 3 0 3
6 -- Elective I 3 0 3
7 -- Elective II 3 0 3
Total 21 0 21
Semester III

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 -- Elective – III 3 0 3
2 -- Elective – IV 3 0 3
40
3 ME 651 M.Tech. Dissertation Phase I 16 8
Total 22 14
Semester IV

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 ME 652 M.Tech. Dissertation Phase II 28 14
Total 28 14
List of Electives
Sl.
Course Code Course Name
No.
Elective I, II, III, IV
1. ME 604 Advanced Materials and Processing
2. ME 607 Computational Fluid Dynamics
3. ME 608 Finite Element methods
4. ME 611 Design for Manufacturability
5. ME 615 Trials & Evaluation of Weapon Systems
6. ME 616 Thermal Management of Defence Equipment
7. ME 617 Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery
8. ME 618 Composite Structures
9. ME 619 Tribology for Design
10. ME 627 Fatigue, Fracture and Failure Analysis
11. ME 628 Design of Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems
12. ME 629 Design of Experiments
13. ME 630 Design of Machinery
14. ME 635 CAD/CAM
15. ME 637 Design of Pressure Vessels
Mathematical Modeling & System Analysis (4 CREDIT

AM 602
16. COURSE)
17. AM 603 Adv Optimization Techniques (4 CREDIT COURSE)
41
18. AM 604 Advanced Statistical Techniques (4 CREDIT COURSE)
19. AM 624 Advanced Numerical Methods
20. TM 602 R&D Management (4 CREDIT COURSE)
21. TM 603 Project Management (4 CREDIT COURSE)
22. TM 604 Strategic Management (4 CREDIT COURSE)
23. TM 609 System Engineering
24. MS 601 Introduction to Materials (4 CREDIT COURSE)
25. MS 607 Design of Materials (4 CREDIT COURSE)
MS 606 Advanced Physical and Mechanical Metallurgy

26.
(4 CREDIT COURSE)
27. MS 612 Non Destructive Evaluations
28. MS 611 Advanced Functional Materials
29. MS 613 Advanced Steel Technology
30. AC 603 Thermodynamics and Combustion Process
31. ME 650 Mini – Project
Notes:
1. Department has to decide which subjects should be offered as (i) Elective I, II, III & IV in
Semester II and (ii) Elective V & VI in Semester III.
2. Core stands for compulsory subjects.
3. Practice school (Optional) of 4 weeks duration during Summer Vacation should be included.
4. As per Academic Council decision, the subject on ‘Mini –Project of 3 – credits’ should be
included in the list of electives and it should be offered in second Semester.
ME 602 : Advanced Mechanics of Materials
Theory of Elasticity: Introduction, stress. Differential equations of equilibrium, strain,

compatibility conditions, plane problems of elasticity, stress strain relations, stress functions and
applications in 2D problems. Pressurized cylinders & rotating disks, Governing equations,
Stresses in thick walled cylinder under internal and external pressures. Introduction to
experimental stress analysis.
42
Energy Methods: Work done by forces and strain energy, reciprocal relations, Castigliano’s
theorems, Fictitious load method, statically indeterminate structures, theorem of virtual work,
generalization of castigliano’s theorem.
Asymmetrical Bending of beams: Bending of prismatic bars and unsymmetrical bending. Concept
of shear centre in symmetric and un-symmetric bending, Plate bending, bending of curved beams.
Torsion of non-circular sections: Introduction, torsion of general prismatic solid section like
circular, elliptical, rectangular, triangular shafts, membrane analogy, torsion of thin walled tubes,
torsion of thin walled multiple cell closed sections.
Text/References:
1. Theory of Elasticity, 1970, Timoshenko SN & GoodierJN, McGraw Hill.

2. Advanced Mechanics of Materials, 2nd Ed., 1998 Cook RD & Yound WC, Prentice Hall.
3. Advanced Mechanics of Materials, 5th Ed., 1995 Boresi AP, Sidebottom OM, John Wiley.
4. Experimental Stress Analysis, 3rd Ed., 2005, Dally JW & Riley WF, College House Enterprises.
ME 603: Advanced Fluid & Thermal Engg

Review of concepts in kinematics of Fluid Motion, Vorticity, Circulation, Velocity potential
and Stream function. Basic laws in Integral Form, Momentum Theorem, Applications in Propulsion,
Energy equations, Applications. Dynamics of Ideal Fluid Motion, Applications, Integration of Euler’s
equations of motion. Governing Equations of fluid flow in differential form, Navier-Stokes Equations
and exact solutions, Energy Equation and solution of fluid flow with thermal effects. Dimensional
Analysis. Prandtl’s Boundary Layer equations, Laminar Boundary Layer over a Flat Plate, Blausius
solution. Turbulent flows in two-dimensional channels and pipes, Velocity field, Smooth and Rough
pipes, Drag reduction in pipes, Turbulent Boundary Layer over a Flat Plate, Laws of wall over Flat
Plates, Effect of Pressure gradient, Boundary Layer control. Advanced topics in conduction and
convection heat transfer, solution to laminar and turbulent convective heat transfer problems,
external and internal flows, free and forced convection.
FLUID & THERMAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY
 Steady State Determination of heat transfer temperature difference and surface heat
transfer coefficient for a single tube in a transversely flowing air stream.
 Determination of the Relationship between Nusselt and Reynolds Number for the forward
stagnation point on a cylinder in cross flow using the Direct Heat Transfer Cylinder.
 Measure the distribution of Total pressure and Static Pressure along the duct and to
compare these with the predictions of Bernoulli‘s equation
 Measure the Temperature of Furnace by using the thermal Image Camera.
43
Text/References:
1. Viscous Fluid Flow, 2005, F. M. White, McGraw-Hill.
2. Convective Heat and Mass Transfer 4th Ed., 2004, W. M. Kays, M. E. Crawford and B. Weigand,
McGraw-Hill.
3. Heat Transfer, 10th Ed., 2009, J P Holman, McGraw-Hill.
4. Boundary Layer Theory, 8th ed, 2000, Herrmann Schlichting, Springer.
5. Heat and Mass Transfer, 2nd ed 1963, Eckert ERG and Drake RM (translated by J P Gross),
McGraw-Hill Inc. US.
ME 604: Advanced Materials and Processing

Introduction of advanced materials and its manufacturing processes for engineering applications.
Piezoelectric materials (PZT): Piezoelectric effect, Di-electric hysterisis, piezoelectric constants,

piezoelectric charge constants, dynamic behaviour of PZT transducers, piezoelectric materials and
manufacturing techniques (stability, poling and depolarisation).
Shape memory alloys (SMA): Shape memory effect and the metallurgical phenomenon of SMA,
Temperature assisted shape memory effect, Visco-elastic behaviour, magnetic shape memory effect.
Various shape memory alloys. Manufacturing technology of SMAs.
Electro rheological (ER) and magneto-rheological (MR) materials: Characteristics of ER and EM
fluids. ER and EM materials.
Composite materials: Design and manufacturing of polymer matrix, metal matrix and ceramic
matrix composites. Various forms and type of reinforcements, fillers and additives.Design of
composites for structural, wear resistance and high temperature applications.
Micro-electro-mechanical (MEMS) systems: Introduction, characteristics of silicon wafers and
other materials for MEMS applications. Various manufacturing techniques of MEMS components
Materials for high temperature applications - Ni-Cr alloys, ODS materials, Ni base and Co based super
alloys, carbon-carbon composites.
Powder metallurgy: Introduction and feature of powder metallurgy processes. Advanced
solidification techniques: directional solidification, single crystal growth and levitation melting.
Advanced Material processing techniques: Thermal spraying, Ion beam machining, Laser and
Electron beam processing, Friction Stir Welding, Special alloys machining, Superplastic forming,
Flow forming, Explosive forming, Thin films and their deposition, Diamond coating techniques-
tribological applications, Diffusion bond coating of high temperature materials.
Texts/References:
1. Gandhi, M.V. and Thompson, B.S., Smart materials and Structures, Chapman and Hall,
1992.
2. Otsuka, K. and Wayman, C. M., Shape memory materials, C.U.P, 1998
3. Taylor, W., Pizoelectricity, George Gorden and Breach Sc. Pub., 1985
4. Mallick, P.K., Fiber Reinforced Composites Materials, Manufacturing and Design Marcel
Dekker Inc, New York, 1993.
5. William D Callister: Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction, 6th Edition, Wiley
Publication.
44
6. S. Kalpakjian and S. Schmid: Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, 4th Edition, Pearson
Education.
7. M. P. Grover: Fundamentals of Modern Manufacturing: Materials, Processes &Systems ,
Prentice Hall.
ME 607: Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)
Basic of Computational Fluid Dynamics. Governing Equations of fluid mechanics and heat
transfer, physical boundary conditions, basic aspects of Discretization. Finite Difference and Finite Volume
formulation of steady/transient one-dimensional conduction equation., Finite Volume formulation of steady one-
dimensional convection and diffusion problems, Solution algorithms for pressure-velocity coupling in
steady and unsteady flows. discretization equations for two dimensional convection and diffusion. Numerical
methods for the Navier-Stokes equation. Turbulence models: mixing length model, Two equation (k-epsilon) models –
Grid generation. Practical’s on CFD software (FLUENT).
Practical’s on CFD software (ICEM CFD):
1. Turbulent Flow in a 2D elbow. (use water)

2. Laminar Flow in a 2D Pipe. (use water)
3. Flow over an Airfoil. (use air)
4. Laminar flow over a flat plate.
TEXT/REFERENCES
1. An introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, 2nd edition, 2007, HK Versteeg & W
Malalasekera, Pearson Education.
2. Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, 2005, Anil W Date, Cambridge University Press,
NY, USA.
3. Computational Fluid Dynamics & Heat Transfer, 1984, Anderson, Dale A, John C Tanehill and
Richard H Pletcher, McGraw Hill.
4. Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, 1980, Patankar SV, Hemisphere, New York.
ME 608: Finite Element Methods
Prerequisites to FEM
Application of FEM, Strain- displacement relations, Stress-strain relations, Differential equations of

equilibrium, Co-ordinates, basic element shapes, interpolation function, Minimum potential energy.
Properties of stiffness matrix, treatment of boundary conditions, solution of system of equations,
shape functions and characteristics.
1-D structural problems
45
Analysis of axial Bar element - stiffness matrix, load vector, temperature effects, Quadratic shape
function.
Analysis of Trusses- Plane Truss elements, Transformation matrix, stiffness matrix, load vector
Analysis of Beams - Hermite shape functions – beam stiffness matrix - Load vector - Problems
2-D stress analysis using CST
Plane stress, Plane strain, Force terms, Stiffness matrix and load vector, boundary conditions.
Axisymmetric body subjected to axisymmetric loading-Numerical problems, Isoparametric element -
quadrilateral element, linear shape functions.
Scalar field problems
1-D Heat conduction through composite walls, fins of uniform cross section,
2-D heat conduction problems, Torsional problems.
Dynamic considerations:
Dynamic equations - consistent mass matrix – Eigen values, Eigen vector, natural frequencies - mode
shapes - modal analysis.
3-D problems:
Tetrahedron element - Jacobian matrix - Stiffness matrix, CAD softwares and its applications, Brief
description to analysis of Plates & Shells.
Practicals (1hr/week – 16 hrs per semester – 1 credit)
Hands on session – Modelling & simulation of 1D, 2D and 3D structural and non-structural problems
using ABAQUS/ ANSYS, Selective case studies
Text Books/References
1. “Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering”, Tirupathi R.Chandrupatla and Ashok D.

Belagundu, Pearson Education (Singapore) Pte Ltd, 2006.
2. “An Introduction to Finite Element Methods”, J.N. Reddy, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2008.
3. A First Course in the Finite Element Method by Daryl L. Logan.
4. “Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis”, Robert Cook, Wiley India, Pvt., Ltd.,
4th Edition-2007.
5. “An Introduction to Finite Element Methods”, J.N. Reddy, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2008.
46
6. “Finite Element Procedures”, K.J. Bathe, PHI Learning, 2009.
7. The Finite Element Methods in Engineering / SS Rao / Pergamon.
ME 609: Mechanical Vibrations
Single Degree of Freedom Systems: Free and forced vibrations of damped and undamped systems;
Simple harmonic excitation; steady state response; torsional vibrations.
Vibration of Systems with Two Degrees of Freedom: Free and forced vibration of spring-mass-
damper systems; torsional vibrations; modal analysis of undamped and damped systems; numerical
methods: Matrix iteration, Holzer’s method, Dunkerley’s lower and Rayleigh’s upper bound
approximations; Dynamic vibration absorbers
Vibration of Multi-degree of Freedom and Continuous Systems: Vibrating string; Longitudinal

and torsional vibration of rods; Free and forced vibration of beams; Properties of vibrating systems:
Flexibility and stiffness influence coefficients; Reciprocity theorem; Eigenvalue analysis;
Orthogonality of eigenvectors; Modal matrix
Experimental methods in vibration analysis: Vibration instruments: exciters, transducers,

analysers, measurement devices: vibrometers, velocity meters and accelerometers; Signal analysis
techniques: time domain analysis, frequency domain analysis, amplitude and power spectra,
coherence, auto and cross correlations, amplitude and frequency modulations; Tests for free and
forced vibrations
Case studies: Vehicle dynamics: introduction to nonlinear and random vibrations, vehicle subjected
to random vibrations (for example an uneven road); Fluid-structure interaction problems: vibration
of suspension bridges.
Hands on session – 1DoF, 2DoF, 3DoF and continuous systems on Vibration Fundamental Trainer
(VFT)
Text Books:
1. “Introductory Course on Theory and Practice of Mechanical Vibrations”, J.S.Rao, K.Gupta,

Revised second edition, New Age International Publishers
2. “Theory of Vibration with Applications”, William T. Thomson, Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson
Low Price Edition.
3. Mechanical Vibrations, J.B.K. Das & P.L.S.Murthy, Sapna book house.
Reference Books:
1. Principles and Techniques of Vibrations, Leonard Meirovich, Prentice Hall Inc.

2. Engineering Vibration, DJ Inman, Prentice Hall International Inc.
47
3. “Mechanical Vibration and Shock Measurements”, J.T.Broch, Bruel and Kjae Publication.
4. "Applications of Random Vibrations", N. C. Nigam, S. Narayanan, Narosa Publishers.
ME 611: Design for Manufacturability

Manufacturing Considerations in Design: Design for manufacture, Tolerencing and tolerance
analysis. Processing techniques and limitations for metals, polymers and ceramics. Influence of
materials in processing and tooling on the design of components. Finishing, surface coatings and
surface modifications of materials.
Engineering Design: Design of cast, forged, sheet metal parts and welded constructions. Design for
assembly and dismantling, modular constructions. Erection, operation, inspection and maintenance
considerations, Ergonomics.
Machining considerations: Design for accuracy, locating pins and registers, machining in assembly,
adjustment. Backlash and clearance adjustment. Examples illustrating the various principles.
Available design variants for some of the common basic functional requirements.
Text /References:
1 Ashby, M. F. ―Materials Selection in Mechanical Design‖, Pergaman Press, 1992.

2 Bralla J., ―Handbook of Product Design for Manufacture‖, McGraw Hill, 1988.
3 Levy S., and Dubois, L. H, ―Plastics Production Design Engineering Handbook, Methuen
Inc., 1985.
4 Dieter G E, Engineering Desing, McGraw-Hill, 1991.
5 Yotaro Hatamura, The Practice of Machine Design, Claredon Press Oxfor, 1999.
6 Ertas Atilia and Jones J C, The Engineering Design Process, John Wiley & Sons, 1996.
7 Waldron B M and Kenneth J W, Mechanical Design: Theory and Methodology, Spriinger,
1996.
ME 615: Trials & Evaluation of Weapon Systems
Weapon system requirements. Weapon performance characterization, firing environment and
ambient conditions. Factors affecting accuracy and consistency. Statistical methods. Mean and
standard deviation, Error estimation due to normal distribution, Probable Errors, test of hypothesis,
Design of experiment. Acceptance testing.
Static test procedures, Shock and vibration tests, Accelarated environmental tests. Closed vessel test.
Conditioning chambers. Test methods for evaluation of safety. Static trials of warheads.
Dynamic trials. Range and its layout, Safety distances and surface danger zones. Measurement.
Instruments: Pressure, MV, Trajectory, Atmosphere data, High speed videography and motion
picture analysis. Inbore pressure measurement. Telemetry and Data Acquisition. Post trial Analysis.
Range and Accuracy Trial. Functioning Trial. Recovery trial and inspection.
Text/References:
1. Fighting vehicle, 1st edition, 1991, TW Terry, Jackson SR, Ryley CES and Wormell PJH,
London: Brassey’s
2. Surveillance and Target Acquisition Systems: Brassey’s Land Warfare, 1997, MA Richardson,
IC Luckraft and RF Powell, London:Brassey’s, ISBN 978-1857531374
3. Statistical Methods, 2nd edition, 2003, Rudolph Freund and WJ Wilson, Academic Press Inc,
ISBN 978-0122676512
48
4. Design of Experiments: An Introduction Based on Linear Models, 1st edition, 2010, Max
Morris, Chapman and Hall/CRC, ISBN 978-1584889236
5. Harris Shock and Vibration Handbook, 6th edition, 2009, AG Piersol and Thomas L Paez,
McGraw Hill-Professional, ISBN 978-0071508193
6. Guided Weapons: Including Light, Unguided Anti-Tank Weapons, 3rd edition, 1998, RG Lee,
TK Garland Collins, CA Sparkes and E Archer, London:Brassey’s, ISBN 978-1857531527
7. Dynamic Systems: Modelling and Analysis, 1996, Ramin Esfandairi and Hung V Vu, Mc Graw
Hill, ISBN 978-0072966619
8. Sensors: Advancements in Modelling, Design Issus, Fabrication and Practical Applications,
2008, Yueh-Min Ray Huang, Springer, ISBN 978-3540690306
ME 616: Thermal Management of Defence Equipment

Introduction, Basic aspect of compactness, Scaling laws of heat exchangers, surface optimization,
Industrial compact heat exchangers: Plate Fin heat exchangers, Tube Fin heat exchangers, Printed
Circuit heat exchangers, Plate and Frame heat exchangers, Spiral heat exchangers, Plate and Shell
heat exchangers. Surface comparisons, Size, shape and weight relationships, Surface types and
correlations, Thermal Design-LMTD method.
Text/References
1. Compact Heat Exchangers- Selection, Design and Operation, John E. Hesselgreaves, Gulf
Professional Publishing, 2001.
2. Compact Heat Exchangers: Allan D. Kraus, R. K. Shah Hemisphere Pub. Corporation, 1990.
3. Compact Heat Exchangers: A Summary of basic heat transfer and flow friction design data, William
Morrow Kays, Alexander Louis London, National Press, 1955.
ME 617: Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery

Basic concepts of kinematics and mechanisms-type, number and dimensions, kinematic pairs,
chains and inversions, accuracy point and error analysis, velocity and acceleration analysis of
different complex mechanism (I, II & III ), gross motion in the 4-bar mechanisms, static and
dynamic force analysis of mechanisms. ; Synthesis of coordinated positions, synthesis of
mechanism to trace a curve or path generation, synthesis for function generation. ; Dimensional
synthesis, method of approach and optimization of a solution. ; Equivalent and conjugate linkages,
four bar chains, copular curves, Robert's Law chebycheve's polynomials, path curvature Euler-
Savary equation, Polode curvature. ; Planer and spatial problems, graphical and analytical
methods, finite displacements, analytical design of 4-bar mechanisms for coordinated motion. ;
Cams: synthesis of cam profiles, advanced cam curves, dynamic analysis, accuracy analysis and
design of cams. Gears and gyroscopes: Elements of different secondary space curves, conjugate
action, general mechanism, noncircular sensors, dynamics of gears, Gyrodynamics, gyroscopic
actions in machines.
Text/References:
1. A. Ghosh and A.K. Mallik, Theory of Mechanism And Machines, Affiliated East-West Press:
1998.
49
2. R.S. Hartenberg and J.Denavit, Kinematic synthesis of linkages. McGraw Hill Publisher.
ME 618: Composite Structures

Introduction composite materials
Classification and characteristics, mechanical behavior of composite materials, basic terminology,

and manufacture of laminated fiber-reinforced composite materials, current and potential
advantages of fiber –reinforced composite materials, applications of composite materials.
Macromechanical behavior of lamina
Introduction, stress-strain relations for anisotropic materials, stiffnesses, compliances , and

engineering constants for orthotropic materials, restrictions on engineering constants, stress train
relation for plane stress in an orthopic material, stress-train relations for lamina of arbitrary
orientation, invariant properties of an orthotropic lamina, strengths of an orthographic lamina,
biaxial strength criteria for an orthotropic lamina.
Micromechanica behavior of lamina
Introduction, mechanics of materials approach to stiffness, elasticity approach to stiffness,

comparison of approaches to stiffness, mechanics of materials approach to strength.
Macromechanical behavior of laminates
Introduction, Classical Lamination Theory, Special Cases Of Laminate Stiffness, Theoretical Versus
Measured Stiffness, Strength Of Laminates, Inter-Laminar Stress.
Introduction to design of composites structures
Introduction to structural design, material selection, configuration selection, laminate joints design
requirements and design failure criteria, optimization concepts, design analysis philosophy for
composite structures.
Fabrication methods of composites structures
Introduction to Various Fabrication Methods, VARTM And RFI Methods, Process Parameters In
VARTM Method, Permeability Measurements, VARTM Process Model, Process Parameters Of RFI
Method Film Casting And Characteristics, Concepts Of VARTM and RFI Process Optimisation.
Testing and characterisation of composites
Lamina strength characterization, tensile testing, compression testing, in-plane shear testing, short
beam test, double cantilever beam test. Physical properties characteristion void content evaluation,
fibre Volume Fraction Evaluation, DMA, DSC FOR Tg, Wet Properties Of Lamina, NDE Methods,
Ultrasonic A-scan and CT-Scan Methods For Chracteristion Of Composites.
Text books:
1. Mechanics of composite materials, by Robert. M. Jones, second sedition, Taylor and

Francis,1999.
2. Experimental chracteristion of advanced composites materials, third edition, Donald f
Adams, Lief A. Carlsson and R. Byron pipes. CRC press.
Reference books:
1. Mechanics of fibrous composites by carl. T. Herakovich-john wiley and sons, 1997.55

50
2. Advanced composite materials, Lalit Gupta, Himalayan books. New delhi, 1998
3. Liquid moulding technologies, c d Rudd, a c long, k n Kendall and c g e Mangin,
woodhead publishing limited, Cambridge England.
4. Process modeling in composites manufacturing, Suresh g advani, e. Murat sozer,
Marcel Dekker, inc.
ME 619: Tribology for Design

Definition of tribology, friction, wear and lubrication, importance of the tribological studies.
Surface Topography:
Methods of assessment, measurement of surface roughness-different statistical parameters (Ra, Rz,

Rmax, etc.), contact between surfaces, deformation between single and multiple asperity contact,
contact theories involved.
Friction:
Coulomb and Amontons laws of friction, its applicability and limitations, comparison between static,
rolling and kinetic friction, friction theories, mechanical interlocking, molecular attraction,
electrostatic forces and welding, shearing and ploughing, models for asperity deformation
Wear:
Sliding wear: Abrasion, adhesion and galling, testing methods pin-on-disc, block-on-ring, etc., theory
of sliding wear, un-lubricated wear of metals, lubricated wear of metals, fretting wear of metals,
wear of ceramics and polymers. Wearing by plastic deformation and brittle fracture. Wear by hard
particles: Two-body abrasive wear, three-body abrasive wear, erosion, effects of hardness shape and
size of particles.
Lubrication:
Types of lubrication, viscosity, characteristics of fluids as lubricant, hydrodynamic lubrication,

Reynold’s equation, elastohydrodynamic lubrication- partial and mixed, boundary lubrication,
various additives, solid lubrication.
Wear and Design:
Introduction, estimation of wear rates, the systems approach, reducing wear by changing the
operating variables, effect of lubrication on sliding wear, selection of materials and surface
engineering. principles and applications of tribodesign.
Materials for Bearings:
Introduction, Rolling bearings, Fluid film lubricated bearings, marginally lubricated and dry
bearings, gas bearings.
Text/References:
1. Hutchings I.M., Tribology, Friction and Wear Engineering Materials, Edward Arnold,
London.
2. Gunther R.C., Lubrication, Baily Brothers and Swinfen Limited.
51
3. Barwell F.T., Bearing Systems, Principles and Practice, Oxford Univercity Press.
4. Majumdar B.C., Introduction to Tribology of Bearings, A.H. Wheeler & Co. Private Limited,
Allahabad.
5. Dudley D.F., Theory and Practice of Lubrication for Engineers, John Willey and Sons.
6. Halling J., Principles of Tribology, McMillan Press Limited.
7. Cameron Alas Tair, Basic Lubrication Theory, Wiley Eastern Limited.
8. Neale M.J., Tribology Hand book, Butterworths.
9. Fuller D.D., Lubrication.
ME 627: Fatigue, Fracture and Failure Analysis
FATIGUE OF STRUCTURES:
S.N. curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress, Goodman, Gerber and Soderberg relations and
diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuber’s stress concentration factors - Plastic stress
concentration factors - Notched S.N. curves.
STATISTICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE BEHAVIOUR:
Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Manson’s relation - Transition life - cyclic strain hardening
and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques -Cumulative damage - Miner’s
theory - Other theories.
PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF FATIGUE:
Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue fracture
surfaces.
FRACTURE MECHANICS:
Strength of cracked bodies - Potential energy and surface energy - Griffith’s theory - Irwin - Orwin
extension of Griffith’s theory to ductile materials - stress analysis of cracked bodies - Effect of
thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries.
FATIGUE DESIGN ANDTESTINIG:
Safe life and Fail-safe design philosophies - Importance of Fracture Mechanics in aerospace
structures - Application to composite materials and structures.
TEXT BOOKS
Prasanth Kumar – “Elements of fracture mechanics” – Wheeter publication, 1999.

Barrois W, Ripely, E.L., “Fatigue of aircraft structure”, Pe/gamon press. Oxford, 1983.
REFERENCES
1. Sin, C.G., “Mechanics of fracture” Vol. I, Sijthoff and w Noordhoff International Publishing Co.,
Netherlands, 1989.
2. Knott, J.F., “Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics”, Buterworth & Co., Ltd., London, 1983.
52
ME 628: Design of Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems
Hydraulic System & Components
Sources of Hydraulic Power: Pumping theory – Pump classification – Gear pump, Vane Pump, piston
pump, construction and working of pumps – pump performance – Variable displacement pumps.
Fluid Power Actuators: Linear hydraulic actuators – Types of hydraulic cylinders – Single acting,
Double acting special cylinders like tanden, Rodless, Telescopic, Cushioning mechanism,
Construction of double acting cylinder, Rotary actuators – Fluid motors, Gear, Vane and Piston
motors
Design of Hydraulic Circuits
Construction of Control Components : Director control valve – 3/2 way valve – 4/2 way valve –
Shuttle valve – check valve – pressure control valve – pressure reducing valve, sequence valve, Flow
control valve – Fixed and adjustable, electrical control solenoid valves, Relays, ladder diagram.
Accumulators and Intensifiers: Types of accumulators – Accumulators circuits, sizing of
accumulators, intensifier – Applications of Intensifier – Intensifier circuit.
Pneumatic Systems and Components
Pneumatic Components: Properties of air – Compressors – Filter, Regulator, and Lubricator Unit –
Air control valves, Quick exhaust valves, and pneumatic actuators. Fluid Power Circuit Design, Speed
control circuits, synchronizing circuit, Penumo hydraulic circuit, Sequential circuit design for simple
applications using cascade method.
Design of Pneumatic Circuits
Servo systems – Hydro Mechanical servo systems, Electro hydraulic servo systems and proportional
valves. Fluidics – Introduction to fluidic devices, simple circuits, Introduction to Electro Hydraulic
Pneumatic logic circuits, ladder diagrams, PLC applications in fluid power control. Fluid power
circuits; failure and troubleshooting.
Text Books:
1. Anthony Esposito, “Fluid Power with Applications”, Pearson Education 2000.
2. Majumdar S.R., “Oil Hydraulics”, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.
3. Johnson, James L., Introduction to Fluid Power, Delmar Publishers, 2003
References:
4. Majumdar S.R., “Pneumatic systems – Principles and maintenance”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1995
53
5. Harry L. Stevart D.B, “Practical guide to fluid power”, Taraoeala sons and Port Ltd. Broadey, 1976.
6. Michael J, Prinches and Ashby J. G, “Power Hydraulics”, Prentice Hall, 1989.
7. Dudelyt, A. Pease and John T. Pippenger, “Basic Fluid Power”, Prentice Hall, 1987.
ME 629: Design of Experiments
Overview and Basic Principles, Simple Designs and Analysis of Variance, Block Designs, Latin
Squares and Related Designs, Full Factorial Designs, 2-level Full Factorial and Fractional Factorial
Designs, Response surface methods and designs, Designs with Random Factors, Nested Designs, and
split-plot Designs
Text/ References:
1. Clewer, A.G. and D.H. Scarisbrick. 2001. Practical Statistics and Experimental Design for Plant and
Crop Science. John Wiley and Sons, LTD. New York Morris, T.R. 1999.
2. Experimental Design and Analysis in Animal Sciences. CABI Publishing, New York
ME 630: Design of Machinery
Introduction: Classification of mechanisms – Basic kinematic concepts and definitions – Degree of

freedom, Mobility – Kutzbach criterion, Gruebler‟s criterion – Grashof‟s Law – Kinematic inversions
of four-bar chain and slider crank chains – Limit positions – Mechanical advantage – Transmission
Angle – Description of some common mechanisms – Quick return mechanisms, Straight line
generators, Universal Joint – rocker mechanisms.
Kinematics of mechanisms/machineries: Displacement, velocity and acceleration analysis of

simple mechanisms – Graphical method– Velocity and acceleration polygons – Velocity analysis
using instantaneous centres – kinematic analysis of simple mechanisms – Coincident points –
Coriolis component of Acceleration – Introduction to linkage synthesis problem.
Dynamics of mechanisms/machineries:
Dynamics Fundamentals, Dynamic Force Analysis, Balancing, Engine Dynamics, Multi cylinder
Engines.
Kinematic and dynamic analysis of machine components: Classification of cams and followers
– Terminology and definitions – Displacement diagrams –Uniform velocity, parabolic, simple
harmonic and cycloidal motions – Derivatives of follower motions – Layout of plate cam profiles –
Specified contour cams – Circular arc and tangent cams – Pressure angle and undercutting – sizing of
cams.
Law of toothed gearing – Involutes and cycloidal tooth profiles –Spur Gear terminology and
definitions –Gear tooth action – contact ratio – Interference and undercutting. Helical, Bevel, Worm,
Rack and Pinion gears [Basics only]. Gear trains – Speed ratio, train value – Parallel axis gear trains –
Epicyclic Gear Trains.
Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students can able to apply fundamentals of
54
mechanism/machines for the design of new mechanisms/machines and analyse them for optimum
design.
Text books:
1. R L Norton, ―Design of Machineries‖, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill Publishers.
References:
1. Uicker, J.J., Pennock G.R and Shigley, J.E., ―Theory of Machines and Mechanisms‖, 3rd
Edition, Oxford University Press, 2009.
2. Rattan, S.S, ―Theory of Machines‖, 3rd Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2009.
3. Thomas Bevan, ―Theory of Machines‖, 3rd Edition, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 2005.
4. Cleghorn. W. L, ―Mechanisms of Machines‖, Oxford University Press, 2005.
5. Allen S. Hall Jr., ―Kinematics and Linkage Design‖, Prentice Hall, 1961.
6. Ghosh. A and Mallick, A.K., ―Theory of Mechanisms and Machines‖, Affiliated East West
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1988.
7. Rao.J.S. and Dukkipati.R.V. ―Mechanisms and Machine Theory‖, Wiley-Eastern Ltd., New
Delhi, 1992.
ME 635: CAD/CAM
Criteria for selection of CAD workstations, Shigle Design Process, Design criteria, Geometric
modeling, entities, 2D & 3D Primitives. 2D & 3D Geometric Transformations: Translation, Scaling,
Rotation, Reflection and Shearing, concatenation. Graphics standards: 302 KS IGES, PDES. Wire
frame modeling: Curves: Curve representation. Analytic curves – lines, Circles, Ellipse, Conis.
Synthetic curves – Cubic, Bezier, B-Spline, NURBS. Surface entities, Surface Representation. Analytic
Surface – Plane Surface, Ruled Surface, Surface of Revolution, Tabulated Cyliner. Synthetic Surface-
Cubic, Bezier, Bspline, Coons. Graph Based Model, Boolean Models, Instances, Cell Decomposition &
Spatial – Occupancy Enumeration, Boundary Representation (B-rep) & Constructive Solid Geometry
(CSG). Feature Based Modeling, Assembling Modeling, Behavioural Modeling, Conceptual Design &
Top Down Design. Capabilities of Modeling & Analysis Packages such as solid works, Unigraphics,
Ansys, Hypermesh. Computer Aided Design of mechanical parts and Interference Detection by
Motion analysis.
Text/Reference:
1. CAD/CAM: Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing by M Groover and E. Zimmers,

Pearson Education, 1983.
2. CAD/CAM in Practice by A J Medland, Springer science and media, 2012
ME 637: Design Of Pressure Vessel
Introduction
Methods for determining stresses – Terminology and Ligament Efficiency – Applications.
Stresses in Pressure Vessels
55
Introduction – Stresses in a circular ring, cylinder – Membrane stress Analysis of Vessel Shell
components – Cylindrical shells, spherical Heads, conical heads – Thermal Stresses – Discontinuity
stresses in pressure vessels.
Design of Vessels
Design of Tall cylindrical self-supporting process columns –Supports for short, vertical and
horizontal vessels – stress concentration – at a variable Thickness transition section in a cylindrical
vessel, about a circular hole, elliptical openings. Theory of Reinforcement – pressure vessel Design.
Introduction to ASME pressure vessel codes
Buckling Of Vessels
Buckling phenomenon – Elastic Buckling of circular ring and cylinders under external pressure –
collapse of thick walled cylinders or tubes under external pressure – Effect of supports on Elastic
Buckling of Cylinders – Buckling under combined External pressure and axial loading.
Text/References:
1. John F. Harvey, Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 1987.
2. Henry H. Bedner, “Pressure Vessels, Design Hand Book, CBS publishers and Distributors, 1987.
3. Stanley, M. Wales, “Chemical process equipment, selection and Design. Buterworths series in
Chemical Engineering, 1988.
4. William. J., Bees, “Approximate Methods in the Design and Analysis of Pressure Vessels and
Piping”, Pre ASME Pressure Vessels and Piping Conference, 1997
ME 641 : Warship Transmission and Tribology
Warship Transmission Design
Specifications, design and design checks of Marine Gearboxes (Spur and helical gears, Gear Tooth
loads, Bearing loads, Reaction torque, Causes and classification of gear failures, gear noise and stress
analysis).
Shafting (NES requirements, torsional and bending strength calculations), Shaft-line Bearings
(NES requirements, types, numbers and load distribution), Clutches and Couplings
Tribology
Theory of wear, its types and reduction, Theory of hydrodynamic lubrication, properties of
marine lubricants, Bearings classification, selection, and performance. Theories of design of Journal
Bearings and Rolling element bearings with performance and life estimation
Texts Books
56
1. Engineering Tribology, GW Stachowiak, AW Batchelor,Butterworth Heinman, 2001.
2. Shigley‘s Mechanical Engineering Design [In SI Units], Joseph Shigley, Charles Mischke,
Richard Budynas, Keith Nisbett, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008.
3. Schaum‘s Outline of Machine Design, 3rd Ed, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
4. Gear Engineering, Pitman, Merritt HE, Latest edition.
ME 642: Automatic Control Systems
Basic concepts of Automatic Control: Transfer Functions-Modeling of systems- Mechanical,

Electrical, hydraulic system block diagram, signal flow graphs, closed and open loop systems.
Feedback and Feed forward control system.
Static and Dynamic Characteristics of Control Systems: Transient Response and Steady state error
analysis for First and second order systems. Frequency response. Experimental determination of
transfer function. Stability Analysis. Root Locus Analysis. Nyquist Criteria.
Control Actions and Control System Components: Discrete action, Proportional, Integral and
Differential Control Action, Composite action. Characteristics, working and limitations of different
types of Comparators and actuators, amplifiers, Servo motors and Control valves.
Control System Implementations: Pneumatic Systems, Hydraulic Systems, Electrical Systems,

Microprocessor Based Systems, Programmable Logic Controllers, Micro Controllers and Network
Based Distributed Control Systems,
Case Studies (Internal Evaluation)
Marine Systems (for Naval Students)
Integrated Platform Management System / Battle Damage Control System, Ship board digital control,
architecture and implementation of control of Marine systems in the latest Indian Naval Surface
Warships.
Mechanical Systems (for Non - Naval Students)
Engine auto control warning system, NBC & fire fighting systems, Remote vehicles.
Texts Books
1. Measurement System, Application & Design, 4thEd, E O Doebelin, Mc Graw Hill, 2003.
2. Modern Control Engineering, 4th Ed, Katushiko Ogata, Pearson, UK, 2001.
57
ME 643: Ship Dynamics and Marine Systems
Introduction to Naval Architecture and Ship Dynamics: Categorization of ships, ships

geometry and hydrostatics, Properties of ship building materials, Strength and structure of ship’s
hydrostatics and initial stability. Intact and Damage Stability. Ship Powering Calculations and
Propeller design.
Staff Requirements for new ship design. Formulation of requirements, general role, speed,
endurance, armament, logistic requirements, procedure for formulating outline, agreed and
approved staff requirements, procedure for finalization of ship designs. Choice & Selection of
Propulsion System and Auxiliaries
General requirements of marine machinery. Design for shock protection. Types of main
propulsion and their evaluation. Selection of Distillation & Desalination Plants, Power Generation,
Air conditioning & Refrigeration, Ships Systems, NBCD Requirements, Marine Controls and
Instrumentation. Trials: Sea trials, their requirements and procedures.
Texts Books
1 Introduction to Naval Architecture, TC Gilmer, Bruce Johnson, Naval Institute Press, 1982.
2 Basic Ship Theory, Vol I & II, Rawson & Tupper, Saint Louis, Butterworth Heineman, 1994.
3 Warship Propulsion System Selection, CM Plumb, The Institute of Marine Engineers, 1987.
ME 644 : Marine Diesel & Steam Engines
Basic Concepts: Reactive Thermodynamics, complete and incomplete combustion, volumetric

efficiency. Design Requirements, Materials, Types of Supercharging
Marine Diesel Engine rating, selection, engine-propeller matching: Terminology, Service Rating,
Corrections for ambient conditions, Diesel engine Characteristics, Principles of matching,
Modifications to allow for Service conditions, Towing Loads, Auxiliary Loads, CPP.
Noise and Emission Reduction in marine engines: Regulations, Constituents, Control Mechanisms for
reduction of noise and exhaust emissions from marine diesel engines.
Boiler Design: Boiling process, heat transfer and fluid flow dynamics, boiler design considerations,
procedure. Steam cycles analysis: Steam turbine thermodynamics, Simple Rankine cycle, Power
output and efficiency calculations, measures to improve cycle performance parameters.
Steam turbines: Impulse and reaction turbines, multistaging in turbines, compounding of turbines,
design and part load performances, turbine losses. Steam turbine design procedure.
58
Texts Books (Diesel Engines):
1. Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals, JB Heywood, McGraw Hill , 2003.
2. Internal Combustion Engine Theory and Practices, 2nd Ed, Vol I & 2, Charles Fayette Taylor, MIT
Press, 1999.
3. Steam Turbines: Theory and Design, Shlyakhin P, Foreign Languages Publishing House, Moscow,
1995.
ME 645: Marine Gas Turbines
Gas Turbine theory and Performance: Gas dynamics, thermodynamic and fluid mechanics
concepts, Gas Turbine Types and application, Cycle Analysis & Performance. Design & off- design
point performance, Transient performance of single shaft, two shaft engine with FPT. Gas Turbine
Simulation. Compressor turbine Matching. Propeller matching, displacing equilibrium running line.
Turbo Machinery Aerodynamics Design: Compressor design and Performance - Pressure

losses separation & friction losses, Definition delta upon D, De Hallers no. Stage loading and flow
parameters, degree of reaction, stall, Use of IGVs & VGVs, multi-spooling, variable temp rise
distribution. Compressor design co-relations & example.
Mechanical Design and Performance of Turbine and Compressors: Blade shapes, methods of
design. Velocity triangles, reaction, stage loading, flow coefficient. Design for maximum power. Stage
efficiency, over-tip leakage. Design correlations & example. Centrifugal, Gas, Inertia Loads acting on
turbo-machinery,
Creep design, Fatigue design, Requirements of naval application. Marine GT Combustors

Design. Design & Materials for Marine GTs. Requirements, properties, Super-alloys, Manufacturing,
Marine coatings, Types & Process. Marine GT Systems Design requirements & Integration with ships
systems.
Texts Books/References
1. Gas Turbine Theory, 5th Ed, Cohen, Rogers & Sarvamuttu, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
2. Fluid Mechanics and Thermodynamics of Tubomachinery, SL Dixon, 6th Ed, Elsevier, 2010.
3. Gas Turbine 2nd Ed, V Ganeshan, Tata McGraaw Hill, 2010.
4. Fundamentals of Gas Turbines, 2nd Ed, Bathie WW, John Wiley, 2003.
5. The Design of Hi-efficiency Turbomachinery and Gas Turbine, DG Wilson & T Korakianitis,
MIT Press, 2002.
59
ME 646: Nuclear Reactor Engineering
Nuclear Reactor Physics: Introduction to nuclear physics: nuclear fission, nuclear reactions and
radiations. Reactor analysis, reactor kinetics and control,
Nuclear Reactor Engineering: Thermal & hydraulic aspects of reactor design, energy removal.
Core and Fuel design. Reactor process system, reactor fuel design. Design aspects of major
reactor components, material selection, shielding design. Overview of nuclear fuel cycle.
Different reactor systems,
Nuclear Reactor Safety: Overview of nuclear safety philosophy, defense in depth principle,
different safety systems,
Health Safety: Effects of different types of radiation, dosage, radiation monitoring.
Nuclear Reactor Control & Instrumentation: General features of reactor control, control in
reactor operation. Basics of reactor instrumentation, instrumentation range and wide range of
detectors used. Visit to BARC Mumbai for one day.
Texts Books
1 Nuclear Reactor Engineering: Reactor Design Basics, Volume – 1, Samuel Glasstone and
Alexander Sesonske, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 2002.
2 Nuclear Reactor Engineering: Reactor systems engineering, Volume - 2, Samuel Glasstone
and Alexander Sesonske, CBS Publishers and Distributors, 2002.
3 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering, John R. Lamarsh and Anthony J. Baratta. Prentice
Hall; 3rd editions, 2001.
ME 651: M. Tech. Dissertation Phase– I
ME 652: M. Tech. Dissertation Phase- II
60
M M. Tech. in Mechanical Engineering
(Armament and Combat Vehicles)
Brief Description: DRDO has been involved in the design and development of efficient and
economical Combat Engineering & Armament Systems for Indian Armed Forces. The programme
is designed to provide students with the principles of Combat Vehicle Technology and Armament
Engineering. The programme pays special attention to:
 the study of advances in combat vehicle technology and armament engineering.

 developing skills in the analysis and evaluation of new concepts against changes and
developments in the threat.
 the user requirements needed to meet the threat and its implications.
Eligibility:
1. The eligibility for the postgraduate programme will be B.E./B. Tech degree and AMIE
qualified engineers in Mechanical/Production/Automobile Engineering disciplines from
recognized university.
2. This programme is open for civilian GATE qualified candidates, DRDO Scientists/Officers
and Officers from Tri-services. This programme is also open to foreign nationals from the
countries approved by GOI.
Organization: M. Tech Mechanical Engineering with specialisation in Arament and Combact

Vehicles is a four-semester programme. In the first semester there are six courses and one lab, in
second semester, there are seven courses and in the third semester there are two electives. In each
of these semesters, there will be three tests and a final semester examination for every course. In
third semester in addition to two courses a M. Tech. (phase I) dissertation is there and in fourth
semester, only dissertation work is to be completed. Half yearly evaluation of the project takes
place at the end of the third semester. At the end of the final semester, student submits a thesis and
makes a presentation about the M. Tech. project, which is evaluated by the Internal and External
examiners.
The details of the courses offered are:
61
Semester I
Course Contact Hours/week

S. No. Course Credits
Code L T/P
2 ME 601 Armament & Combat vehicles-I 3 0 3
Advanced Fluid & Thermal
4 ME 603 3 1 4
Engineering
5 ME 604 Advanced Materials and Processing 3 0 3
6 ME 605 Introduction to Combat Systems 3 0 3
Total 18 21
Semester II
S. Course Contact hours/week

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 ME 607 Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 1 4
2 ME 608 Finite Element Methods 3 1 4
4 ME 610 Armament & Combat Vehicles-II 3 0 3
Total 21 0 24
Note: 02 week industrial practice school during summer vacation for scholarship students.
Semester III
S. Course Contact Hours /week

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
0
1 Elective –III 3 3
0
2 Elective – IV 3 3

Total 14
62
Semester IV
S. Course Contact Hours /week

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
Total 14
List of Electives (3 credits)
S. No. Course Code Course Name

Elective I, II, III&IV
1. ME 611 Design for Manufacturability
2. ME 612 Modeling and Simulation of Military vehicles
3. ME 613 Armour Protection Systems
4. ME 614 Unmanned Ground Vehicles
5. ME 615 Trials & Evaluation of Weapon Systems
6. ME 616 Thermal Management of Defence Equipment
7. ME 617 Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery
8. ME 618 Composite Structures
9. ME 619 Tribology for Design
10. ME 620 High Energy Material Technology
11. ME 621 Dynamics & Armament Mechanisms
12. ME 622 Ballistics of bombs and projectiles
13. ME 623 Design of ordnance, basic structure and super structure
14. ME 624 Small arms and cannons
15. ME 625 Combat Vehicle Technology
16. ME 626 Vehicle Dynamics
17. ME 627 Fatigue, Fracture and Failure Analysis
18. ME 628 Design of Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems
19. ME 629 Design of Experiments
20. ME 630 Design of Machinery
21. ME 642 Automatic Control System
22. ME 650 Mini-Project #
23. AE 607 Missile Structures
24. AM 602 Mathematical Modelling and System Analysis
25. AM 603 Advanced Optimization Techniques
63
ME 601 Armament and Combat Vehicles- I
Introduction to Automotive systems: Vehicle Classification – On-Road (multi axle, trailer), Off
Road (wheeled, tracked), Amphibious; Systems of Automotive Vehicles - Chassis / Body of
vehicle; Power plant, Transmission; Additional design considerations: Vehicle stability,
Modularity, Transportability to area of operation (by road, rail or by air), logistics for operation.
Combat Vehicle design and Performance: Critical dimensions – NGP, MMP, Steerability ratio,
Pitch ratio, Angle of approach, Angle of Departure, No. of Axles, No. of road wheels, Buoyancy
for Amphibious vehicles; Terramechanics - soil strength, bearing capacity, Tractive effort, rolling
resistance, draw bar pull and slip.
Power packs for Combat Vehicles: Power plants - Reciprocating engines, Military Specials,
Component technology advances, Space consideration (packaging subsystems), supercharging
turbo charging; Cooling and air filtration systems; Engine management systems; Gas turbines
(Rotary Engine) - Types for Combat vehicle use, Air handling, Fuel management system; ,
Wankel Engines - Sealing and Lubrication systems; Non-conventional power plants - Types of
electric traction motors, onboard power generation, storage and distribution system; Introduction
to Fuel cells.
Transmission and Steering: Tractive requirement for wheeled and Tracked vehicles; Design of
Clutches, Hydrokinetic and Hydro static Drives; Multi Axle all-wheel drive steering system for
wheeled vehicles, Double differential steering for tracked vehicles, Skid steering for both wheeled
and tracked vehicles; Electric / Hybrid transmission system; Brake system for combat vehicles.
Running gear: Suspension system requirement - Quarter car and Half car analysis for
displacement and force transmissibility; Ride - pitch and bounce behavior and optimization using
damping; Types - Coil Spring, Torsion bar, Hydro Gas, Active, semi-active; Terrain
characteristics. Human response to vibration.Suspension system requirements.Ride and handling
of vehicles.Passive suspension system, hydro-gas suspension. Pitch and bounce behavior.
Suspension system transmissibility.Suspension system optimization.Introduction to semi-active
and active suspension.
Structural Design and Protection: Structural requirements of armoured and non-armoured
vehicles; Armour Failure modes against Kinetic Energy (KE); Chemical Energy (CE), Small
Armr and Splinters; Passive Armour - Rolled Homogenous Armour Steels, Aluminiumarmour,
Ceramic / Composite armour, Laminated / Spaced Armour, Explosive Reactive Armour; Active
Armour - Soft Kill techniques amd Hard Kill techniques.
Text/References:
1. Tank Technology (Vol I & II) by RM Ogorkiewicz – Jane‘s information Group, 1991 –
ISBN: 0710605951, 9780710605955.
ME 602 Advanced Mechanics of Materials
Theory of Elasticity: Introduction, stress. Differential equations of equilibrium, strain,

compatibility conditions, plane problems of elasticity, stress strain relations, stress functions and
applications in 2D problems. Pressurized cylinders & rotating disks, Governing equations,
Stresses in thick walled cylinder under internal and external pressures. Introduction to
experimental stress analysis.
64
Energy Methods: Work done by forces and strain energy, reciprocal relations, Castigliano‘s
theorems, Fictitious load method, statically indeterminate structures, theorem of virtual work,
generalization of castigliano‘s theorem.
Asymmetrical Bending of beams: Bending of prismatic bars and unsymmetrical bending.

Concept of shear centre in symmetric and un-symmetric bending, Plate bending, bending of
curved beams.
Torsion of non-circular sections: Introduction, torsion of general prismatic solid section like
circular, elliptical, rectangular, triangular shafts, membrane analogy, torsion of thin walled tubes,
torsion of thin walled multiple cell closed sections.
Text/References:
2. Advanced Mechanics of Materials, 2nd Ed., 1998 Cook RD & Yound WC, Prentice
Hall.
3. Advanced Mechanics of Materials, 5th Ed., 1995 Boresi AP, Sidebottom OM, John
Wiley.
4. Experimental Stress Analysis, 3rd Ed., 2005, Dally JW & Riley WF, College House
Enterprises.
ME 603 Advanced Fluid & Thermal Engineering
Review of concepts in kinematics of Fluid Motion, Vorticity, Circulation, Velocity potential and
Stream function. Basic laws in Integral Form, Momentum Theorem, Applications in Propulsion,
Energy equations, Applications. Dynamics of Ideal Fluid Motion, Applications, Integration of
Euler‘s equations of motion. Governing Equations of fluid flow in differential form, Navier-
Stokes Equations and exact solutions, Energy Equation and solution of fluid flow with thermal
effects. Dimensional Analysis. Prandtl‘s Boundary Layer equations, Laminar Boundary Layer
over a Flat Plate, Blausius solution. Turbulent flows in two-dimensional channels and pipes,
Velocity field, Smooth and Rough pipes, Drag reduction in pipes, Turbulent Boundary Layer over
a Flat Plate, Laws of wall over Flat Plates, Effect of Pressure gradient, Boundary Layer control.
Advanced topics in conduction and convection heat transfer, solution to laminar and turbulent
convective heat transfer problems, external and internal flows, free and forced convection.
Text/References:
2. Convective Heat and Mass Transfer 4th Ed., 2004, W. M. Kays, M. E. Crawford and B.
Weigand, McGraw-Hill.
4. Boundary Layer Theory, 8th ed, 2000, Herrmann Schlichting, Springer.
5. Heat and Mass Transfer, 2nd ed 1963, Eckert ERG and Drake RM (translated by J P
Gross), McGraw-Hill Inc. US.
ME 604 Advanced Materials and Processing
65
Temperature assisted shape memory effect, Visco-elastic behaviour, magnetic shape memory
effect. Various shape memory alloys. Manufacturing technology of SMAs.
Electro rheological (ER) and magneto-rheological (MR) materials: Characteristics of ER and
EM fluids. ER and EM materials.
matrix composites. Various forms and type of reinforcements, fillers and additives.Design of
Materials for high temperature applications - Ni-Cr alloys, ODS materials, Ni base and Co based
super alloys, carbon-carbon composites.
Texts/References:
1992.
5. William D Callister: Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction, 6th Edition,
Wiley Publication.
6. S. Kalpakjian and S. Schmid: Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, 4th Edition,
Pearson Education.
Prentice Hall.
ME 605 Introduction to Combat Systems
Threat Spectrum - Types of Conflicts - Low level, Medium level, Heavy conflicts - Combat
Vehicle during World Wars I & II - Post world wars Combat Vehicles.
Conventional threats - Tank threat, Mine threat, Missile threat; Non-conventional threats - Ariel
threat - Aircrafts, Helicopters, Drones - Precision munitions delivered from various platforms -
Nuclear threat - Conflicts in builtup areas - Close combat - peace keeping missions.
Basic Design parameters - Firepower - Non lethal, low calibre, Heavy calibre (tank / Arty),
Cannon launched Missiles; Mobility - Tactical, Strategic, Battle field Mobility - weight,
transportability, logistics; Protection - Small arms, Splinters, KE attack, CE Attack, Passive and
Active, camouflage and stealth; Command-Control-Communication-Computer-Intelligence (C4I)
66
- Network Centric Warfare - Battlefield Management System - Situational awareness through
sensors
Vehicle Configuration - On Road and Off Road vehicles; Soft skinned - logistics, strategic
transport (special railway wagons and multi-axle road trailers), Medium Armoured (both wheeled
and Tracked) - Infantry Combat Vehicles (ICV), Missile / Mortar Carrier Vehicle, Artillery
Vehicles, Armoured Repair and Recovery Vehicle (ARRV), Bridge Layer, Main Battle Tank
(MBT);
Man Machine Interface - Human System Integration - Ergonomics - Environmental Control
System - Packaging of systems
Maintainability - Design for maintenance - Maintenance Repair and Overhaul (MRO) -
Modularity in design - Adaptability to different missions, Line Replaceable Units
Combat Vehicle Evaluation Techniques - Automotive trials - Specialized test track for
automotive trials; Weapon Trials - Special equipment for proving weapon, proving Ammunition
and Proving Combat system as a whole; Different types of Trials - Development trials, User trials,
Usage trials, Deployment trials.
Text/References:
1) Fighting vehicle, TW Terry, Brassey‘s, 1991

2) The Greenhill Armoured Fighting Vehicles Data Book - Ian Hogg – Greenhill books -
ISBN: 1853673919, 978-1853673917
3) The Encyclopedias of Tanks and Armored Fighting Vehicles – Chris Foss, Will Fowler –
Thunder Bay Press (CA) – ISBN: 1571458069, 978-1571458063
4) Tanks inside Out – Michael E.Haskew – ISBN: 1607101106, 978-1607101109 Modern
Tanks &Armoured Fighting Vehicles by Simon Dunstan – The Crowood Press, 2005
ISBN:1840371900, 9781840371901.
ME 607 Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)
transfer, physical boundary conditions, basic aspects of Discretization. Finite Difference and Finite
Volume formulation of steady/transient one-dimensional conduction equation., Finite Volume formulation of
steady one- dimensional convection and diffusion problems, Solution algorithms for pressure-velocity
coupling in steady and unsteady flows. discretization equations for two dimensional convection and
diffusion. Numerical methods for the Navier-Stokes equation. Turbulence models: mixing length model, Two
equation (k-epsilon) models – Grid generation. Practicals on CFD software (FLUENT).
Practical‘s on CFD software (ICEM CFD):

1. Turbulent Flow in a 2D elbow. (use water)
2. Laminar Flow in a 2D Pipe. (use water)
3. Flow over an Airfoil. (use air)
4. Laminar flow over a flat plate.
Text/References:
2. Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, 2005, Anil W Date, Cambridge University
Press, NY, USA.
67
3. Computational Fluid Dynamics & Heat Transfer, 1984, Anderson, Dale A, John C Tanehill
and Richard H Pletcher, McGraw Hill.
ME 608 Finite Element Methods
Application of FEM, Strain- displacement relations, Stress-strain relations, Differential equations
of equilibrium, Co-ordinates, basic element shapes, interpolation function, Minimum potential
energy. Properties of stiffness matrix, treatment of boundary conditions, solution of system of
equations, shape functions and characteristics.

function.

Plane stress, Plane strain, Force terms, Stiffness matrix and load vector, boundary conditions,
Isoparametric element - quadrilateral element, linear shape functions.
Axisymmetric Problems: Axisymmetric body subjected to axisymmetric loading-Numerical

problems

Dynamic equations - consistent mass matrix – Eigen values, Eigen vector, natural frequencies -
mode shapes - modal analysis.
3-D problems:
Tetrahedron element - Jacobian matrix - Stiffness matrix, Softwares and its applications, Brief
description to analysis of Plates & Shells.
Hands on session – Modelling & simulation of 1D, 2D and 3D structural and non-structural
problems using ABAQUS/ ANSYS, Selective case studies
Text/References:
1. ―Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering‖, Tirupathi R.Chandrupatla and Ashok D.
2. ―An Introduction to Finite Element Methods‖, J.N. Reddy, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2008.
4. ―Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis‖, Robert Cook, Wiley India, Pvt.,
Ltd., 4th Edition-2007.
68
6. ―Finite Element Procedures‖, K.J. Bathe, PHI Learning, 2009.
ME 609 Mechanical Vibrations

Single Degree of Freedom Systems: Free and forced vibrations of damped and undamped
systems; Simple harmonic excitation; steady state response; torsional vibrations.
damper systems; torsional vibrations; modal analysis of undamped and damped systems;
numerical methods: Matrix iteration, Holzer‘s method, Dunkerley‘s lower and Rayleigh‘s upper
bound approximations; Dynamic vibration absorbers
Vibration of Multi-degree of Freedom and Continuous Systems: Vibrating string;
Longitudinal and torsional vibration of rods; Free and forced vibration of beams; Properties of
vibrating systems: Flexibility and stiffness influence coefficients; Reciprocity theorem;
Eigenvalue analysis; Orthogonality of eigenvectors; Modal matrix
forced vibrations.
Hands on session – 1DoF, 2DoF, 3DoF and continuous systems on Vibration Fundamental
Trainer (VFT)
Case studies: Introduction to nonlinear and random vibrations, structures subjected to random
vibrations, Noise control and acoustics.
Text Books:
3. Mechanical Vibrations, J.B.K. Das &P.L.S.Murthy, Sapna book house.
Reference Books:
2. ―Mechanical Vibration and Shock Measurements‖, J.T.Broch, Bruel and Kjae Publication.
3. ―Theory of Vibration with Applications‖, William T. Thomson, Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson
Low Price Edition.
4. ―Introductory Course on Theory and Practice of Mechanical Vibrations‖, J.S.Rao, K.Gupta,
Revised edition, New Age International Publishers
ME 610 Armament and Combat Vehicles II
Armament Systems: Weapon System classification, Characteristics and Operating Principles

(Large caliber & Small caliber, Rockets, Missiles & Directed Energy Weapons (DEW));
Principles and Factors affecting Design of Projectile and Weapon; Automatic Fire - Blowback,
Recoil, Gas Operation systems and externally driven; Subsystems - Feed Systems, Trigger and
69
Firing Systems, Extraction and Ejection Systems, Locking, Mechanical Safety and Muzzle
Attachments;
Introduction to ballistics: Gun and Rocket; Internal, Intermediate, External and Terminal
ballistics; Factors affecting performance of the weapon.
Warhead Mechanisms: Configuration and classification of Warhead; Kill mechanisms - Kinetic

Energy (long rod, fragmentation), Chemical Energy (Blast, Shaped Charge – HEAT, HESH,
Explosive dynamics.); Explosives used in warheads.
Ammunition: Charge systems BL and QF. Primers and explosive trains; Design aspects of
various types of fuzes.
Introduction to Weapon Sighting system
Introduction to Fire Control System
Texts/References
1. ―Handbook of Infantry Weapons‖, Part – 1, RMCS, UK, 1987
2. D Allsop, L Popelinsky et al, ―Brassy‘s Essential Guide to Military Small Arms:
Design Principles and Operating Methods‖, Brassy‘s, UK, 1997
3. ―Engineering Design Handbook: Automatic Weapons‖, AMC Pamphlet No. 706 – 260,
4. US Army Material Command, Washington, 1970
5. Military Ballistics: A Basic Manual (Brassy‘s New Battlefield Weapon System and
Technology Series) 1999, CL Farrar, DW Leeming, GM Moss, Brassey‘s (UK) Ltd.
6. Surveillance and Target Acquisition Systems: Brassey‘s Land Warfare, 1997, MA
Richardson, IC Luckraft and RF Powell, London:Brassey‘s, ISBN 978-1857531374
7. Richard M Lloyd, ―Conventional Warhead Systems Physics and Engineering Design‖,
Vol. 179, Progresses in Astronautics and Aeronautics, 1998
8. Guided Weapons: Including Light, Unguided Anti-Tank Weapons, 3rd edition, 1998, RG
Lee, TK Garland Collins, CA Sparkes and E Archer, London: Brassey‘s, ISBN 978-
1857531527
9. Richard M Lloyd, ―Conventional Warhead Systems Physics and Engineering Design‖,
Vol. 179, Progresses in Astronautics and Aeronautics, 1998
10. MYH Bangash, ―Impact and Explosion Dynamics Analysis and Design‖, Blackwell
Scientific Publications, 1993.
ME 611 Design for Manufacturability

Engineering Design: Design of cast, forged, sheet metal parts and welded constructions. Design
for assembly and dismantling, modular constructions. Erection, operation, inspection and
maintenance considerations, Ergonomics.
70
Machining considerations: Design for accuracy, locating pins and registers, machining in
assembly, adjustment. Backlash and clearance adjustment. Examples illustrating the various
principles. Available design variants for some of the common basic functional requirements.
Text /References:
1. Ashby, M. F. ―Materials Selection in Mechanical Design‖, Pergaman Press, 1992.
2. Bralla J., ―Handbook of Product Design for Manufacture‖, McGraw Hill, 1988.
3. Levy S., and Dubois, L. H, ―Plastics Production Design Engineering Handbook, Methuen
Inc., 1985.
4. Dieter G E, Engineering Desing, McGraw-Hill, 1991.
5. Yotaro Hatamura, The Practice of Machine Design, Claredon Press Oxfor, 1999.
6. Ertas Atilia and Jones J C, The Engineering Design Process, John Wiley & Sons, 1996.
7. Waldron B M and Kenneth J W, Mechanical Design: Theory and Methodology, Spriinger,
1996.
ME 612 Modeling and Simulation of Military Vehicles
1. Introduction to Multi Body Dynamics.

2. Vehicle dynamics evaluation using commercial softwares
(i) LMS Virtual Lab (or)
(ii) ADAMS, ADAMS (ATV) (or)
(iii) Recurdyn
2(a). Modelling of Track
 Super Element Track Modelling
 Discrete track modelling
2(b). Modelling of tyre
2(c). Modelling of Terrain
 3D Surface modelling
 Representation of soft terrains
2(d) Steering and motion controls
2(e) Co-simulation techniques
2(f) Modelling of contact elements
 Contact between track and terrain
 Contact between track and other turning gear elements
 Contact between tyre and terrain
3. Introduction to Modal Analysis

 Virtual Experimental Modal Analysis (VEMA) using.
4. Structural analysis of hull and chassis

 Flexi body MBD modelling
5. Prediction of vehicle performance characteristics using vehicle

dynamics model –
 Ride evaluation
 Low speed, high speed handling
71
 Obstacle crossing
 Mobility evaluation
6. Introduction to CFD softwares.

 CFD analysis of hull/body for hydrodynamic performance of vehicles engaged
in swimming, planning, steering and other manoeuvres.
7. Armour / Ballistics
 Introduction to softwares such as LS Dyna, Radios
 Prediction for survivability of blast load or incoming projectile; penetration, or
elastic and plastic deformation.
8. Experimental testing of vehicle and systems for validation of simulation models.
Text/References:
1. Multibody Dynamics: Computational Methods & Applicatios, 2007, J.C.G.Orden,
J.M.Goicolea & J.Cuadrado, Springer, ISBN 978-1402056833
2. Study of Vehicles Handling & Riding Characteristics by ADAMS Software, 2012, Wael-
Al-Tabey, LAP Lambert Academics Publishing, ISBN 978-3848439423
nd
3. Tyre and Vehicle Dynamics, 2 edition, 2005, Hans B Pacejka, Butterworth Hienemann,
ISBN 978-0750669184
4. Modal Analysis, Zhi-Fang Fu and Jimin He, 2001, Butterworth Hienemann, ISBN 978-
0750650793
5. Motor Vehicle Structure: Concepts and Fundamentals, 2002, JC Brown, AJ Robertson and
ST Serpento, SAE International, ISBN 978-076800909
6. Introduction to Hydrocodes, 2004, Jonas Zukas, Elsevier Science, ISBN 978-0080443485
7. LS-DYNA for Begineers, 2012, LAP Lambert Academics Publishing, ISBN 978-
3846556771
ME 613 Armour Protection Systems

Threats to Armoured vehicles and systems. Frontal, top, side and bottom attacks. Armoured
distribution on a typist MBT, ICV, body Armour.
Passive Protection, Rolled Homogenous Armour, Composite and Ceramic Armour. Requirement
of Armour Material. NATO targets. Ballistic testing of Armour.
Case studies.
Reactive protection, explosive reactive Armour (ERA), Inert Reactive Armour (IRA), Electric
Armour. Methods to detect ERA case studies.
Active protection system, Layout and integration to platform, Sensors and control mechanism,
Intercepting mechanism. Case studies.
Signature Management for acoustic, Thermal, usual and EM emissions. Deceptions and decoys,
Early warning systems, Camouflages and concealments.
72
Text/References:
London: Brassey‘s
2. Jane‘s Armor and Artillery 2011-12, Christopher F Foss, IHS Janes, ISBN 0978-
0710629609
3. Advances in Ceramic Armor II: Ceramic Engineering and Science Proceedings, 1st edition,
2006, Andrew Wereszczak, Edgar Lara Curzio and Lisa Prokurat Franks, Wiley, ISBN
0978-0470080573
4. Dynamic Behaviour of Materials, 1st edition, Marc Andrew Meyers, Wiley-Interscience,
ISBN 0978-0471582625
5. Ballistic Impacts on Polymer Matrix Composites-Composite Armor: Personal Armor,
2011, R Zaera, Springer:Vienna, ISBN 0978-3709105221
ME 614 Unmanned Ground vehicles

Introduction to UGV, Classification of UGV, History /World Scan, Major Technologies Sub
system of UGV, Mobile UGV Kinematics, Locomotion, Drive by wire technology, Planning &
Navigation, Obstacle detection & warning system, Power supply system, Perception System,
Payloads, Vehicle Platforms, Automatic Transmission, Controllers Tele operation, Sensors &
Actuators, Allied Technology, Applications.
Text/References:
1. Autonomous Mobile Robots by Roland Siegwart, Illah R. Nour bakhsh, Davide
Scaramuzza (Printice Hall )
2. Autonomous robots: From biological inspiration to implementation and control, By Bekey,
G.A.
3. Intelligent unmanned ground vehicles- autonomous navigation research at carnegie
mellon,By Hebert, M.H. Thorpe, C Stentz, A.
4. Robot technology fundamentals, by Keramas, J.G.
5. Principles of robot motion Theory algorithms and implementations by Choset, H. Lynch,
K.M. Hutchinson, S. Kantor, G. Burgard, W. Kavraki, L.E. Thrun, S.
ME 615 Trials & Evaluation of Weapon Systems
Weapon system requirements. Weapon performance characterization, firing environment and

ambient conditions. Factors affecting accuracy and consistency. Statistical methods. Mean and
standard deviation, Error estimation due to normal distribution, Probable Errors, test of
hypothesis, Design of experiment. Acceptance testing.
Static test procedures, Shock and vibration tests, Accelarated environmental tests. Closed vessel
test. Conditioning chambers. Test methods for evaluation of safety. Static trials of warheads.
Dynamic trials. Range and its layout, Safety distances and surface danger zones. Measurement.
Instruments: Pressure, MV, Trajectory, Atmosphere data, High speed videography and motion
picture analysis. Inbore pressure measurement. Telemetry and Data Acquisition. Post trial
Analysis. Range and Accuracy Trial. Functioning Trial. Recovery trial and inspection.
Text/References:
73
London: Brassey‘s
2. Surveillance and Target Acquisition Systems: Brassey‘s Land Warfare, 1997, MA
Richardson, IC Luckraft and RF Powell, London:Brassey‘s, ISBN 978-1857531374
3. Statistical Methods, 2nd edition, 2003, Rudolph Freund and WJ Wilson, Academic Press
Inc, ISBN 978-0122676512
4. Design of Experiments: An Introduction Based on Linear Models, 1st edition, 2010, Max
Morris, Chapman and Hall/CRC, ISBN 978-1584889236
5. Harris Shock and Vibration Handbook, 6th edition, 2009, AG Piersol and Thomas L Paez,
McGraw Hill-Professional, ISBN 978-0071508193
6. Guided Weapons: Including Light, Unguided Anti-Tank Weapons, 3rd edition, 1998, RG
Lee, TK Garland Collins, CA Sparkes and E Archer, London:Brassey‘s, ISBN 978-
1857531527
7. Dynamic Systems: Modelling and Analysis, 1996, Ramin Esfandairi and Hung V Vu, Mc
Graw Hill, ISBN 978-0072966619
8. Sensors: Advancements in Modelling, Design Issus, Fabrication and Practical
Applications, 2008, Yueh-Min Ray Huang, Springer, ISBN 978-3540690306
ME 616 Thermal Management of Defence Equipment
Introduction, Basic aspect of compactness, Scaling laws of heat exchangers, surface optimization,
Industrial compact heat exchangers: Plate Fin heat exchangers, Tube Fin heat exchangers, Printed
Circuit heat exchangers, Plate and Frame heat exchangers, Spiral heat exchangers, Plate and Shell
heat exchangers. Surface comparisons, Size, shape and weight relationships, Surface types and
correlations, Thermal Design-LMTD method.
Text/References
1. Compact Heat Exchangers- Selection, Design and Operation, John E. Hesselgreaves, Gulf
Professional Publishing, 2001.
2. Compact Heat Exchangers: Allan D. Kraus, R. K. Shah Hemisphere Pub. Corporation, 1990.
3. Compact Heat Exchangers: A Summary of basic heat transfer and flow friction design data,
William Morrow Kays, Alexander Louis London, National Press, 1955.
ME 617 Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery
Machine kinematics: Overview, Degrees of freedom, Links and joints, Grashof condition, 4-
bar linkage, slider-crank, and inverted slider crank
Machine Dynamics: Newtonian solution method, Force analysis of linkage, Shaking force
and torque, Balancing linkage, Flywheels
Gears and gear trains: Terminologies of gears and gear trains, Interface, undercutting,
contact ratio, Simple gears and compound gear trains, Planetary gear trains
Cam systems: Cam terminologies, Cam function design and sizing
Programmable mechanisms: Introduction to industrial manipulators, Kinematic chains and

classifications, Coordinate transformation, Forward and inverse kinematics
74
Text/References:
1. R. L. Norton, Design of Machinery: An Introduction to the Synthesis and Analysis of

Mechanisms and Machines, McGraw-Hill, current edition.
ME 618 Composite Structures




Introduction, Classical Lamination Theory, Special Cases Of Laminate Stiffness, Theoretical
Versus Measured Stiffness, Strength Of Laminates, Inter-Laminar Stress.

VARTM Method, Permeability Measurements, VARTM Process Model, Process Parameters Of
RFI Method Film Casting And Characteristics, Concepts Of VARTM and RFI Process
Optimisation.

fibre Volume Fraction Evaluation, DMA, DSC FOR Tg, Wet Properties Of Lamina, NDE
Methods, Ultrasonic A-scan and CT-Scan Methods For Chracteristion Of Composites.
Text books:
Francis,1999.
75
Reference books:
Marcel Dekker, inc.
ME 619 Tribology for Design
Introduction:
Defining Tribology, Tribology in Design - Mechanical design of oil seals and gasket
- Tribological design of oil seals and gasket, Tribology in Industry (Maintenance), Defining
Lubrication, Basic Modes of Lubrication, Properties of Lubricants, Lubricant Additives,
Defining Bearing, Terminology - Sliding contact bearings -Rolling contact bearings, Comparison
between Sliding and Rolling Contact Bearings
Friction and Wear:

Friction - Laws of friction - Friction classification - Causes of Friction, Theories of Dry Friction,
Friction Measurement, Stick-Slip Motion and Friction Instabilities, Wear - Wear classification -
Wear between solids – Wear between solid and liquid - Factors affecting wear – Measurement of
wear, Theories of Wear, Approaches to Friction Control and Wear Prevention
Lubrication of Bearings:
Mechanics of Fluid Flow - Theory of hydrodynamic lubrication -Mechanism of pressure
development in oil film, Two Dimensional Reynolds‘s Equation and its Limitations, Idealized
Bearings, Infinitely Long Plane Fixed Sliders, Infinitely Long Plane Pivoted Sliders, Infinitely
Long Journal Bearings, Infinitely Short Journal Bearings, Designing Journal Bearing -
Sommerfeld number – Raimondi and Boyd method - Petroff‘s Solution - Parameters of bearing
design - Unit pressure - Temperature rise - Length to diameter ratio - Radial clearance - Minimum
oil-film thickness.
Hydrodynamic Thrust Bearing:
Introduction - Flat plate thrust bearing - Tilting pad thrust bearing, Pressure Equation - Flat plate
thrust bearing - Tilting pad thrust bearing, Load - Flat plate thrust bearing - Tilting pad thrust
bearing, Center of Pressure - Flat plate thrust bearing - Tilting pad thrust bearing, Friction - Flat
plate thrust bearing - Tilting pad thrust bearing
Hydrostatic and Squeeze Film Lubrication:
Hydrostatic Lubrication - Basic concept - Advantages and limitations - Viscous flow through
rectangular slot – Load carrying capacity and flow requirement - Energy losses - Optimum design,
76
Squeeze Film Lubrication - Basic concept - Squeeze action between circular and rectangular
plates - Squeeze action under variable and alternating loads, Application to journal bearings,
Piston Pin Lubrications.
Elasto-Hydrodynamic Lubrication:
Principles and Applications, Pressure viscosity term in Reynolds‘s equation, Hertz‘s Theory,
Ertel-Grubin equation, Lubrication of spheres, Gear teeth bearings, Rolling element bearings.
Gas (Air-) Lubricated Bearings:
Introduction, Merits, Demerits and Applications, Tilting pad bearings, Magnetic recording, discs
with flying head, Hydrostatic bearings with air lubrication, Hydrodynamic bearings with air
lubrication, Thrust bearings with air lubrication.
Tribological Aspects of Rolling Motion:
The mechanics of tyre-road interactions, Road grip and rolling resistance, Tribological aspects of
wheel on rail contact.
Finite Bearings:
Hydrostatic bearings, Hydrodynamic bearings, Thrust oil bearings, Porous Bearings, Foil
bearings, Heat in bearings.
Text/ References:
1. A. Harnoy ― Bearing Design in Machinery ―Marcel Dekker Inc,NewYork,2003
2. M.M.Khonsari & E.R.Booser, ― Applied Tribology‖, John Willey &Sons,New York,2001
3. E.P.Bowden and Tabor.D.," Friction and Lubrication", Heinemann EducationalBooks
Ltd., 1974.
4. A.Cameron, "Basic Lubrication theory ", Longman, U.K.., 1981.
5. M.J.Neale (Editor), "Tribology Handbook ", Newnes. Butter worth, Heinemann, U.K.,
1995.
ME 620 High Energy Material Technology
High Energy Materials: An overview, Current trends and Furture Directions, Characterization of
High Energy Materials using Modern Instrumental Techniques.
Solid Rocket Propellants: Introduction classification and specification of solid rocketpropellants,

Ingredients, processing and performance of each class of propellants – Double base prolellants
(DBP) – Extruded, Fuel Rich Propellants (FRP), NEPE Propellants, Insulatior-inhibitor-liner, X-
ray radiography, Mechanical Characterization, Ignition system,
Ballistic Prediction, Instrumentation for Static firing of Rockets, Future directions in development
of solid rocket propellants.
77
Gun Propellants: Introduction and Gun propellants developed in India, Classification,
ingredients and manufacturing of gun propellants (SBP, DBP, TBP, LOVA), Combustible
Cartridge Case for gun ammunition, Closed Vessel evaluation and Performance prediction of gun
propellants, Future trends.
High Explosives: Introduction and uses, Classification and manufacture of high explosives,
Theory of detonation and blast, Plastic Bonded explosives, explosive compositions for Low
Intensity Conflict (LIC), Expliosive Reactive Armour, Fuel – Air explosive, Thermobaric
explosives compositon, Measurement and instrumentation.
Pyrotechnics: Introduction, Classification and manufacture, Electo-explosive devices,

Pyrotechnics smoke, Pyrotechic delays, Pyrotechnic Flares, Other devices, Instrumentation for
performance measurement.
DETINICS, PBX & Insensitive Explosives.
ME 621 Dynamics & Armament Mechanisms
Equation of motions, Frame of reference. Newtonia, Enterian, Langrangian, Hamiltonium

formulation for motion dynamics. Euler angles and transformations. Translatory and Rotary
motions. Constraint and unconstraint motion.
Mechanisms: Linear, Rotary, Hydraulic and Pneumatic systems.

System dynamics for first and second order systems and response in time and frequency domain.
Mechanisms of large Calibre Weapons: Balancing gear, Breech and Firing Mechanisms, Recoil
Mechanisms, Laying Mechanisms, Ramming Mechanisms.
Small Arms Mechanisms: Introduction, Operating Mechanisms (Blow back, recoil and Gas
operated), Feeding Mechanisms, Trigger and Firing Mechanisms, Ejection and Extraction
Mechanisms.
Fuze Mechanisms: Safety and Arming Mechanism, Spring Mass Mechanisms, Rotary
Mechanisms, Clock work Mechanisms.
Launcher Platform Leveling, Laying, Sighting, Rocket Pinaka, Control Mechanisms.
ME 622 Ballistics of Bombs & Projectiles
Basics of Ballistics of any projectile, Difference between precision, accuracy and CEP.
Internal Ballistics (Guns): Burning of propellants, Vielle‘s mode and rate of burnings, form
function, Resalls‘ Energy Equation. Internal ballistic solutions, Hunt hind Heydenreigh system.
Lodue Method. Effect of vibrations in loading conditions, Similarity relations.
78
External Ballistics (Guns): Aerodynamic force system. Normal equations. Siacci form of
solutions, Numerical methods of trajectory computation, Meteorological corrections. Angular
motion of the Centre of mass. Drift and deflection, Dispersion of fire.
External Ballistics of Rockets: Launch dynamics, plane trajectory, boost plane trajectory models,
rocket accuracy (dispersion and stability), rocket-assisted projectiles.
Bomb Ballistics: Aerodynamic forces and moments acting on a bomb, Drag co-efficient,
Terminal velocity and Ballistic index, Trajectory of bombs, Simulated stores (similitude) and their
trajectories, Bomb stability derivatives and analysis (in roll, pitch and yaw), wind tunnel testing,
Bomb trajectory calculations with point mass and Six Degrees of Freedom Equations. Calculation
of Moment of Inertia and Centre of Gravity of bombs.
Texts/References:
1. Text Book of Ballistic & Gunnery, 1987,Vol I & II, HMSO Publication.
2. DE Carlucci & SS Jacobson Ballistics Theory and Design of Guns & Ammunition, 2007,
CRC Press.
3. Military Ballistics: A Basic Manual (Brassey‘s New Battlefield Weapons Systems and
Technology Series into 21st Century),1999, CL Farrar, DW Leeming, GM Moss, Brassey's
(UK) Ltd.
Robert L McCoy Modern Exterior Ballistics, 2001, , Schiffer Publishing.
ME 623 Design of Ordnance, Basic and Super Structure
Gun Barrel and Tube Launcher: Theory of failure, Gun Barrel Design, Material and
Manufacturing by VAR, ESR, etc. Proof of ordnance, Design of Combustion Chambers. Gun tube
acoustics.
Breech Mechanism: Principles of operation and design of Muzzle Brakes, Fume Extractors and
Firing Mechanisms
Design of Structural Elements: Design of gun superstructure and basic structures. Curvilinear
and soft recoil systems, articulation and suspension systems.
Texts/References:
1. ―Engineering Design Hand Book: Recoil Systems‖, AMC Pamphlets, Washington, 1978
2. Thomas J. Hayes, ―Elements of ordnance‖, John Wiley, New York, 1952
3. ―Engineering Design Hand Book: Recoil; Elevating and Traversing mechanisms; Cradles;
Top carriage; Bottom Carriage and Muzzle Devices‖, AMC Pamphlets, Washington, 1968.
ME 624 Small Arms and Cannons
Introduction: Classification, Characteristics and Operating Principles. Automatic Fire and Power
Source. Principles and Factors affecting the choice and Design of Projectile and Weapon; Heating
of Small Arms; Accuracy and Chance of Hit.
79
Operating Principles: Analytical and Comparative Study of Blowback, Recoil and Gas
Operation systems, and Externally Driven Weapon Systems.
Subsystems: Feed Systems, Trigger and Firing Systems, Extraction and Ejection Systems,
Locking and Mechanical Safety and Muzzle Attachments.
Manufacturing; Inspection; Life Estimation; Modern Trends; Typical Weapon Study: INSAS.
Texts/References
1. ―Handbook of Infantry Weapons‖, Part – 1, RMCS, UK, 1987
2. D Allsop, L Popelinsky et al, ―Brassy‘s Essential Guide to Military Small Arms:
Design Principles and Operating Methods‖, Brassy‘s, UK, 1997
3. ―Engineering Design Handbook: Automatic Weapons‖, AMC Pamphlet No. 706 – 260,
US Army Material Command, Washington, 1970
ME 625 Combat Vehicle Technology
AFV Characteristics : Concept of Tank warfare and design philosophies of AFVs, Development
of Tanks, Design parameters of combat vehicles to include configuration, overall dimensions etc.
Firepower : Characteristics, components, main gun and tank ammunition including ATGMs,
secondary armament, Ranging & Sighting systems including NVD, GCE & ALG, Probability of
Kill, Errors & Biases, Fire Control system.
Mobility : Types, performance parameters, obstacle crossing ability, navigation – GPS & GLNS.
Protection : Types, Armour Protection, Active protection systems, Protection against NBC and
Fire.
Tank communication & IFF, Maintainability, Availability, Reliability and Ergonomics.
Critical Dimensions and Design : Steerabilty ratio, Track Width, Pitch ratio, NGP , MMP, Angle
of approach and Angle of departure, Pitch of tank, No of Road Wheels, Inter-relation between all
dimensions and Design requirements.
Latest Trends, FMBT, FICV, Lt Tank, AFV Variants
Text/References:
London: Brassey‘s
2. Ballistics: Theory and Design of Gun and Ammunition,2007, Donald E Carlucci and
Sidney S Jacobson, CRC Press, ISBN 978-1420066180
3. Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics, Thomas D Gillespie, SAE International, ISBN 978-
1560911999
4. Terramechanics and Off-road Vehicle Engineering: Terrain Behaviour, Off-Road
Performance and Design, 2nd edition, J.Y.Wong, Butterworth Hienemann
5. Jane‘s Armor and Artillery 2011-12, Christopher F Foss, IHS Janes, ISBN 0978-
0710629609
6. Dynamic Behaviour of Materials, 1st edition, Marc Andrew Meyers, Wiley-Interscience,
ISBN 0978-0471582625
80
7. Projectile Impact: Modelling Techniques and Assessment of Target Material Performance,
2014, S Syngellakis, Wit Pr, ISBN 0978-1845648794
8. Protection Levels for Occupants of Logistic and Light Armored Vehicles,
NATOSTANAG 4569
ME 626 Vehicle Dynamics
Vehicle Ride : Human response to vibration, ISO standards, Response of idealized suspension
systems to stop and sinusoidal disturbance in bounce and to wheel out of balance. Combined
pitch and bounce motion, application to multi wheel station vehicles. Random ground input
excitation, Use of sinusoidal transmissibility function to predict mean square motion of spring
mass. Vehicle performance during cornering, Dynamic Vibration Absorber.
Wheeled Vehicle : Vehicle transfer function. Kinematic behaviour of vehicles with rigid wheels
and with compliant tyres, neutral steer point, static margin, over and under steer. Derivation of
generalized equations of motion for a vehicle, stability derivative notation. Solution with two
degree of freedom in the steady in yaw. Frequency response in yaw. Extension of two degree of
freedom theory to include effects of traction and braking, self aligning torque, dual wheels and
bogies. Development of equations of motion to include roll of sprung mass, Effect on steady
state and frequency response.
Tracked Vehicle Handling : Analysis of sprocket torques and speeds, required to skid steer a
tracked vehicle. Modification of theory to allow for soil conditions and lateral Weight transfer.
Application of theory of steering of articulated and half – track vehicles.
Terramechanics : Nature of soil vehicle interaction, Characteristics of soil and bearing capacity,
Empirical approaches for prediction of vehicle mobility.
Text/References:
1. Fundamentals of Vehicle Dynamics, Thomas D Gillespie, SAE International, ISBN 978-
1560911999
th
2. Auotmotive Handbook, 8 edition, Robert Bosch GmbH, Wiley Blackweel, ISBN 978-
0837516865
3. A Textbook of Automobile Engineering-II, P.S.Gill, Katson Books, ISBN 978-
9350140420
4. Automotive Transmission-Fundamentals, Selection, Design & Application, Giesbert
Lechner and Herald Naunheimer, Springer, ISBN 978-3540659037
th
5. Theory of Ground Vehicles, 4 edition, J.Y.Wong, John Wiley & Sons, ISBN 978-
0470170387
6. Shock Absorber Handbook, John.C.Dixion, SAE International, ISBN 978-0768018431
th
7. Car Suspenion and Handling, 4 edition, Goeffrey Howard, Donald Bastow and John
Peter Whitehead, SAE International, ISBN 978-0768008722
8. Terramechanics and Off-road Vehicle Engineering: Terrain Behaviour, Off-Road
Performance and Design, 2nd edition, J.Y.Wong, Butterworth Hienemann
9. Heavy-Duty Wheeled Vehicles: Design, Theory & Calculation, Boris Nikolaevich
Belousov and Sergey.D.Popov, SAE International, ISBN 978-0768077230
81
ME 627 Fatigue, Fracture and Failure Analysis
S.N. curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress, Goodman, Gerber and Soderberg relations
and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuber‘s stress concentration
factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched S.N. curves.

Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Manson‘s relation - Transition life - cyclic strain
hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques -Cumulative
damage - Miner‘s theory - Other theories.

Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue
fracture surfaces.
FRACTURE MECHANICS:
Strength of cracked bodies - Potential energy and surface energy - Griffith‘s theory - Irwin -
Orwin extension of Griffith‘s theory to ductile materials - stress analysis of cracked bodies -
Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries.

TEXT BOOKS
Prasanth Kumar – ―Elements of fracture mechanics‖ – Wheeter publication, 1999.
Barrois W, Ripely, E.L., ―Fatigue of aircraft structure‖, Pe/gamon press. Oxford, 1983.
REFERENCES
1. Sin, C.G., ―Mechanics of fracture‖ Vol. I, Sijthoff and w Noordhoff International Publishing
Co., Netherlands, 1989.
2. Knott, J.F., ―Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics‖, Buterworth & Co., Ltd., London, 1983.
ME 628 Design of Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems

Sources of Hydraulic Power: Pumping theory – Pump classification – Gear pump, Vane Pump,
piston pump, construction and working of pumps – pump performance – Variable displacement
pumps. Fluid Power Actuators: Linear hydraulic actuators – Types of hydraulic cylinders – Single
82
acting, Double acting special cylinders like tanden, Rodless, Telescopic, Cushioning mechanism,
motors
Shuttle valve – check valve – pressure control valve – pressure reducing valve, sequence valve,
Flow control valve – Fixed and adjustable, electrical control solenoid valves, Relays, ladder
diagram. Accumulators and Intensifiers: Types of accumulators – Accumulators circuits, sizing of
Pneumatic Components: Properties of air – Compressors – Filter, Regulator, and Lubricator Unit
– Air control valves, Quick exhaust valves, and pneumatic actuators. Fluid Power Circuit Design,
Speed control circuits, synchronizing circuit, Penumo hydraulic circuit, Sequential circuit design
for simple applications using cascade method.

Servo systems – Hydro Mechanical servo systems, Electro hydraulic servo systems and
proportional valves. Fluidics – Introduction to fluidic devices, simple circuits, Introduction to
Electro Hydraulic Pneumatic logic circuits, ladder diagrams, PLC applications in fluid power
control. Fluid power circuits; failure and troubleshooting.
Text Books:
1. Anthony Esposito, ―Fluid Power with Applications‖, Pearson Education 2000.
2. Majumdar S.R., ―Oil Hydraulics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.
References:
4. Majumdar S.R., ―Pneumatic systems – Principles and maintenance‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 1995
5. Harry L. Stevart D.B, ―Practical guide to fluid power‖, Taraoeala sons and Port Ltd. Broadey,
1976.
6. Michael J, Prinches and Ashby J. G, ―Power Hydraulics‖, Prentice Hall, 1989.
7. Dudelyt, A. Pease and John T. Pippenger, ―Basic Fluid Power‖, Prentice Hall, 1987.
ME 629 Design of Experiments
Squares and Related Designs, Full Factorial Designs, 2-level Full Factorial and Fractional
83
Factorial Designs, Response surface methods and designs, Designs with Random Factors, Nested
Designs, and split-plot Designs
Text/ References:
1. Clewer, A.G. and D.H. Scarisbrick. 2001. Practical Statistics and Experimental Design for Plant
and Crop Science. John Wiley and Sons, LTD. New York Morris, T.R. 1999.
ME 630 Design of Machinery

Introduction: Classification of mechanisms – Basic kinematic concepts and definitions – Degree
of freedom, Mobility – Kutzbach criterion, Gruebler‟s criterion – Grashof‟s Law – Kinematic
inversions of four-bar chain and slider crank chains – Limit positions – Mechanical advantage –
Transmission Angle – Description of some common mechanisms – Quick return mechanisms,
Straight line generators, Universal Joint – rocker mechanisms.

Engines.
Kinematic and dynamic analysis of machine components: Classification of cams and

followers – Terminology and definitions – Displacement diagrams –Uniform velocity, parabolic,
simple harmonic and cycloidal motions – Derivatives of follower motions – Layout of plate cam
profiles – Specified contour cams – Circular arc and tangent cams – Pressure angle and
undercutting – sizing of cams.
definitions –Gear tooth action – contact ratio – Interference and undercutting. Helical, Bevel,
Worm, Rack and Pinion gears [Basics only]. Gear trains – Speed ratio, train value – Parallel axis
gear trains – Epicyclic Gear Trains.
Text books:
References:
Delhi, 1992.
84
ME 642 Automatic Control Systems
Basic concepts of Automatic Control: Transfer Functions-Modeling of systems- Mechanical,

Electrical, hydraulic system block diagram, signal flow graphs, closed and open loop systems.
Feedback and Feed forward control system.
Static and Dynamic Characteristics of Control Systems: Transient Response and Steady state error
analysis for First and second order systems. Frequency response. Experimental determination of
transfer function. Stability Analysis. Root Locus Analysis. Nyquist Criteria.
Control Actions and Control System Components: Discrete action, Proportional, Integral and
Differential Control Action, Composite action. Characteristics, working and limitations of
different types of Comparators and actuators, amplifiers, Servo motors and Control valves.
Control System Implementations: Pneumatic Systems, Hydraulic Systems, Electrical Systems,

Microprocessor Based Systems, Programmable Logic Controllers, Micro Controllers and Network
Based Distributed Control Systems,
Case Studies (Internal Evaluation)
Marine Systems (for Naval Students)
Integrated Platform Management System / Battle Damage Control System, Ship board digital
control, architecture and implementation of control of Marine systems in the latest Indian Naval
Surface Warships.
Mechanical Systems (for Non - Naval Students)
Engine auto control warning system, NBC & fire fighting systems, Remote vehicles.
Texts Books
1. Measurement System, Application & Design, 4thEd, E O Doebelin, Mc Graw Hill, 2003.
3.Modern Control Engineering, 4th Ed, Katushiko Ogata, Pearson, UK, 2001.
85
M. Tech. in - - - - - - - - - - - -(Robotics)
Brief Description: M.Tech. in Robotics is an interdisciplinary Masters Programme composed of
five basic disciplines namely Mechanical Engineering, Electronics Engineering, Electrical
Engineering, Computer science and Engineering, and Instrumentation Engineering. There is a
growing demand for students specialized in this area in Indian industries, defence applications,
atomic energy, space research, medical research etc. Hence this degree would help in generating
trained and qualified manpower in this area.
Eligibility:
1. The eligibility for the M.Tech. in Robotics will be B.E./B.Tech degree or AMIE in
Mechanical/Electronics/Electrical/Computer Science & Engineering/Instrumentation
Engineering disciplines from recognized university.
2. This programme is open for civilian GATE qualified candidates, DRDO Scientists/Officers
and Officers from Tri-services. This programme is also open to foreign nationals from the
countries approved by GOI.
Organization: M. Tech in Robotics is a four-semester master‘s programme. There are six

compulsory courses & a laboratory in the first semester, two compulsory and four electives in the
second semester and two electives in the third semester. In each semester, a mid semester
examination and an end semester examination will be conducted in addition to continuous
evaluation for each course. M.Tech dissertation first phase evaluation is done by a committee duly
constituted by Chairman, PGC at the end of third semester. At the end of the final semester,
student submits a thesis and makes a presentation about the project, which is evaluated by duly
constituted committee constituted by Controller of Examinations, DIAT (DU), Pune.
The details of the courses offered under the programme are given below:
86
Semester I
Proposed Contact Hours/week

Sl.
Course Course Credits
No. L T/P
Code
Artificial Intelligence and Expert
2 CE 696 3 0 3
Systems
3 EE 670 Introduction to Electronic Systems 3 0 3
4 EE 664 Inertial Sensors and Systems 3 1 4
5 ME 626 Introduction to Robotics 3 0 3
6
ME 627 Mechatronics 3 0 3
7 ME 633 Robotics Lab 0 4 2

Total 18 5 21
Semester II
Proposed Contact hours/week
Sl.
No. L T/P
Code
1 AE 619 Robotic Control 3 0 3
2 ME 628 Robot Kinematics and Dynamics 3 0 3
Microcontrollers and Embedded
3 EE 671 3 0 3
systems
4 ME 638 Field & Service Robots 3 0 3
Total 21 0 21
*Practice school (optional) of 4 weeks during summer vacation
Semester III
Proposed Contact Hours /week
Sl.
No. L T/P
Code
Total 22 14
87
Semester IV
Proposed Contact Hours /week
Sl.
No. L T/P
Code
Total 28 14
List of Electives
Sl. Proposed
Course Name
No. Course Code
2 AE 622 Introduction to UAVs
4 CE 691 Secure Wireless Sensor Network
5 CE 697 Robot Programming
6 CE 698 Computer Graphics
7 EE 602 Digital communication
8 EE 613 Electronics Warfare
9 EE 618 DSP System Design
10 EE 621 Digital Interface Design
12 ME 629 Industrial Automation
13 ME 635 CAD/CAM
14 ME 634 Flexible Manufacturing Systems
15 ME650 Mini Project Work
16 TM 609 Systems Engineering
17 AP 610 Nanotechnology
18 EE 607 Advanced Wireless Communication
19 EE 622 Inertial Naviagation System
CE 696 Artificial Intelligence and Expert Systems (SEM I) 3-0-3
Introduction to AI, Knowledge-based Intelligent Systems, Rule based Expert Systems;
Uncertainty Management in rule-based expert systems: Introduction to Uncertainty, Basic

Probability Theory, Bayesian reasoning, Certainty Factors;
88
Fuzzy Expert Systems: Introduction to Fuzzy thinking, Linguistics variables and Hedges, Fuzzy
Rules, Fuzzy Inference, Defuzzification;
Learning: Overview of different forms of learning, Learning Decision Trees, Neural Networks,
Natural Language Processing.
Artificial Neural Networks: Basics of Neuron, Perceptron, Multi-layer neural network, Hop-
field network, Self-Organizing Neural Networks;
Evolutionary Computation: Genetic Algorithms, Evolution Strategies
Hybrid Intelligent Systems: Neuro-Fuzzy, ANFIS; Probabilities, Bayesian Networks.
Applications of AI in Robotics: Subsumption Robots, Subsumption Architecture, Strengths and

Weaknesses of the Architecture. Sensors, vision camera etc. for perception and obstacle avoidance.
Text/References
1. Stuart Russell & Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach, Prentice-Hall,
Third Edition (2009)
2. E. Rich and K. Knight, Artificial Intelligence, 2nd ed., McGraw-Hill, New York, 1991.
3. M. Ginsberg, Essentials of Artificial Intelligence, Morgan Kaufmann, San Mateo, Ca., 1993.
4. D. Poole and A. Mackworth, Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Computational Agents,
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK, 2010.
5. P. H. Winston, Artificial Intelligence, 3rd ed., Addison-Wesley, Reading, Mass., 1992.
6. Brooks, Rodney (1999). Cambrian Intelligence: The Early History of the New AI. Cambridge,
Massachusetts: The MIT Press. pp. 8–12;15–16. ISBN 0-262-02468-3.
EE 670 Introduction to Electronic Systems (SEM I) 3-0-3
Introduction:
Introduction to basic electronics devices – junction diode, BJT, amplifier, op-amps &
instrumentation amplifier with mathematical operation. Number System: Introduction to binary,
octal, decimal & hexadecimal systems. Introduction to Microprocessor and Microcontrollers,
Power amplifiers – Class A, B, AB, C, Tuned amplifier. Different stages of Operational
Amplifier: Differential Amplifier, Constant current source (current mirror etc.), Precision
Rectifier.
Analog and Digital IC Design: Operational amplifiers - feedback-Filter Design-ADC-DAC.

Analog IC Design Flow -Digital IC Design Flow- Bipolar and CMOS Technology, Combinational
MOS logic circuits –static logic Synchronous system and Sequential circuits design.
Introduction to Digital communication and wireless communication

Elements of Digital communication and information theory, Waveform coding techniques, Digital
multiplexing, Digital Baseband transmission, Digital modulation techniques, Introduction to
89
wieless communication, Wireless-transmission, Spread spectrum modulation techniques, Wireless
LAN, Mobile Network Layer, Mobile transport Layer, Support for Mobility.
Introduction to Digital signal processing and image processing.

Introducation, Frequency domain representation of discrete time signal and systems, Processing of
continuous time signals, Discrete Fourier Transform, Transform analysis of LTI systems,
Structure for discrete time systems, Digital signal processors, Digitized Image & Its Properties,
Data Structure for Image Analysis, Image Processing, Image Transforms, Image Data
Compression, 3-D Vision, Geometry and Radiometry.
Sensors and advanced topics: Sensors as system components- Temperature sensors- Force and
pressure sensors- Magnetic field sensors - Optical sensors - Microwave sensors - Miscellaneous
sensors –MEMS-Fabrication steps.
Reference Books:
1. Art of Electronics – Paul Horowitz, Cambridge LPE.
2. Electronics Decives and circuits – An Introduction Allen Mottershed, PHI
3. Digital Principles and applications – A.P. Malvino, Donal Leech. Tata MacGraw Hill
fourth Edition.
4. Jan M. Rabaey; Anantha Chandrakasan; Borivoje Nikolić, ―Digital Integrated Circuits A
Design Perspective‖, (Second Edition) Prentice-Hall Electronics and VLSI Series. (2003)
5. Behzad Razavi,‖Design of Analog CMOS integrated circuits‖, McGraw Hill
International Edition. 2001.
6. Millman & Halkias: Basic Electronic Principles; TMH.
7. Behzad Razavi,‖RF Microelectronics‖, PHI International Second Edition. 2012.
8. Neil H.E. Weste, Kamran Eshraghian, "Principles of CMOS VLSI Design,
Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
9. Millman & Halkias – Integrated El;ectronics, Tata McG
10. Handbook of Modern Sensors by Fraden
11. D. V.S.Murthy, Transducers in instrumentation, Prentice Hall, 1995.
12. J. P.Bentley, Principles of measurement systems, Wiley,1989
13. J. W.Gardner, Microsensors, principles and applications, Wiley,1996.
14. S.M.Sze, Semiconductor Sensors, Wiley,1994
EE664 Inertial Sensors and Systems (SEM I) 3-1-4
Unit 1: Basic principles of Navigation and Inertial Navigation, Gimbaled platform and Strapdown
Navigation systems, Overview of Inertial Sensors. Sensors as system components- Temperature
sensors- Force and pressure sensors- Magnetic field sensors - Optical sensors - Microwave sensors
- Miscellaneous sensors –MEMS-Fabrication steps.
Unit 2: Gyroscope working principle. Single degree of freedom rate gyro and rate integrating
gyro. Dynamically Tuned Gyroscope: Principle of operation, Design features, Single gimbal and
dual gimbal flexures, Rebalance loop configuration, DTG errors and error model. Ring Laser
Gyro: Principle of operation and different types, Sagnac Effect, Design features, Lock in and
Dither, RLG errors and error model. Fiber Optic Gyro: Principle of operation, Difference with
RLG, Design features, open loop and closed loop operation, Error sources in FOG, difference
90
between Fiber optic laser gyro and ring laser gyro. Hemispherical Resonator Gyro: Principle of
operation, Design features, HRG errors and error model. Other types of gyros: Nuclear Magnetic
Resonance Gyro, Electrostatically Suspended Gyro, Atom Interferometric Gyro etc.
Unit 3: Configuration, working principle and design of pendulous servoaccelerometers.

Servoaccelerometer errors and error model. Other types of accelerometers: Vibrating Beam
Accelerometer, Fiber optic Accelerometers, Atom Interferometric Accelerometer etc.
Unit 4: MEMS Inertial Sensors: Introduction to MEMS Inertial Sensors, Overview of MEMS
Fabrication Techniques. MEMS Accelerometers: Pendulous and non-pendulous accelerometers,
Resonant beam accelerometer. MEMS Gyros: Coriolis Vibrating gyro principle, Tuning fork
gyro, Comb structure and Ring structure mechanisations.
Unit 5: Inertial Navigation Systems: Gimbaled platform technology and Strapdown system
technology, their mechanisation. Redundant Inertial Navigation Systems: Basic concepts of sensor
redundancy, redundant sensor configurations, Sensor Failure detection and Isolation. Strapdown
INS realization: Basic concepts of system configuration, vibration isolation and temperature
control/compensation.
Unit 6: Testing of Inertial Sensors and Systems: Basic concepts and test philosophy. Gyroscope
Testing: Multiposition test and Rate test, Frequency response test, Thermal test, Magnetic
sensitivity test, Vibration test and Shock test. Accelerometer Testing: Multiposition test,
Centrifuge test, Frequency response test, Thermal test, Magnetic sensitivity test, Vibration test
and Shock test. Gyro and Accelerometer error modeling and compensation. INS Testing: Rate test
and Multiposition test, Attitude test, Static navigation test, Hardware in Loop tests, Environmental
tests like EMI, Thermal, Vibration and Shock.

Hands on session – codelab sessions and few examples for exploring the details in software,
Selective case studies
Reference Books:
1. Strapdown Inertial Navigation Technology: by D.H.Titterton and J.L.Weston.

2. Modern Inertial Sensors and Systems: by Amitava Bose, Somnath Puri and Paritosh Banerjee.
3. Fundamentals of Navigation and Inertial Sensors: by Amitava Bose, K.N.Bhat and Thomas
Kurian
4. AGARD-LS-95: Strapdown Inertial Systems.
ME 626 Introduction to Robotics (SEM I) 3-0-3
Robot definition, Robotics and programmable automation Historical background, laws of

Robotics. Robotics systems and Robot anatomy, specification of Robots. Robot geometrical
configuration. Nano robots.
91
Performance Definition - Accuracy / Repeatability / Precision with respect to Position & Path,
payload, speed, acceleration, cycle time.
Homogeneous coordinate transformations, Mathematical description of objects. Description of a
wedge by transformation matrices, Relative transformations in the robot workspace. Description
of manipulator joints, Assignment of coordinate systems to robot joint and derivation of
transformation matrices.
Classification of end effectors, Types of Grippers Hooks, scoops and other devices, Gripper force
analysis and design of Drive system for gripper.
Euler angles for specifying orientation, Euler angles for roll-yaw-roll geometry, Gripper
positioning by Euler angles for roll-yaw-roll geometry - Euler angles for roll - pitch - yaw
geometry, Cylindrical Robot coordinates polar Robot coordinates, calculation of cylindrical, polar
coordinates, Some applications.
Text/References
1. Francis N. Nagy, Andras Siegler, Engineering foundation of Robotics, Prentice Hall Inc.,
19870
2. Richard D. Klafter, Thomas. A, Chri Elewski, Michael Negin, Robotics Engineering an
Integrated Approach, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1989
3. P.A. Janaki Raman, Robotics and Image Processing an Introduction, Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publishing company Ltd., 1995
4. Mikell P. Grooyer, Mitchell weiss, Roger N. Nagel, Nicholas G. Odrey, Industrial Robotics,
Technology programming and Applications, Mc Graw Hill International Edition, 1986
5. S.R. Deb, Robotics Technology and flexible automation, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing
company Ltd., 1994
6. Carl D. Crane and Joseph Duffy, Kinematic Analysis of Robot manipulation, Cambridge
University press, 1998
ME 627 Mechatronics (SEM I) 3-0-3
Concept of Mechatronics, Concept of Control System, Study of examples of Mechatronic

Systems, Key Components of Mechatronic Systems, Mechanical Components, Mechanical
assemblies like Rotating Shafts, Linear Slides, Gear Systems, Ball Screws, Cams, ropes, belts &
pulleys
Control Components like Actuators, Sensors, Controllers & Drives, Control Circuits like Logic
Control circuits, Servo Loops, Hydraulic & Pneumatic circuits, Tooling Components like
92
Grippers, Hands, Process tools, Energy Absorbing Devices, Cable Management Devices,
Kinematic Chains, and Failure Modes in Mechatronic systems
References/ Texts:
1. Bolton.W., 'Mechatronics', Addison- Wesley, 2nd edition, 1999

2. Michael.B.B. Histand, 'Introduction to Mechatronics and measurement systems', McGraw-Hill
International Edition, 1999
3. Goankar. R.S., 'Microprocessor Architecture Programming and Applications', Wiley Eastern,
1997
AE 619 Robotic Control (SEM II) 3-0-3
Introduction to feedback system, Mathematical modeling: Transfer functions; Block diagrams;

Time domain analysis; Frequency Domail Analysis; Stability. Designs of compensators;
Introduction to state space methods. State space representation of dynamical systems. Solution of
state equation. Controllability and observability. State feedback control, Pole placement
techniques, Design of observers.
Robot dynamics, equation of motion, Linearization, Independent Join Control, PID based set point
tracking, feedforward control and computed torque method, multivariable control, force control,
control of robot based on feedback linearization, Robust control of robots
References and Text
1. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 5th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2010

2. B. Friedland, Control System Design-An Introduction to State Space Methods, McGraw-Hill,
Singapore, 1987
3. J.J.E Slotine and W. Li, Aplied Nonlinear Control, Prentice-Hall, NJ, 1991
4. M. W. Spong and M. Vidyasagar, Robot Dynamics and Control, John Wiley & Sons, NY,
USA, 2004
ME 628 Robot Kinematics and Dynamics (SEM II) 3-0-3
Introduction, position and orientation of objects, objects coordinate frame Rotation matrix, Euler
angles Roll, pitch and yaw angles coordinate Transformations, Joint variables and position of end
effectors.
Dot and cross products, coordinate frames, Rotations, Homogeneous coordinates, link coordinates
D-H Representation, The ARM equation. Direct kinematic analysis for Four axis, SCARA Robot
and six axis Articulated Robots.
93
The inverse kinematics problem, General properties of solutions. Tool configuration, Inverse
kinematics of four axis SCARA robot and six axis Articulated robot.
Workspace Analysis, work envelope of a Four axis SCARA robot and five axis articulated robot
workspace fixtures, the pick and place operations, continuous path motion, Interpolated motion,
straight line motion.
Introduction, lagrange's equation kinetic and potential energy. Link inertia Tensor, link Jacobian
Manipulator inertia tensor. Gravity, Generalized forces, Lagrange-Euler Dynamic model,
Dynamic model of a Two-axis planar robot Newton Euler formulation, Lagrange - Euler
formulation, problems.
Text/References:
1. Robert J. Schilling, Fundamentals of Robotics Analysis and Control, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., 2000
2. Richard D. Klafter, Thomas. A, Chmielewski, Michael Negin, Robotics Engineering an
Integrated Approach, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 1989
3. P.A. Janaki Raman, Robotics and Image Processing An Introduction, Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publishing company Ltd., 1995
4. Francis N-Nagy Andras Siegler, Engineering foundation of Robotics, Prentice Hall Inc.,
1987
5. Bernard Hodges, Industrial Robotics, Second Edition, Jaico Publishing house, 1993
6. Tsuneo Yohikwa, Foundations of Robotics Analysis and Control, Prentice Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., 2001
7. John J. Craig, Introduction to Robotics Mechanics and Control, Second Edition, Addison
Wesly Longman Inc. International Student edition, 1999
8. Bijay K. Ghosh, Ning Xi, T.J. Tarn, Control in Robtics and Automation Sensor - Based
integration, Academic Press, 1999
EE 671 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems (SEM II) 3-0-3
Introduction: Introduction to 8051 Microcontroller programming and applications, Definition and

Classification, Overview of Processors and hardware units in an embedded system, Software
embedded into the system, Exemplary Embedded Systems, Embedded Systems on a Chip (SoC) and
the use of VLSI designed circuits
Devices and buses for devices network

I/O Devices, Device I/O Types and Examples, Synchronous, I/o synchronous and Asynchronous
Communications from Serial Devices, Examples of Internal Serial-Communication Devices, UART,
Parallel Port Devices, Sophisticated interfacing features in 143
94
Devices/Ports, Timer and Counting Devices, ‗12 C‘, ‗USB‘, ‗CAN‘ and advanced I/O Serial high
speed buses, ISA, PCI, PCI-X and advanced buses
Embedded computing Embedded processors, ARM processor, Architecture, Instruction sets and
programming. Case Studies
Advanced embedded computing Programmable System on Chip, Cypress PSoC Technology.

Advance DSP Processors. FPGA Technology towards Embedded system aspects- Pico blaze and
micro blaze processors- Embedded RAM- Embedded multiplier FPGA coding using VHDL/Verilog
Associated Labs: Assignements using Microcontroller kits, FPGA kits.
Texts:
1. ARM System-on-Chip Architecture (2nd Edition) Steve Furber
2. Real-time digital signal processing: Based on the TMS320C6000, Nasser Kehtarnavaz
3. Advanced FPGA Design: Architecture, Implementation, and Optimization, Steve Kilts, IEEE
press Wiley 2007
References:
1. http://www.xilinx.com/publications/xcellonline : Xcell Journal
2. DSP Architecture, Programming and Application- B Venkataramani, M Bhaskar
3. Wayne Wolf, Computers as Components; Principles of Embedded Computing System Design
– Harcourt India, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, First Indian Reprint 2001
ME 638 Field and service Robots (Sem II) 3-0-3
1. Introduction to Field and service robots:

History of service robotics – Present status and future trends – Need for service robots –
applications examples and Specifications of service and field Robots. Non conventional Industrial
robots. Classification, applications, sensing and perception, social and ethical implications of
robotics.
2. Autonomous Mobile robots:

Kinematics, locomotion, perception, motion planning and control, localization and mapping. Road
map path planning, Intelligent unmanned vehicles. Wheeled and legged, Legged locomotion and
balance, Arm movement, Gaze and auditory orientation control, Facial expression, Hands and
manipulation, Sound and speech generation, Motion capture/Learning from demonstration,
Human activity recognition using vision, touch, sound, Vision, Tactile Sensing, Models of
emotion and motivation. Performance, Interaction, Safety and robustness,
3. Field Robots
Collision avoidance-Robots for agriculture, mining, exploration, underwater, civilian and military
applications, nuclear applications, Space applications. Industrial applications like cleaning robots,
wall painting robots, wall plastering robots, vehicle equipment and building robots etc Load
carrying robots. IDE detection and diffusion robots
4. Underwater robots:
Kinematics and dynamics, modeling and simulation, navigation, guidance and control. Marine
data collection (Temperature, other environment parameters)
95
5. Aerial robots:
Basics of aerial robots, sensors and actuators, modelling and control of small Unmanned Aerial
vehicles, guidance and navigation of small range aerial robots, Autonomous indoor flight control
Air defence robots
References:
Text Books:
1. Roland Siegwart, Illah Reza Nourbakhsh, Davide Scaramuzza, „Introduction to
Autonomous Mobile Robots‖, Bradford Company Scituate, USA, 2004
2. Riadh Siaer, „The future of Humanoid Robots- Research and applications‟, Intech
Publications, 2012.
Reference books:
1. Richard D Klafter, Thomas A Chmielewski, Michael Negin, "Robotics Engineering – An
Integrated Approach", Eastern Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India P Ltd., 2006.
2. Kelly, Alonzo; Iagnemma, Karl; Howard, Andrew, "Field and Service Robotics ",
Springer, 2011
ELECTIVES
AE 616 Nonlinear and Robust Control (SEM II) 3-0-3

Introduction to Nonlinear Systems, Stability analysis, Feedback linearization, Input-State and
Input-Output Linearization, Robust Feedback Linearization. Sliding Mode Control and Sliding
Mode Observers. Uncertainties, variation and unmodelled lags. Robust control based on
Uncertainty and Disturbance Estimation. Time Delay Control, Inertial Delay Control.
Disturbance Observer. State and Disturbance Observers. Applications in missile and aircraft
autopilot design.
Texts/ References:
2. P. Garnell: Guided Weapon Control Systems, Pergamon Press, London, 1980.
3. A. Sabanovic, L. Fridman, and S. Spurgeon, Variable Structure Systems: From Principles
to Implementation, IEE Control Series No. 66, 2004.
AE 622 Introduction to UAVs 3-0-3

Definition of UAVs. Basic Elements of UAVs. History of UAVs, Military and other applications
of UAVs, Classification of UAVs, Comparison of manned aircrafts, missiles and UAVs,
Comparison of design complexities of aircrafts, missiles and UAVs, UAV Concepts. Fixed wing,
rotary wing and blended wing UAVs, Flight Instrumentation and Data Acquisition Systems,
Actuators and Sensors of UAVs, UAVs currently in operation. Armed-Killer UAVs. Countering
UAVs
Text/References:
1. Unmanned Aircraft Systems: A Global View By J. Jayaraman. DRDO, 2014.
2. Missile Design and System Engineering By Eugene L. Fleeman. AIAA Foundation Series,
2014.
96
3. Performance, Stability, Dynamics, and Control of Airplanes. By Bandu N. Pamadi. AIAA
Education Series, 1998.
4. Missile Configuration Design. By S.S.Chin. McGraw Hill Book Company, Inc., 1961.
AM 625 Digital Image Processing 3-0-3

Digital image fundamentals: Simple image model, Sampling, Quantization, Introduction to colour
images.
Image enhancement in spatial domain: Basic gray level transformations, Histogram processing,
Spatial filters.
Image enhancement in frequency domain: Frequency domain filters, Ideal, Butterworth and
Gaussian filters.
Image restoration: Noise models, Noise reduction using spatial filters, Noise reduction using
frequency domain filters.
Morphological image processing: Dilation, Erosion, Opening, Closing, Applications to; Boundary
extraction, Region filling, Extraction of connected components.
Image segmentation: Discontinuity detection, Edge linking and boundary detection, Thresholding,
Region based segmentation, Segmentation by morphological watershed.
Object recognition: Decision-theoretic methods.
Image Compression.
Text/References
1. Digital Image Processing, 3rd Ed., 2007, R. C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Prentice Hall.
2. Digital Image Processing Using MATLAB, 2nd Ed., 2009, R. C. Gonzalez, Richard E.
Woods, Steven L. Eddins, Gatesmark Publishing.
3. Digital Picture Processing, 2nd Ed., 1982, A. Rosenfeld, A. C. Kak, Academic Press.
4. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, 1st Ed., 1989, A.K. Jain, Prentice Hall of India.
5. Pattern Classification and Scene Analysis, 1973, R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart, John Wiley.
6. Pattern Recognition, Applications to Large Data-Set Problems, 1984, Sing-Tze Bow, Marcel
Dekker.
97
CE 691 Secure Wireless Sensor Network 3-0-3
Background: Wireless Sensor networks (WSN) is an emerging technology and have great
potential to be employed in critical situations like battlefields and commercial applications such as
building, traffic surveillance, habitat monitoring and smart homes and many more scenarios. One
of the major challenges wireless sensor networks face today is security. While the deployment of
sensor nodes in an unattended environment makes the networks vulnerable to a variety of
potential attacks, the inherent power and memory limitations of sensor nodes makes conventional
security solutions unfeasible. The sensing technology combined with processing power and
wireless communication makes it profitable for being exploited in great quantity in future. The
wireless communication technology also acquires various types of security threats.
Objective: To meet End-User, Network-Administrator and Network-Designer perspectives
Subject Contents:
Introduction, WSN Resources & constraints, Relevance to Cyber-Physical Systems, Relevance to

Network Centric Operations, Relevance to Data Stream Management Systems, Relevance to the
increasing demand of high performance computations, SCADA, battle sensor
WSN Network Architecture, MAC Layer protocols, Naming and Addressing, Synchronization,
Location & positioning, Topology control, Connected Dominating Sets, Routing Protocols, Data-
Centric & Content-based networking, Data-Centric querying
Vulnerabilities, threats, attacks & safeguards in WSN, key distribution methods & protocols,
multi-party computations inclusion, RF-Id communications, open source hardware concept,
Security goals for WSNs, Attacks on WSNs: Passive & Active Attacks, Security Mechanisms,
Security Models for WSNs, Challenges in WSNs: with respect to wireless medium, resource
scarcity, ad-hoc deployments, hostile environments, immense scale, etc. Application oriented:
Secure Wireless Networks.
Research Paper References:

1. Ian F. Akykildiz, Weilian Su, Yogesh Sankarasubramaniam, and Erdal Cayirci, ―A Survey
on Sensor Networks‖, IEEE Communication Magazine, year 2002
2. Culler, D. E and Hong, W., ―Wireless Sensor Networks‖, Communication of the ACM,
Vol. 47, No. 6, June 2004, pp. 30-33.
3. Adrian Perrig, John Stankovic, David Wagner, ―Security in Wireless Sensor Networks‖
Communications of the ACM, Page53-57, 2004
4. Chris Karlof, David Wagner, ―Secure Routing in Wireless Sensor Networks: Attacks and
Countermeasures‖, AdHoc Networks (elsevier), Page: 299-302, year 2003
98
5. Al-Sakib Khan Pathan, Hyung-Woo Lee, Choong Seon Hong, ―Security in Wireless
Sensor Networks: Issues and Challenges‖, International conference on Advanced
Computing Technologies, Page1043-1045, year 2006
6. John Paul Walters, Zhengqiang Liang, Weisong Shi, Vipin Chaudhary, ―Wireless Sensor
Network Security: A Survey‖, Security in Distributed, Grid and Pervasive Computing
Yang Xiao (Eds), Page3-5, 10-15, year 2006
7. Pathan, A.S.K.; Hyung-Woo Lee; Choong Seon Hong, ―Security in wireless sensor
networks: issues and challenges‖ Advanced Communication Technology (ICACT),
Page(s):6, year 2006
8. Tahir Naeem, Kok-Keong Loo, Common Security Issues and Challenges in Wireless
Sensor Networks and IEEE 802.11 Wireless Mesh Networks, International Journal of
Digital Content Technology and its Applications, Page 89-90 Volume 3, Number 1, year
2009
9. Undercoffer, J., Avancha, S., Joshi, A. and Pinkston, J. ―Security for sensor networks‖. In
Proceedings of the CADIP Research Symposium, University of Maryland, Baltimore
County, USA, year 2002 http://www.cs.sfu.ca/~angiez/personal/paper/sensor-ids.pdf
10. Zia, T.; Zomaya, A., ―Security Issues in Wireless Sensor Networks‖, Systems and
Networks Communications (ICSNC) Page(s):40 – 40, year 2006
11. Xiangqian Chen, Kia Makki, Kang Yen, and Niki Pissinou, Sensor Network Security: A
Survey, IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, vol. 11, no. 2,page(s): 52-62, year
2009
12. D. Djenouri, L. Khelladi, and N. Badache, ―A Survey of Security Issues in Mobile ad hoc
and Sensor Networks,‖ IEEE Commun. Surveys Tutorials, vol. 7, pp. 2–28, year 2005.
13. S. Schmidt, H. Krahn, S. Fischer, and D. Watjen, ―A Security Architecture for Mobile
Wireless Sensor Networks,‖ in Proc. 1st European Workshop Security Ad-Hoc Sensor
Networks (ESAS), 2004.
14. Y. Wang, G. Attebury, and B. Ramamurthy, ―A Survey of Security Issues in Wireless
Sensor Networks,‖ IEEE Commun. Surveys Tutorials, vol. 8, pp. 2–23, year 2006.
15. Yun Zhou, Yuguang Fang, Yanchao Zhang, Securing Wireless Sensor Networks: A
Survey, IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, year 2008
16. Xiuli Ren, Security Methods for Wireless Sensor Networks, Proceedings of the 2006 IEEE
International Conference on Mechatronics and Automation , Page: 1925 ,year 2006
17. R.Roman, J. Zhou, and J. Lopez, ―On the security of wireless sensor networks,‖ in
International Conference on Computational Science and Its Applications – ICCSA 2005,
May 9-12 2005, vol. 3482 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, (Singapore), pp. 681–
690, Springer Verlag, Heidelberg, D-69121, Germany, 2005.
18. N. Sastry and D. Wagner, ―Security considerations for ieee 802.15.4 networks,‖ in
Proceedings of the 2004 ACM workshop on Wireless security, pp. 32–42, Philadelphia,
PA, USA: ACM Press, 2004.
19. WSN Security Models: Refer 4 papers: Paper 1: Wireless sensor network security model
using zero knowledge protocol, ICC 2011; Paper 2. An energy efficient link-layer security
protocol for wireless sensor networks, EIT 2007; Paper 3. Toward resilient security in
wireless sensor networks, MobiHoc 2005; Paper 4. TinySec: a link layer security
architecture for wireless sensor networks, SenSys 2004
99
CE 697 Robot Programming 3-0-3
Robot software functions - coordinate systems, position control, other control functions,
subroutines, Program planning for Robot flow charting for robot programs with few examples.
Online programming, off-line programming, advantages of off-line programming, lead through
methods - powered lead through, manual lead through, Teach pendant, Robot program as a path in
space, defining position in space, motion interpolation, WAIT, SIGNAL and DELAY commands,
Branching capabilities and Limitations of head through methods.
Textual ROBOT Languages, first generation and second generation languages, structure of a robot
language - operating systems, Elements and Functions, constants, variables and other data objects,
Motion commands, points in workspace, End effector and sensor commands, computations and
operations, program control and subroutines, communications and Data processing.
General description, Monitor commands, motion command, Hand Control, Configuration control,
interlock commands, INPUT/OUTPUT Controls, Program Control, examples.
General description, AML statements, Constant and variables, program control statements, motion
commands, Sensor commands, Grip sensing capabilities, Data processing, examples.
Texts:
1. Mikell P. Groover, Mitchell Weiss, Roger N. Nagel and Nicholas G. Odrey, 'Industrial
Robotics Technology, Programming and Applications', Mc Graw Hill Book company, 1986
2. Bernard Hodges, 'Industrial Robotics', Second Edition, Jaico Publishing House, 1993
CE 698 Computer Graphics 3-0-3

Intoduction, OpenGL®, Geometry
Math for Computer Graphics, Transformations, More Transformations, Viewing and

Cameras,Curves and Splines,Meshes and Surfaces.
Shading and Light,Shading and Textures,Color / Light, Ray Tracing, Spatial Data Structures,More
Ray Tracing.
Radiosity, Photon Mapping, Differential Equations and Particle Systems, Cloth and Fluids
Character Animation.
Direct / Indirect Separation, NPR, Illusions, Image Processing- an introduction, Cameras and
Displays.
Texts/References
1. Computer Graphics by Bhatia, I. K. International Pvt Ltd, 01-Jan-2008

2. Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice by J D Foley, 1996
100
EE602 Digital Communication 3-1-4
Unit I: Elements of Digital Communication Systems: Model of Digital Communication

Systems, Digital Representation of Analog Signal, Bandwidth-S/N tradeoff, Hartley Shannon
Law, Sampling Theorem, Pulse Code Modulation, PCM Generation and Reconstruction,
Quantization noise, Non uniform Quantization and Companding, DPCM, Adaptive DPCM, DM
and Adaptive DM. Noise in PCM and DM, , Information Capacity, Bits, Bit Rate, Baud rate & M-
ary Encoding
Unit II: Digital Modulation Techniques: Introduction, Pulse amplitude modulation (binary
and M-ary, QAM), Pulse position modulation (binary and M-ary), Carrier modulation (M-ary
ASK, PSK, FSK, DPSK), Continuous phase modulation (QPSK and variants, MSK, GMSK),
Trellis Code Modulation, Probability of Error & Bit Error Rate, Error Performance.
Unit III: Information Theory: Information and entropy, conditional entropy and redundancy,
Shannon Fano coding, Mutual Information, Information loss due to noise, source codings -
Huffman Code, variable length coding, Source coding to Increase average Information per bit.
Lossy source coding, Baseband transmission and Optimal Reception of Digital Signal: Pulse
shaping for optimum transmissions. A Baseband Signal Receiver, Probability of Error. Optimum
Receiver, optima of Coherent Reception. Signal Space Representation and Probability of Error,
eye diagrams, Cross talk.
Unit IV: Coding Techniques: Matrix description of Linear Block Codes, Error detection and
error Correction capabilities of linear block codes, Cyclic Codes: Algebraic structure, encoding,
syndrome calculation, Decoding Convolution Codes: Convolution Codes: Encoding. Decoding
using State, tree and trellis diagrams. Decoding using Viterbi algorithm. Comparison of Error
Rates in Coded and Uncoded Transmission.
Unit-V: Spread Spectrum & Multi User Communication:

Model of a Spread Spectrum Communications System, Direct Sequence Spread spectrum Signals,
Frequency Hopped Spread Spectrum Signals, Other types of Spread Spectrum Signals, Spread
Spectrum in multipath channels, Multiple Access Techniques (CDMA, TDMA, FDMA, SDMA,
PDMA), Capacity of Multiple Access Systems, Multichannel and Multicarrier System,
Multichannel Digital Communications in AWGN Multicarrier Communications
Text books:
1. Principles of communication systems - Herbert Taub. Donald L Schiling, Goutam Sana,
3rd Edition,McGraw-Hill, 2008.
2. Digital and Analog Communicator Systems - Sam Shanmugam, John Wiley, 2005.
3. Advanced Electronic Communications Systems, by Wayne Tomasi, 6 Edition Pearson
Education.
Reference books:
1. Digital Communications - John G. Proakis . Masoud salehi – 5th Edition, McGraw-Hill,
2008.
2. Digital Communication - Simon Haykin, Jon Wiley, 2005.
3. Digital Communications - Ian A. Glover, Peter M. Grant, Edition, Pearson Edu., 2008.
4. Communication Systems-B.P. Lathi, BS Publication, 2006.
101
EE613 Electronic Warfare 3-0-3
Unit-1: Introduction to Electronic Warfare:
Electronic Defence, Electronic Combat (ESM-ECM-ECCM), Radar Basics (Radar Technology
Evolution, Radar Range Equation, RCS Reduction, Counter-Low Observable), SIGNIT, Intercept
System Characteristics and Functions, Frequency Coverage, Analysis Bandwidth, Wideband
Radar Signal Trends, Dynamic Range, Dynamic Range Requirements, Sensitivity, Noise Figure
Measurement, Y-Factor Measurement, Some Sensitivity Measures, Output SNR and Receiver
Applications, Threshold Detection, Sensitivity and the Received Pulse Density, The Ultimate
Limits to ELINT Parameter Measurements, Probability of Intercept.
UNIT-2: Electronic Support Measures:

Typical ESM Systems, ESM Sensitivity, ESM Receivers - Crystal Video Receiver, IFM Receiver,
Superheterodyne Receiver, Channelized Receiver, Bragg Cell Receiver, Compressive Receiver,
Digital Receivers. DOA/AOA Measurement Emitter Location - The Role of Emitter Location
,Emitter Location Geometry ,Emitter Location Accuracy, Amplitude-Based Emitter Location,
Interferometer Direction Finding, Interferometric DF Implementation, Direction Finding Using
the Doppler Principle, Time of Arrival Emitter Location.
UNIT-3: Electronic Counter Measures:

Principals of Electronic Attack (EA), Jamming-to-Signal Ratio , Jamming Types(Burn-Through,
Cover Jamming ,Range Deceptive Jamming, Inverse Gain Jamming, Repeater Jamming
Equations, Noise Jamming vs. Deception, Repeater vs. Transponder, Sidelobe Jamming vs.
Mainlobe Jamming, Stand-Off Jamming, Escort Jamming, Self Protection Jamming, ECM
techniques, On-Board ECM Systems, Off-Board ECM Systems, Infrared Countermeasures
(IRCM), Off-Board ECM Systems, Communications Countermeasures (COM-ECM), Electro-
Optic Counter Measure (Eocm) Systems¸ Airborne Tactical Jamming System, Shipboard Self-
Defense System, EA/Susceptibility against Weapon Systems.
Unit-4: Electronic Counter-Countermeasures

Search Radar Counter-Countermeasures, Tracking Radar Counter-Countermeasures, Infrared
Counter-Countermeasures, Communications Counter-Countermeasures.
Unit-5: New Electronic Defense Techniques

New Electronic Defense Techniques and Technologies trend, Shared Apertures/MRFS, Anti Anti-
Radiation Missile Techniques, Anti-Stealth Techniques, RF Direct Energy Weapons, Design and
Evaluation Criteria: Design Criteria, Evaluation Criteria for the Choice of a System, Operational
Effectiveness, Electronic Defense and Conventional Defense, Electronic Warfare Digitization.
Text Books:
1. EW101: A First Course in Electronic Warfare, David Adamy, Artech House

2. EW102: A Second Course in Electronic Warfare, David Adamy, Artech House
3. Introduction to Electronic Defense Systems, Second Edition, Artech House by Filippo
Neri
4. Introduction to Electronic Warfare 1984, Schleher Dc, Artech House
5. Microwave Receiver with EW applications, 1986, James Bao & Yen Tsui, Wiley and
Sons.
102
Reference Books:
6. Electronic Warfare in the Information Age, 1999,D. Curtis Schleher, Artech House,
Boston, London
7. Radar hand book, 1972/1990, Skolnik MI, Mc Graw Hill.
8. Fundamentals of Electronic Warfare, Artech House by Sergei A. Vakin
EE 618 DSP System Design 3-0-3
Unit I Introduction:
Digital Signal processing and DSP systems, Comparison between general purpose and DSP
processors. Examples of digital signal processors, Motivation of the specialized processors. Fixed
point vs Floating point, native data word width. Importance of the course, why FPGAs lend to
high-performance DSP design
Unit II VHDL Simulation and Synthesis:
VHDL Code Structure, Data types, Operators, Concurrent & Sequential code, Library Packages,
Functions Procedures, Test bench. Combinational circuits, Binary Adders, Binary Multipliers,
Multiply Accumulator (MAC).CORDIC Algorithm. Sequential circuits, Mealy and Moore
machine, Frequency synthesizer, PLL, DDS (Direct digital Synthesizer).
Unit III Implementation of Digital Filter.
Digital filters: Review of FIR and IIR filters, Optimal FIR filters, Spectral or frequency
transformation of IIR filters, cascaded and lattice structures of FIR and IIR filters, Comparison of
FIR and IIR filters.
Unit IV Multi Rate Filters
Multirate signal processing – Decimation by a integer factor , Interpolation by a integer factor ,

Sampling rate conversion by a rational factor , Design of practical sampling rate converters,
Software implementation of sampling rate converters, Applications of Multirate signal processing.
Unit V Case Studies
VHDL Design with Basic displays, CIC Filter Implementation, Designing a MAC FIR -
Serial Communication circuits, Digital Correlation by FFT. QPSK Transmitter Model, Receiver
Model
Text Books:
1. Digital Signal Processing with Field Programmable Gate Arrays (Signals and
Communication Technology). Uwe Meyer-Baese Second Edition Springer Publication
2007
2. Advanced FPGA Design: Architecture, Implementation, and Optimization, Steve Kilts,
IEEE press Wiley 2007
3. http://www.xilinx.com/publications/xcellonline/ - Xcell Journal
103
EE 621 Digital Interface Design 3-0-3
Introduction:
Definition and Classification, Overview of Robots and hardware units in Robotics, Introduction to
Zed Board Embedded Systems on a Chip (SoC) and the use of FPGA in Robotics Application.
State Machines and applications.
Sensor and actuator interfacing:
Sophisticated interfacing features in Devices/Ports, Timer and Counting Devices, ‗I2C‘, ‗USB‘,
‗CAN‘.PWM in HW for robot control.LCD interfacing with FPGA.
Data convetors interfacing:
Introduction to ADC and DAC .Various Types and specification. SPI interfacing in FPGA.
Wireless and gps interfacing
Introduction to Bluetooth- Zig Bee Interface . Introduction to Gyro and accelerometer – Gyro
accelerometer interface using Complementary Filter.
Case study:
Underwater Glider motion controller. NI CompactRIO embedded control hardware for rapid
prototyping.
Text Books:

2. Yale Patt and Sanjay Patel,Introduction to Computing Systems: From Bits and Gates to C
and Beyond, 2nd edition, Publication Date: August 5, 2003 | ISBN-10: 0072467509 |
ISBN-13: 978-0072467505.
3. Rapid Prototyping of Digital Systems: Hamblen, James O., Hall, Tyson S., Furman,
Michael D. Springer 2008
4. The Zynq Book Tutorials: Louise H. Crockett Ross A. Elliot Martin A. Enderwitz Robert
W. Stewart
ME 609 Mechanical Vibrations 3-0-3

104
forced vibrations
Case studies: Vehicle dynamics: introduction to nonlinear and random vibrations, vehicle
subjected to random vibrations (for example an uneven road); Fluid-structure interaction
problems: vibration of suspension bridges
Text Books:
1. ―Introductory Course on Theory and Practice of Mechanical Vibrations‖, J.S.Rao,
K.Gupta, Revised second edition, New Age International Publishers
2. ―Theory of Vibration with Applications‖, William T. Thomson, Marie Dillon Dahleh,
Pearson Low Price Edition.
Reference Books:
3. ―Mechanical Vibration and Shock Measurements‖, J.T.Broch, Bruel and Kjae Publication.
ME 629 Industrial Automation 3-0-3

Production operations and Automation strategies - Types of production, Functions in
manufacturing, Plant Layout, Production concepts and Mathematical models, Automation
strategies. Production Economics - Cost in manufacturing, Break even analysis, Unit cost of
production, Cost of manufacturing lead time and work-in-progress.
Detroit - Type automation - Automated flow line, workpart transport, Transfer mechanism, Buffer
storage, Control functions, Automation for machining operations, Design and fabrication
consideration. Analysis of Automated Flow lines. General terminology and analysis, Analysis of
transfer lines without storage, partial automation, Automated flow lines, with storage buffer,
simulation of automation flow lines.
Numerical Control, Types of NC Systems, Machine tool applications, other applications of NC

Systems, Components of NC System, Introduction to NC part programming, Types of part
programming, Direct Numerical Control, Computer Numerical Control, Adaptive Control
Machining.
The assembly process, assembly systems, manual assembly lines, The line balancing problem,
Methods of line balancing, Computerised line balancing method, flexible manual assembly lines.
Design for automated assembly, types of automated assembly system, parts feeding devices,
Analysis of single station and multistation assembly machine.
105
Automated materials handling : Types of material handling equipment, analysis for material
handling systems, design of the system, conveyor system, automated guided vehicle systems.
Automated storage systems : Automated storage / Retrieval systems, Carousel storage systems,
work-in-process storage, interfacing handling and storage with manufacturing.
References/Texts
1. Mikell.P.Groover, Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing,

Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., Thirteenth Indian Reprint, 2001
2. P.N.Rao, 'CAD/CAM Principles and Applications' Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company
Ltd., 2002
ME 635 CAD/CAM 3-0-3

modeling, entities, 2D & 3D Primitives. 2D & 3D Geometric Transformations: Translation,
Scaling, Rotation, Reflection and Shearing, concatenation. Graphics standards: GKS IGES,
PDES. Wire frame modeling: Curves: Curve representation. Analytic curves – lines, Circles,
Ellipse, Conis. Synthetic curves – Cubic, Bezier, B-Spline, NURBS.
Surface entities, Surface Representation. Analytic Surface – Plane Surface, Ruled Surface,
Surface of Revolution, Tabulated Cyliner. Synthetic Surface-Cubic, Bezier, Bspline, Coons.
Graph Based Model, Boolean Models, Instances, Cell Decomposition & Spatial – Occupancy
Enumeration, Boundary Representation (B-rep) & Constructive Solid Geometry (CSG).
Feature Based Modeling, Assembling Modeling, Behavioural Modeling, Conceptual Design &
Top Down Design. Capabilities of Modeling & Analysis Packages such as solid works,
Unigraphics, Ansys, Hypermesh. Computer Aided Design of mechanical parts and Interference
Detection by Motion analysis.
Text/Reference

ME634 Flexible Manufacturing Systems 3-0-3

Definition of an FMS-need for FMS, types and configuration, types of flexibilities and
performance measures. Economic justification of FMS. Development and implementation of
FMS- planning phases, integration, system configuration, FMS layouts, simulation.
106
Functions - types - analysis of material handling systems, primary and secondary material
handling systems-conveyors, Automated Guided Vehicles-working principle, types, traffic control
of AGVs. Role of robots in material handling.
Automated storage systems- storage system performance - AS/RS-carousel storage system, WIP
storage systems, interfacing handling and storage with manufacturing.
Planning, scheduling and computer control of FMS, Hierarchy of computer control, supervisory
computer. DNC system- communication between DNC computer and machine control unit,
features of DNC systems.
System issues, types of software - specification and selection- trends-application of simulation and
its software, Manufacturing Data systems- planning FMS data base. Modelling of FMS-
analytical, heuristics, queuing, simulation and petrinets modeling techniques.
Scheduling of operations on a single machine- two machine flow shop scheduling, two machine
job shop scheduling, - three machine flow shop scheduling- scheduling 'n' operations on 'n'
machines, knowledge based scheduling, scheduling rules, tool management of FMS, material
handling system schedule.
References/ Texts:
1. Handbook of Flexible Manufacturing Systems by N K Jha, Academic Press, 02-Dec-2012
2. Flexible Manufacturing Systems: Recent Developments, A. Raouf, M. Ben-Daya Elsevier, 09-

Feb-1995
TM 609 System Engineering 3-0-3

Large scale systems, Generic systems, System Engineering(SE) frame work, SE dimentions, SE
Matrix, tools of SE- Words, graph, mathematics, Structural Modelling, Flexible imperative
structure modelling, Algorithms of FISM, Cross impact models, Deterministic models- Kane
simulations and weighted graph models, Monte Carlo models
References:
1. George, A Hazelrigg, System Engineering: An Approach to Information based Design,

Prentice Hall NJ, 1996.
2. Benjamin, A. Balachard and Walter, J Fabrycky, System Engineering and Analysis, 3 rd ED.,
Prentice Hall International Series, Industrial & System Engineering
107
AP 610 Nanotechnology 3-0-3
1. Implications of nano size on physical and chemical properties: Density of States, 2D, 1D,
0D, Quantum size effect, large surface to volume ratio, surface functionalization, tenability of
properties, : Physical Chemistry of solid surfaces, crystal structures, surface energy, chemical
potential, Fundamentals of nucleation and growth, Electrostatic Stabilization Surface charge 86
density, Electric potential at the proximity of solid surface, Van der Waals attraction potential,
Interactions between two particles: DLVO theory, Solvent and polymer, Interactions between
polymer layers, Mixed steric and electric interactions
2. Nanoscale Phenomenon: Nanoparticles, nano-clusters, nanotubes, nanowires and nanodots.

Electronic structure: quantum dots, quantum wires and quantum wells, confinement of electrons
energy quantization semiconductor nanocrystals, carbon nanotubes, quantum wells.
3. Characterization and properties of nanomaterials: Structural Characterization, X-ray

diffraction (XRD), Small angle X-ray scattering (SAXS), Scanning electron microscopy (SEM),
Transmission electron microscopy (TEM), Scanning probe microscopy (SPM), Surface plasmon
resonance, Quantum size effects, Surface scattering, Change of electronic structure, Quantum
transport, Effect of microstructure, Ferroelectrics and dielectrics, Superparamagnetism.
4. Nano Sensors: Metal nanoparticle-based Sensors, Quantum Dot, Nanowire-based Sensors,

Carbon Nanotubes-based Sensors, Sensors Based on Nanostructures of Metal Oxide, Mass-
Sensitive Nanosensors, Arrays of Nanomaterial-based Sensors: A representative example for the
imitation of human senses by means of nanotechnology and nanosensors: electronic skin based on
nanotechnology.
Text/References
1. Nanostructures & nanomaterials Synthesis, Properties & Applications, Guozhong Cao,
Imperial College Press (2004).
2. Introduction to Nanotechnology, Charles Poole Jr and Frank J Owens, Wiley India,
New Delhi (2006)
3. Nanophysics and Nanotechnology, Edward L Wolf, Wiley-VCH, Verlag (2006)
4. Ramsden Jeremy, Nanotechnology, an Introduction. Elsevier (2011).
5. Florinel-Gabriel Banica, Chemical Sensors and Biosensors: Fundamentals and
Applications, John Wiley and Sons (2012)
108
EE622 Inertial Navigation Systems 3-0-3
Frames of references and inertial navigation fundamentals
Concept of frames of references: inertial frames, non-inertial frames, geographic frame, geocentric
frame, body frame; Principles of inertial navigation: types of inertial navigation, stabilized platform
and strapdown systems, comparison; Earth models: ellipsoid geometry, ellipsoid gravity, earth
gravity field, gravitational potential, gravity and gravitation, plum-bob gravity; Concepts of
coordinate transformations: direction cosine matrix(DCM), Euler angles, quaternion; relation
between DCM, Euler angles & quaternion
Concepts of strapdown inertial navigation

Inertial measurements: concept of specific force, basic principles of accelerometer: pendulous and
vibrating beam, basic principle of gyroscope: mechanical and optical; Navigation equations
formulation: forces in inertial & non-inertial frames, navigation equations in inertial & non-inertial
frames, choice of reference frame, strapdown system mechanization for different frames: inertial
frames, earth fixed frames, geographic frames
Strapdown inertial navigation computations

Sensor geometry: measurement model, concepts of DOP, failure detectability, optimal sensor
geometry for different number of sensors; sensor modeling & compensation algorithms (scale factor,
bias, misalignment etc.), practical constraints; Failure detection and isolation: concepts of parity
vectors, generalized likelihood test; Attitude propagation algorithm: using Euler angle, DCM and
quaternion; quaternion in terms of rotation vector, first and second order orientation vector algorithms
for quaternion propagation, acceleration transformations, velocity & position update algorithms,
numerical integration methods, comparison
Inertial navigation system alignment

Initialization of inertial navigation system; Principle of alignment: alignment on a fixed platform:
azimuth and level alignment, alignment on a moving platform: in-flight alignment and shipboard
alignment: one shot transfer alignment, measurement matching, methods of measurement matching;
gyro-compassing; self corrective alignment scheme
Navigation System Simulation and Error Analysis:

Error Analysis: development of perturbation models, attitude response under angular vibration,
velocity response under combined angular and linear vibration, size effect errors, modeling of sensor
assembly response to system level vibration; specialized error analysis for strapdown mechanization,
INS Simulation: simulation of sensors, measurement electronics and navigation algorithm;
109
Navigation algorithm validation: comparison testing, closed loop simulations using NGC software
together, hardware in-loop simulations; static navigation test, Monte Carlo & covariance analysis;
General strapdown algorithm validation: spin-cone, spin-accel, spin-rock-size, gen-nav
Advanced navigation concepts

Fundamentals of screw theory; fundamentals of Clifford algebra; dual quaternion and its applications
in navigation
References:
1. David A Vallado; Fundamentals of astrodynamics and applications,
2. Kenneth R Britting; Inertial navigation system analysis
3. David H Titterton & John L Weston; Strapdown inertial navigation technology
4. Robert M Rogers; Applied mathematics in integrated navigation systems
5. Paul G Savage; Strapdown analytics
6. Mark A Sturza; Navigation System integrity monitoring using redundant measurements,
Navigation: journal of institute of navigation, vol35, No.4, winter1988-89,
7. Oleg Salychev; Applied Inertial Navigation: Problems & Solutions
EE 607 Advanced Wireless Communication 3-0-3

Introduction
Wireless Communication Overview, Wireless Spectrum, Wireless Transmission, TDM, FDM, CDM,
Medium Access Control, Capacity of Wireless Channels, Digital Modulation and its performance,
Mobility Management - Handoff and Roaming
Cellular networks: Cellular Communications, Principles of Cellular Networks,1G Wireless –
AMPS, 2G Wireless - GSM, CDMA, CDPD,2.5 Wireless - Why, what, whodunit? , HSCSD, GPRS,
EDGE, 3 G Wireless -WCDMA, CDMA2000, WiMAX, HSPA, HSDPA, 4G, LTE, 5G
802: Overview & Architecture, 802.1: Bridging & Management, 802.2: Logical Link Control, 802.3:
Ethernet, 802.11: Wireless LANs, 802.15: Wireless PANs, 802.16: Broadband Wireless MANs,
802.17: Resilient Packet Rings, 802.19: TV White Space Coexistence Methods, 802.20: Mobile
Broadband Wireless Access, 802.21: Media Independent Handover Services, 802.22: Wireless
Regional Area Networks, Zigbee 142
Wireless network security Overview of wireless technology: threats, vulnerabilities and safeguards,
Cellular and PCS network security, secure wireless encrypted e-mail solution, Wireless handheld
device security, Personal Area Networks security (e.g. Bluetooth), Wireless LAN security (IEEE
802.11)
110
Spread spectrum Multicarrier Modulation, Spread Spectrum, DSSS, FHSS, CDMA, Block diagram,
Multiuser Communications & Wireless Networks, MIMO Systems Sensor networks Sensor
Networks, Ad-hoc Networks, Sensor nodes (Motes), architecture, Applications of Sensor Networks,
Routing protocols, Localization OS for sensor networks: Tiny OS Mobile devices PDAs, Cellphones,
Smart Phones, OS for Mobile Devices: Symbian, iOS, Embedded Linux Platforms: Android platform,
Virtual Machines, Applications development, SDK, SyncML, Sim toolkit, SMS/MMS
Texts:
1. A Guide to Wireless Engineering Body of knowledge(WEBOK), IEEE publications, Wiley, ISBN
978-0-470-4066-9, 2009
2. Andrea Goldsmith, Wireless Communication, Cambridge University Press
3. D. Milojicic, F Douglas and R. Wheeler(Editors), Mobility, Processes, Computers and Agents,
Addison Wesley, 1999
References:
1. Theodore Rappaport, ―Wireless Communications, principles and Practices, 2nd Edition,
Pearson.163
2. C.S.R. Murthy, ―Ad-hoc Wireless Networks: Architecture and Protocols‖, Pearson Education.
3. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communication, Second Edition, Pearson Education.
ME 650 Mini Project Work
111
M. Tech. in Mechanical Engineering (Design)
Brief Description: M. Tech. in Mechanical Engineering (Design) plays a vital role in the field of
Mechanical Engineering discipline from the fundamentals to applications in industrial/Defence
practices. The importance of this program is vivid from understanding basics, design,
development and implementation of mechanical system.
The objective of entire program is to impart knowledge to Engineers/ Scientists pertaining
to Mechanical system design from the basics of engineering to final machine or equipment design
ready to use in engineering system. This can be achieved by teaching a candidate different range
of subjects for enhancing their analytical skills related to Machine design. Other objective of the
program is to produce quality design engineers to cater to the needs of the relevant industry. The
programme is conducted by well-versed faculty, invited experts from reputed institutions and
industries.
Eligibility:
1 .The eligibility for the postgraduate programme will be B.E./B. Tech degree and AMIE
qualified engineers in Mechanical/Production Engineering disciplines from recognized
university.
2. This programme is open for civilian GATE qualified candidates, DRDO Scientists/Officers and
Officers from Tri-services. This programme is also open to foreign nationals from the countries
approved by GOI.
Organization: M. Tech Mechanical Engineering with specialisation in Design is a four-semester

programme. In the first semester there are six courses and one lab, in second semester, there are
seven courses and in the third semester there are two electives. In each of these semesters, there
will be three tests and a final semester examination for every course. In third semester in addition
to two courses a M. Tech. (phase I) dissertation is there and in fourth semester, only dissertation
work is to be completed. Half yearly evaluation of the project takes place at the end of the third
semester. At the end of the final semester, student submits a thesis and makes a presentation about
the M. Tech. project, which is evaluated by the Internal and External examiners.
The details of the courses offered are:
112
Semester- I
Contact
Course
S. No. Course Hours/week Credits
Code
L T/P
Mathematical Modeling and System
1 AM 602 3 0 3
Analysis
Advanced Fluid & Thermal
4 ME 603 3 0 3
Engineering
5 ME 619 Tribology for Design 3 0 3
6 ME 631 Product Design and Development 3 0 3
Total 18 04 20
Semester- II
Course Contact hours/week
Code L T/P
1 ME 607 Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 0 3
2 ME 608 Finite Element Methods 3 0 3
4 ME 630 Design of Machinery 3 0 3
Scientific/Engg. Practices and
7 TM 649 3 0 3
Skills
Total 21 0 21
* 02 week industrial practice school during summer vacation for scholarship students.
Semester- III
Course Contact Hours /week
Code L T P
1 Elective – III 3 0 0 3
2 Elective – IV 3 0 0 3
Total 22 14
113
Semester-IV
Course Contact Hours /week

Code L T P
Total 28 14
List of Electives (3 credits)
S. No. Course Code Course Name

Elective I, II, III & IV
1 AM 603 Advanced Optimization Techniques
2 ME 604 Advanced Materials and processing
3 ME 611 Design for manufacturability
4 ME 617 Kinematics and dynamics of Machinery
7 ME 628 Design of Hydraulic and Pneumatic systems
9 ME 632 Design Optimization
10 ME 633 Mechanical behavior of materials
12 ME 635 CAD/CAM
13 ME 636 MEMS: Design, Fabrication and Characterization
14 ME 637 Design of Pressure Vessels
15 ME 650 Mini – Project #
# Shall be offered in 3rd Semester only.
AM 602: Mathematical Modelling and System Analysis (SEM I)

(Pre requisite: Basic knowledge of calculus & Differential Equations) Mathematical Modelling:
Introduction to modelling and simulation, Classification of systems into continuous and discrete,
Structural characterization of mathematical model and validation techniques. Modelling
Techniques: Dimensional analysis: Concept behind dimensional approach, Buckingham Pi
theorem, Models using dimensional approach. Continuous approach: Models based on physical
laws. Discrete Approach: Models based on discrete approach. Prey - Predator models. Combat
Modelling: Modelling the Lanchester laws with System Dynamics.
114
System Analysis: The state of a system, mathematical models of continuous linear lumped
parameter, time invariant systems, Discrete time systems, Linear approximation of non-linear
systems, Topological models of system, Block diagram representation, Signal flow graph, and
Mason‗s rule. A generalized approach to modelling. Principles of conservation and continuity and
Applications. Basics of simulator technology.
Text/References:
1. Modelling Mathematical Methods & Scientific Computations, 1995, Nicola Bellomo & Luigi
Preziosi, CRC Press.
2. Systems Modelling and Analysis, 2003, I.J. Nagrath, M. Gopal, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
3. Introduction to Mathematical Systems Theory - A behavioural approach, 2nd Ed., 2008, Jan
Willen Polderman, Jan C. Willems, Springer.
4. Introduction to System Dynamics, 1967, J.L. Shearer, A.T. Murphy, H.H. Richardson, Addison
& Wesley.
5. Introduction to System Analysis, 1985, T.H. Glisson, McGraw Hill.
ME 602: Advanced Mechanics of Materials (SEM I)
Theory of Elasticity
Introduction, Stress. Differential equations of equilibrium, strain, compatibility conditions,
plane problems of elasticity, stress strain relations, stress functions and applications in 2D
problems. Pressurized cylinders & rotating disks, Governing equations, Stresses in thick walled
cylinder under internal and external pressures. Introduction to experimental stress analysis.
Energy Methods
Work done by forces and strain energy, reciprocal relations, Castigliano‘s theorems, Fictitious
load method, statically indeterminate structures, theorem of virtual work, generalization of
castigliano‘s theorem.
Asymmetrical Bending of beams
Bending of prismatic bars and unsymmetrical bending. Concept of shear centre in symmetric
and un-symmetric bending, Plate bending, bending of curved beams.
Torsion of non-circular sections
Introduction, torsion of general prismatic solid section like circular, elliptical, rectangular,
triangular shafts, membrane analogy, torsion of thin walled tubes, torsion of thin walled multiple
cell closed sections.
115
Text/References:
2. Advanced Mechanics of Materials, 2nd Ed., 1998 Cook RD & Yound WC, Prentice Hall.
3. Advanced Mechanics of Materials, 5th Ed., 1995 Boresi AP, Sidebottom OM, John
Wiley.
4. Experimental Stress Analysis, 3rd Ed., 2005, Dally JW & Riley WF, College House
Enterprises.
ME 603: Advanced Fluid & Thermal Engineering (SEM I)
Review of concepts in kinematics of Fluid Motion, Vorticity, Circulation, Velocity

potential and Stream function. Basic laws in Integral Form, Momentum Theorem, Applications in
Propulsion, Energy equations, Applications. Dynamics of Ideal Fluid Motion, Applications,
Integration of Euler‘s equations of motion. Governing Equations of fluid flow in differential form,
Navier-Stokes Equations and exact solutions, Energy Equation and solution of fluid flow with
thermal effects. Dimensional Analysis. Prandtl‘s Boundary Layer equations, Laminar Boundary
Layer over a Flat Plate, Blausius solution. Turbulent flows in two-dimensional channels and
pipes, Velocity field, Smooth and Rough pipes, Drag reduction in pipes, Turbulent Boundary
Layer over a Flat Plate, Laws of wall over Flat Plates, Effect of Pressure gradient, Boundary
Layer control.
Advanced topics in conduction and convection heat transfer, solution to laminar and
turbulent convective heat transfer problems, external and internal flows, free and forced
convection.
Text/References:
2. Convective Heat and Mass Transfer 4th Ed., 2004, W. M. Kays, M. E. Crawford and B.
Weigand, McGraw-Hill.
4. Boundary Layer Theory, 8th ed, 2000, Herrmann Schlichting, Springer
5. Heat and Mass Transfer, 2nd ed 1963, Eckert ERG and Drake RM (translated by J P
Gross), McGraw-Hill Inc. US
116
ME 619: Tribology for Design (SEM I)
Introduction:
Defining Tribology, Tribology in Design - Mechanical design of oil seals and gasket
- Tribological design of oil seals and gasket, Tribology in Industry (Maintenance), Defining
Lubrication, Basic Modes of Lubrication, Properties of Lubricants, Lubricant Additives,
Defining Bearing, Terminology - Sliding contact bearings -Rolling contact bearings, Comparison
between Sliding and Rolling Contact Bearings
Friction and Wear:

Friction - Laws of friction - Friction classification - Causes of Friction, Theories of Dry Friction,
Friction Measurement, Stick-Slip Motion and Friction Instabilities, Wear - Wear classification -
Wear between solids – Wear between solid and liquid - Factors affecting wear – Measurement of
wear, Theories of Wear, Approaches to Friction Control and Wear Prevention
Lubrication of Bearings:
Mechanics of Fluid Flow - Theory of hydrodynamic lubrication -Mechanism of pressure
development in oil film, Two Dimensional Reynolds‘s Equation and its Limitations, Idealized
Bearings, Infinitely Long Plane Fixed Sliders, Infinitely Long Plane Pivoted Sliders, Infinitely
Long Journal Bearings, Infinitely Short Journal Bearings, Designing Journal Bearing -
Sommerfeld number – Raimondi and Boyd method - Petroff‘s Solution - Parameters of bearing
design - Unit pressure - Temperature rise - Length to diameter ratio - Radial clearance - Minimum
oil-film thickness.
Hydrodynamic Thrust Bearing:
Introduction - Flat plate thrust bearing - Tilting pad thrust bearing, Pressure Equation - Flat plate
thrust bearing - Tilting pad thrust bearing, Load - Flat plate thrust bearing - Tilting pad thrust
bearing, Center of Pressure - Flat plate thrust bearing - Tilting pad thrust bearing, Friction - Flat
plate thrust bearing - Tilting pad thrust bearing
Hydrostatic and Squeeze Film Lubrication:
Hydrostatic Lubrication - Basic concept - Advantages and limitations - Viscous flow through
rectangular slot – Load carrying capacity and flow requirement - Energy losses - Optimum design,
Squeeze Film Lubrication - Basic concept - Squeeze action between circular and rectangular
plates - Squeeze action under variable and alternating loads, Application to journal bearings,
Piston Pin Lubrications.
Elasto-Hydrodynamic Lubrication:
Principles and Applications, Pressure viscosity term in Reynolds‘s equation, Hertz‘s Theory,
Ertel-Grubin equation, Lubrication of spheres, Gear teeth bearings, Rolling element bearings.
Gas (Air-) Lubricated Bearings:
117
Introduction, Merits, Demerits and Applications, Tilting pad bearings, Magnetic recording, discs
with flying head, Hydrostatic bearings with air lubrication, Hydrodynamic bearings with air
lubrication, Thrust bearings with air lubrication.
Tribological Aspects of Rolling Motion:
The mechanics of tyre-road interactions, Road grip and rolling resistance, Tribological aspects of
wheel on rail contact.
Finite Bearings:
Hydrostatic bearings, Hydrodynamic bearings, Thrust oil bearings, Porous Bearings, Foil
bearings, Heat in bearings.
Text/ References:
1. A. Harnoy ― Bearing Design in Machinery ―Marcel Dekker Inc,NewYork,2003
2. M.M.Khonsari & E.R.Booser, ― Applied Tribology‖, John Willey &Sons,New York,2001
3. E.P.Bowden and Tabor.D.," Friction and Lubrication", Heinemann EducationalBooks
Ltd., 1974.
4. A.Cameron, "Basic Lubrication theory ", Longman, U.K.., 1981.
5. M.J.Neale (Editor), "Tribology Handbook ", Newnes. Butter worth, Heinemann, U.K.,
1995.
ME 631: Product Design And Development (SEM I)
Introduction: Significance of product design, product design and development process,

sequential engineering design method, the challenges of product development,
Product Planning and Project Selection: Identifying opportunities, evaluate and prioritize
projects, allocation of resources Identifying Customer Needs: Interpret raw data in terms of
customers need, organize needs in hierarchy and establish the relative importance of needs.,
Product Specifications: Establish target specifications, setting final specifications, Concept
Generation: Activities of concept generation, clarifying problem, search both internally and
externally, explore the output,
Industrial Design: Assessing need for industrial design, industrial design process, management,
assessing quality of industrial design,
Concept Selection: Overview, concept screening and concept scoring, methods of selection.
Theory of inventive problem solving (TRIZ): Fundamentals, methods and techniques,
General Theory of Innovation and TRIZ, Value engineering Applications in Product development
and design, Model-based technology for generating innovative ideas
118
Concept Testing: Elements of testing: qualitative and quantitative methods including survey,
measurement of customers‘ response.
Intellectual Property:Elements and outline, patenting procedures, claim procedure,
Design for Environment: Impact, regulations from government, ISO system.,
Text books and references:

1. Ulrich K. T, and Eppinger S.D, Product Design and Development, Tata McGraw Hill
2. Otto K, and Wood K, Product Design, Pearson
3. Engineering of creativity: introduction to TRIZ methodology of inventive Problem
Solving, By Semyon D. Savransky, CRC Press.
4. Inventive thinking through TRIZ: a practical guide, By Michael A. Orloff, Springer
5. Systematic innovation: an introduction to TRIZ ; (theory of inventive Problem Solving),
By John Terninko, Alla Zusman, CRC Press.
ME 606: ME Laboratory (SEM I)

(i) Undamped free vibration test of Single degree of freedom on Vibration Fundamental
Trainer
(ii) Frequency response function of spring mass damper system for various damping mediums:
air, water, and oil
(iii) Beam lateral experiment.
(iv) Micro-harness test
(v) Tool Maker‘s Microscopic test
(vi) Surface roughness test
(vii) Friction & Wear test on Pin on disc Machine
(viii) Introduction To Finite Element Method
(ix) Stress Analysis of Plate With Cut-outs using ANSYS/ABAQUS Software
(x) Modal Analysis Of Cantilever Beam using ANSYS/ABAQUS Software
(xi) Meshing in CFD
(xii) Steady State Determination of heat transfer temperature difference and surface
heat transfer coefficient for a single tube in a transversely flowing air stream
(xiii) Determination of the Relationship between Nusselt and Reynolds Number for the
forward stagnation point on a cylinder in cross flow using the Direct Heat Transfer
Cylinder.
(xiv) Measure the distribution of Total pressure and Static Pressure along the duct and to
compare these with the predictions of Bernoulli‘s equation
(xv) Measure the Temperature of Furnace by using the thermal Image Camera.
119
Text books and references:
1. Lab Manuals
2. Software Tutorials
ME 607: Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) (SEM-II)
transfer, physical boundary conditions, basic aspects of Discretization. Finite Difference and Finite
Volume formulation of steady/transient one-dimensional conduction equation., Finite Volume formulation of
steady one- dimensional convection and diffusion problems, Solution algorithms for pressure-velocity
coupling in steady and unsteady flows. discretization equations for two dimensional convection and
diffusion. Numerical methods for the Navier-Stokes equation. Turbulence models: mixing length model, Two
equation (k-epsilon) models – Grid generation. Practical‘s on CFD software (FLUENT).
TEXT/REFERENCES
6. Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, 2005, Anil W Date, Cambridge University
Press, NY, USA.
7. Computational Fluid Dynamics & Heat Transfer, 1984, Anderson, Dale A, John C Tanehill
and Richard H Pletcher, McGraw Hill.
ME 608: Finite Element Methods (SEM-II)
Application of FEM, Strain- displacement relations, Stress-strain relations, Differential equations
of equilibrium, Co-ordinates, basic element shapes, interpolation function, Minimum potential
energy. Properties of stiffness matrix, treatment of boundary conditions, solution of system of
equations, shape functions and characteristics.
function.
120
Plane stress, Plane strain, Force terms, Stiffness matrix and load vector, boundary conditions.
Axisymmetric body subjected to axisymmetric loading-Numerical problems, Isoparametric
element - quadrilateral element, linear shape functions.
Dynamic equations - consistent mass matrix – Eigen values, Eigen vector, natural frequencies -
mode shapes - modal analysis.
3-D problems:
Tetrahedron element - Jacobian matrix - Stiffness matrix, CAD softwares and its applications,
Brief description to analysis of Plates & Shells.
Text Books/References
1. ―Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering‖, Tirupathi R.Chandrupatla and Ashok D.

4. ―Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis‖, Robert Cook, Wiley India, Pvt.,
Ltd., 4th Edition-2007.
6. ―Finite Element Procedures‖, K.J. Bathe, PHI Learning, 2009.
ME 609: Mechanical Vibrations (SEM-II)

121
forced vibrations
Case studies: Vehicle dynamics: introduction to nonlinear and random vibrations, vehicle
subjected to random vibrations (for example an uneven road); Fluid-structure interaction
problems: vibration of suspension bridges
Case studies: Introduction to nonlinear and random vibrations, structures subjected to random
vibrations, Noise control and acoustics.
Text Books:
1. ―Introductory Course on Theory and Practice of Mechanical Vibrations‖, J.S.Rao,
K.Gupta, Revised second edition, New Age International Publishers
2. ―Theory of Vibration with Applications‖, William T. Thomson, Marie Dillon Dahleh,
Pearson Low Price Edition.
Reference Books:
3. ―Mechanical Vibration and Shock Measurements‖, J.T.Broch, Bruel and Kjae
Publication.
4. "Applications of Random Vibrations", N. C. Nigam, S. Narayanan, Narosa
Publishers.
ME 630: Design of Machinery (SEM-II)
Introduction: Classification of mechanisms – Basic kinematic concepts and definitions – Degree

of freedom, Mobility – Kutzbach criterion, Gruebler‟s criterion – Grashof‟s Law – Kinematic
inversions of four-bar chain and slider crank chains – Limit positions – Mechanical advantage –
Transmission Angle – Description of some common mechanisms – Quick return mechanisms,
Straight line generators, Universal Joint – rocker mechanisms.
Engines.
122
Kinematic and dynamic analysis of machine components: Classification of cams and
followers – Terminology and definitions – Displacement diagrams –Uniform velocity, parabolic,
simple harmonic and cycloidal motions – Derivatives of follower motions – Layout of plate cam
profiles – Specified contour cams – Circular arc and tangent cams – Pressure angle and
undercutting – sizing of cams.
definitions –Gear tooth action – contact ratio – Interference and undercutting. Helical, Bevel,
Worm, Rack and Pinion gears [Basics only]. Gear trains – Speed ratio, train value – Parallel axis
gear trains – Epicyclic Gear Trains.
Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the students can able to apply fundamentals of
mechanism/machines for the design of new mechanisms/machines and analyse them for optimum
design.
Text books:
References:
Delhi, 1992.
ELECTIVES
ME 604: Advanced Materials and Processing
Temperature assisted shape memory effect, Visco-elastic behaviour, magnetic shape memory
effect. Various shape memory alloys. Manufacturing technology of SMAs.
Electro rheological (ER) and magneto-rheological (MR) materials: Characteristics of ER and
EM fluids. ER and EM materials.
matrix composites. Various forms and type of reinforcements, fillers and additives. Design of
Materials for high temperature applications - Ni-Cr alloys, ODS materials, Ni base and Co based
super alloys, carbon-carbon composites.
123
Texts/References:
1992.
5. William D Callister: Materials Science and Engineering: An Introduction, 6th Edition,
Wiley Publication.
6. S. Kalpakjian and S. Schmid: Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, 4th Edition,
Pearson Education.
Prentice Hall.
ME 611: Design for Manufacturability

Engineering Design: Design of cast, forged, sheet metal parts and welded constructions. Design
for assembly and dismantling, modular constructions. Erection, operation, inspection and
maintenance considerations, Ergonomics.
Machining considerations: Design for accuracy, locating pins and registers, machining in
assembly, adjustment. Backlash and clearance adjustment. Examples illustrating the various
principles. Available design variants for some of the common basic functional requirements.
Text /References:
1. Ashby, M. F. ―Materials Selection in Mechanical Design‖, Pergaman Press, 1992.
2. Bralla J., ―Handbook of Product Design for Manufacture‖, McGraw Hill, 1988.
3. Levy S., and Dubois, L. H, ―Plastics Production Design Engineering Handbook, Methuen
Inc., 1985.
4. Dieter G E, Engineering Desing, McGraw-Hill, 1991.
5. Yotaro Hatamura, The Practice of Machine Design, Claredon Press Oxfor, 1999.
6. Ertas Atilia and Jones J C, The Engineering Design Process, John Wiley & Sons, 1996.
7. Waldron B M and Kenneth J W, Mechanical Design: Theory and Methodology, Spriinger,
1996.
124
ME 617: Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery
Machine kinematics: Overview, Degrees of freedom, Links and joints, Grashof condition, 4-
bar linkage, slider-crank, and inverted slider crank
Machine Dynamics: Newtonian solution method, Force analysis of linkage, Shaking force
and torque, Balancing linkage, Flywheels
Gears and gear trains: Terminologies of gears and gear trains, Interface, undercutting,
contact ratio, Simple gears and compound gear trains, Planetary gear trains
Cam systems: Cam terminologies, Cam function design and sizing
Programmable mechanisms: Introduction to industrial manipulators, Kinematic chains and

classifications, Coordinate transformation, Forward and inverse kinematics
Text/References:
1. R. L. Norton, Design of Machinery: An Introduction to the Synthesis and Analysis of

Mechanisms and Machines, McGraw-Hill, current edition.
ME 618: Composite Structures




Introduction, Classical Lamination Theory, Special Cases Of Laminate Stiffness, Theoretical
Versus Measured Stiffness, Strength Of Laminates, Inter-Laminar Stress.


125
VARTM Method, Permeability Measurements, VARTM Process Model, Process Parameters Of
RFI Method Film Casting And Characteristics, Concepts Of VARTM and RFI Process
Optimisation.

fibre Volume Fraction Evaluation, DMA, DSC FOR Tg, Wet Properties Of Lamina, NDE
Methods, Ultrasonic A-scan and CT-Scan Methods For Chracteristion Of Composites.
Text books:
Francis,1999.
Reference books:
Marcel Dekker, inc.
ME 627: Fatigue, Fracture and Failure Analysis
S.N. curves - Endurance limits - Effect of mean stress, Goodman, Gerber and Soderberg relations
and diagrams - Notches and stress concentrations - Neuber‘s stress concentration
factors - Plastic stress concentration factors - Notched S.N. curves.

Low cycle and high cycle fatigue - Coffin - Manson‘s relation - Transition life - cyclic strain
hardening and softening - Analysis of load histories - Cycle counting techniques -Cumulative
damage - Miner‘s theory - Other theories.

Phase in fatigue life - Crack initiation - Crack growth - Final Fracture - Dislocations - fatigue
fracture surfaces.
FRACTURE MECHANICS:
Strength of cracked bodies - Potential energy and surface energy - Griffith‘s theory - Irwin -
Orwin extension of Griffith‘s theory to ductile materials - stress analysis of cracked bodies -
Effect of thickness on fracture toughness - stress intensity factors for typical geometries.
126
TEXT BOOKS
Prasanth Kumar – ―Elements of fracture mechanics‖ – Wheeter publication, 1999.
Barrois W, Ripely, E.L., ―Fatigue of aircraft structure‖, Pe/gamon press. Oxford, 1983.
REFERENCES
1. Sin, C.G., ―Mechanics of fracture‖ Vol. I, Sijthoff and w Noordhoff International Publishing
Co., Netherlands, 1989.
2. Knott, J.F., ―Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics‖, Buterworth & Co., Ltd., London, 1983.
ME 628: Design of Hydraulic and Pneumatic Systems

Sources of Hydraulic Power: Pumping theory – Pump classification – Gear pump, Vane Pump,
piston pump, construction and working of pumps – pump performance – Variable displacement
pumps. Fluid Power Actuators: Linear hydraulic actuators – Types of hydraulic cylinders – Single
acting, Double acting special cylinders like tanden, Rodless, Telescopic, Cushioning mechanism,
motors
Shuttle valve – check valve – pressure control valve – pressure reducing valve, sequence valve,
Flow control valve – Fixed and adjustable, electrical control solenoid valves, Relays, ladder
diagram. Accumulators and Intensifiers: Types of accumulators – Accumulators circuits, sizing of
Pneumatic Components: Properties of air – Compressors – Filter, Regulator, and Lubricator Unit
– Air control valves, Quick exhaust valves, and pneumatic actuators. Fluid Power Circuit Design,
Speed control circuits, synchronizing circuit, Penumo hydraulic circuit, Sequential circuit design
for simple applications using cascade method.
Servo systems – Hydro Mechanical servo systems, Electro hydraulic servo systems and
proportional valves. Fluidics – Introduction to fluidic devices, simple circuits, Introduction to
Electro Hydraulic Pneumatic logic circuits, ladder diagrams, PLC applications in fluid power
control. Fluid power circuits; failure and troubleshooting.
127
Text Books:
1. Anthony Esposito, ―Fluid Power with Applications‖, Pearson Education 2000.
2. Majumdar S.R., ―Oil Hydraulics‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000.
References:
4. Majumdar S.R., ―Pneumatic systems – Principles and maintenance‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 1995
5. Harry L. Stevart D.B, ―Practical guide to fluid power‖, Taraoeala sons and Port Ltd. Broadey,
1976.
6. Michael J, Prinches and Ashby J. G, ―Power Hydraulics‖, Prentice Hall, 1989.
7. Dudelyt, A. Pease and John T. Pippenger, ―Basic Fluid Power‖, Prentice Hall, 1987.
ME 629: Design of Experiments
Squares and Related Designs, Full Factorial Designs, 2-level Full Factorial and Fractional
Factorial Designs, Response surface methods and designs, Designs with Random Factors, Nested
Designs, and split-plot Designs
Text/ References:
1. Clewer, A.G. and D.H. Scarisbrick. 2001. Practical Statistics and Experimental Design for Plant
and Crop Science. John Wiley and Sons, LTD. New York Morris, T.R. 1999.
ME 632: Design Optimization

Unit I
Introduction
Design Characteristics of Mechanical Elements - Adequate and Optimum design - Principles of
optimization - Conventional Vs Optimal design process - Design variables - Formulation of
objective function – Design constraints - Variable bounds - Classification of Engineering
optimization problem.
Unit II
Single Variable Optimization Techniques
Optimality Criteria - Bracketing Methods - Exhaustive search method - Bounding phase method –
Region Elimination Methods - Interval halving method - Fibonacci search method - Golden
section search method - Gradient based Methods - Newton - Raphson method - Bisection method
- Secant method - Cubic search method.
Unit III
Multi Variable and Constrained Optimization Techniques
Optimality criteria - Direct search Method - Simplex search methods - Hooke-Jeeve‘s pattern
search method - Powell‘s conjugate direction method - Gradient based method - Cauchy‘s method
128
- Newton‘s method - Conjugate gradient method. Kuhn - Tucker conditions - Penalty Function -
Concept of Lagrangian multiplier - Complex search method - Random search method
Unit IV
Intelligent Optimization Techniques
Introduction to Intelligent Optimization - Soft Computing - Working principles of Genetic
Algorithm Types of
reproduction operators, crossover & mutation, - Simulated Annealing Algorithm - Particle Swarm
Optimization
(PSO) - Graph Grammer Approach - Example Problems
Unit V
Engineering Applications
Structural applications - Design of simple truss members. Design applications - Optimum design
of simple axial, transverse loaded members - Optimum design of shafts - Optimum design of
springs. Dynamic applications - Optimum design of single, two degree of freedom systems and
gear vibration absorbers. Mechanisms applications - Optimum design of simple linkage
mechanisms
References
1. Jasbir S Arora, Introduction to Optimum design, Mechrawhill International, 2011.
2. S. S.Rao, Engineering Optimisation: Theory and Practice, Wiley- Interscience, 2008.
3. K. Deb, Optimization for Engineering design algorithms and Examples, Prentice Hall of
India Pvt. 2005.
4. C.J. Ray, Optimum Design of Mechanical Elements, Wiley, John & Sons, 2007.
5. R.Saravanan, Manufacturing optimization through intelligent techniques, Taylor & Francis
Publications.
ME 633: Mechanical Behavior of Materials
Introduction to deformation behaviour: Concept of stresses and strains, engineering stresses

and strains, Different types of loading and temperature encountered in applications, Tensile Test -
stress – strain response for metal, ceramic and polymer, elastic region, yield point, plastic
deformation, necking and fracture, Bonding and Material Behaviour, theoretical estimates of yield
strength in metals and ceramics.
Elasticity Theory: The State of Stress and strain, stress and strain tensor, tensor transformation,
principal stress and strain, elastic stress-strain relation, anisotropy, elastic behaviour of metals,
ceramics and polymers.
Yielding and Plastic Deformation: Hydrostatic and Deviatoric stress, Octahedral stress, yield
criteria and yield surface, texture and distortion of yield surface, Limitation of engineering strain
at large deformation, true stress and true strain, effective stress, effective strain, flow rules, strain
hardening, Ramberg- Osgood equation, stress - strain relation in plasticity, plastic deformation of
metals and polymers
Microscopic view of plastic deformation: crystals and defects, classification of defects,

thermodynamics of defects, geometry of dislocations, slip and glide, dislocation generation -
129
Frank Read and grain boundary sources, stress and strain field around dislocations, force on
dislocation - self-stress, dislocation interactions, partial dislocations, twinning, dislocation
movement and strain rate, deformation behavior of single crystal, critical resolved shear stress
(CRSS), deformation of poly-crystals - Hall-Petch and other hardening mechanisms, grain size
effect - source limited plasticity, Hall- Petch breakdown, dislocations in ceramics and glasses.
Fracture: fracture in ceramics, polymers and metals, different types of fractures in metals,
fracture mechanics – Linear fracture mechanics -KIC, elasto-plastic fracture mechanics - JIC,
Measurement and ASTM standards, Design based on fracture mechanics, effect of environment,
effect of microstructure on KIC and JIC, application of fracture mechanics in the design of metals,
ceramics and polymers.
Deformation under cyclic load - Fatigue: S-N curves, Low and high cycle fatigue, Life cycle
prediction, Fatigue in metals, ceramics and polymers.
Deformation at High temperature: Time dependent deformation - creep, different stages of

creep, creep and stress rupture, creep mechanisms and creep mechanism maps, creep under multi-
axial loading, microstructural aspects of creep and design of creep resistant alloys, high
temperature deformation of ceramics and polymers
Text/References:
1.J. Roesler, H. Harders,and M. Baeker,"Mechanical Behaviour of Engineering Materials:

Metals, Ceramics, Polymers, and Composites", Springer- Verlag, 2007.
2. W.K. Liu, E.G. Karpov, H.S. Park, "Nano Mechanics and Materials", John Wiley and Sons
Pvt. Ltd, 2006.
3. Thomas H. Courtney, "Mechanical Behavior of Materials", McGraw-Hill, 1990.
ME 634 : Experimental Stress Analysis
Measurements & Extensometer

Principles of measurements, Accuracy, Sensitivity and range of measurements. Mechanical,
Optical Acoustical and Electrical extensometers and their uses, Advantages and disadvantages.
Electrical Resistance Strain Gauges
Principle of operation and requirements, Types and their uses, Materials for strain gauge.
Calibration and temperature compensation, cross sensitivity, Rosette analysis, Wheatstone bridge
and potentiometer circuits for static and dynamic strain measurements, strain indicators.
Photoelasticity
130
Two dimensional photo elasticity, Concept of light – photoelastic effects, stress optic law,
Interpretation of fringe pattern, Compensation and separation techniques, Photo elastic materials.
Introduction to three dimensional photo elasticity.
Brittle Coating and Moire Methods
Introduction to Moire techniques, brittle coating methods and holography.
Non – Destructive Testing
Fundamentals of N DT, Radiography, ultrasonic, magnetic particle inspection, Fluorescent
penetrant technique, Eddy current testing, Acoustic Emission Technique.
Text Books
1. Srinath, L.S., Raghava, M.R., Lingaiah, K., Garagesha, G., Pant B., and Ramachandra, K.,
―Experimental Stress Analysis‖, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi, 1984.
References:
1. Dally, J.W., and Riley, W.F., ―Experimental Stress Analysis‖, McGraw-Hill Inc., New York,
2005, IV edition.
2. Hetyenyi, M., ―Hand book of Experimental Stress Analysis‖, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New
York, 1972.
3. Pollock A.A., ―Acoustic Emission in Acoustics and Vibration Progress‖, Ed. Stephens R.W.B.,
Chapman and Hall, 1993
ME 635 : CAD/CAM
modeling, entities, 2D & 3D Primitives. 2D & 3D Geometric Transformations: Translation,
Scaling, Rotation, Reflection and Shearing, concatenation. Graphics standards: 302 KS IGES,
PDES. Wire frame modeling: Curves: Curve representation. Analytic curves – lines, Circles,
Ellipse, Conis. Synthetic curves – Cubic, Bezier, B-Spline, NURBS. Surface entities, Surface
Representation. Analytic Surface – Plane Surface, Ruled Surface, Surface of Revolution,
Tabulated Cyliner. Synthetic Surface-Cubic, Bezier, Bspline, Coons. Graph Based Model,
Boolean Models, Instances, Cell Decomposition & Spatial – Occupancy Enumeration, Boundary
Representation (B-rep) & Constructive Solid Geometry (CSG). Feature Based Modeling,
Assembling Modeling, Behavioural Modeling, Conceptual Design & Top Down Design.
Capabilities of Modeling & Analysis Packages such as solid works, Unigraphics, Ansys,
Hypermesh. Computer Aided Design of mechanical parts and Interference Detection by Motion
analysis.
Text/Reference:
131
ME 636: MEMS - Design, Fabrication, and Characterization
MEMS: Fabrication:
Conventional MEMS fabrication using VLSI technology: lithography, chemical etching: isotropic
and anisotropic, Plasma etching, reactive ion etching (RIE), oxidation, chemical vapour deposition
(CVD), LPCVD, PECVD, surface micromachining, LIGA, single layer and higher layer
fabrication. Non-conventional MEMS fabrication: laser micromachining and welding, processing
of metals and nonmetals with laser, Electro Discharge and Electro Chemical micromachining
(EDM and ECM), Microstereolithography: scanning process, dynamic mask process. Electronic
packaging.
MEMS: Design and Analysis:
Basic concepts of design of MEMS devices and processes, Design for fabrication, Other design
considerations, Analysis of MEMS devices, FEM and Multiphysics analysis, Modeling and
simulation, connection between molecular and continuum mechanics, MEM system level analysis
from perspective of control theory.
MEMS: Characterization:
Technologies for MEMS characterization, Scanning Probe Microscopy (SPM): Atomic Force,
Microscopy (AFM), Scanning tunnelling microscopy (STM), Magnetic Force Microscopy,
Scanning Electron Microscope, Laser Doppler vibrometer, Electronic Speckle Interference Pattern
technology (ESPI). Examples and case studies: Comb actuator for nanopositioning stage by
POLYMUMPS process
Texts/References:
1. Nadim Maluf, "An Introduction to Microelectromechanical Systems Engineering," Artech
House, Boston, 2000.
2. Stephen D. Senturia, "Microsystems Design," Kluwer Academic Publishers, New York,
November 2000
3. S. M. Sze, "VLSI Technology," McGraw-Hill International Editions, Singapore, 1988.
4. M.Elwenspoek and H. Jansen, "Silicon Micromachining," Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, UK, 1998.
5. Norio Taniguchi, editor "Nanotechnology," Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK, 2003.
6. Joseph McGeough, editor "Micromachining of Engineering Materials," Marcel Dekker, Inc.,
New York, 2002.
7. Marc Madou, "Fundamentals of Microfabrication: The science of miniaturization," CRC Press,
LLC, 2002.
ME 637 : Design Of Pressure Vessel

Introduction
Methods for determining stresses – Terminology and Ligament Efficiency – Applications.
Stresses in Pressure Vessels
132
Introduction – Stresses in a circular ring, cylinder – Membrane stress Analysis of Vessel Shell
components – Cylindrical shells, spherical Heads, conical heads – Thermal Stresses –
Discontinuity stresses in pressure vessels.
Design of Vessels
Design of Tall cylindrical self-supporting process columns –Supports for short, vertical and
horizontal vessels – stress concentration – at a variable Thickness transition section in a
cylindrical vessel, about a circular hole, elliptical openings. Theory of Reinforcement – pressure
vessel Design. Introduction to ASME pressure vessel codes
Buckling Of Vessels
Buckling phenomenon – Elastic Buckling of circular ring and cylinders under external pressure –
collapse of thick walled cylinders or tubes under external pressure – Effect of supports on Elastic
Buckling of Cylinders – Buckling under combined External pressure and axial loading.
Text/References:
1. John F. Harvey, Theory and Design of Pressure Vessels, CBS Publishers and Distributors,
1987.
2. Henry H. Bedner, ―Pressure Vessels, Design Hand Book, CBS publishers and Distributors,
1987.
3. Stanley, M. Wales, ―Chemical process equipment, selection and Design. Buterworths series in
Chemical Engineering, 1988.
4. William. J., Bees, ―Approximate Methods in the Design and Analysis of Pressure Vessels and
Piping‖, Pre ASME Pressure Vessels and Piping Conference, 1997
ME 650: Mini Project
133
Department of
Computer Science & Engineering
134
DEPARTMENT OF COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
The department of Computer Science and Engineering was established in 1987. The
department of Computer Engineering offers M. Tech. and Ph.D. programs for DRDO scientists,
tri-services and GATE qualified students. Currently there are 06 faculty members in the
department. Three faculty members have PhD degrees and three are pursuing the PhD programs in
DIAT. Currently, the department has 6 PhD research scholars and 30 M.Tech. students.
The thrust areas of the department are Cyber Security, Digital Forensics, Cyber Warfare, Network
Centric Warfare, Cryptography, Network Security, Information Security Management Systems,
Pattern Recognition, SAR Imaging, Knowledge Discovery and Data Mining, Trusted Computing,
Secure Software Engineering, Cloud Security, Program Analysis, Malware Analysis, High
Performance Computing, Soft Computing, Modeling and Simulation, Social Network
Analysis, etc.
The Department has conducted a workshop on Ethical Hacking and a two day National
Conference on Cyber Security during 2012. The National Conferene on Cyber Security was co-
sponsored by Microsoft, Cisco, DRDO, Cyberom etc.
The department of Computer Engineering is associated with the data center activities which
facilitate the email, internet, web hosting, etc to the DIAT campus. The establishment of National
Knowledge Network facility and wi-fi connectivity in DIAT are two important initiatives of
Computer Engineering department. All the services related to its use are provided by the
department to DIAT.
The M. Tech. degree in Computer Science and Engineering had started in the academic year 2009
and the two batches have passed out till June 2012. The department has started M.Tech. with
specialization in Cyber Security since July 2011. The first batch passed out in June 2013. Overall,
39 students have graduated with M.Tech. degree from the department till now. The department
has very good relations with industry, DRDO labs and other academic institutes, hence has a
strong placement record.
135
M.Tech. in Computer Science and Engineering
(Cyber Security)
Brief Description: Communication networks and information systems have become an essential
factor in economic, social development and almost in every facet of our daily lives. Information
systems are vulnerable to one or more types of cyber attacks. The security of communication
networks and information systems and their availability in particular, is therefore of increasing
concern. In general, cyber security threats are increasing rapidly, the incidents range from
defaced websites to theft of large volumes of intellectual property and money, to even Internet
crimes. Cyber security is now a prominent field of study. Professionals who are trained in this
field are highly regarded and contribute to strengthening the social, political and financial fabric
of modern society.
The domain of cyber security refers to the collection of tools, policies, security concepts,
guidelines, risk management approaches, actions, training, best practices, assurance and
technologies that can be used to protect the cyber environment, organization and user‘s assets. To
survive in an Information Centric Warfare scenario, the tools and techniques of cyber security will
provide mechanisms to safeguard the critical systems against related threats & attacks. In this
context, new information centric complex systems require highly skilled manpower, not
only to research, design, develop and test reliable secure systems but also to: install,
deploy, utilize & maintain them throughout their lifespan.
The programme aims at developing Human Resource in the field of Cyber Security with a
thrust on defence related problems. The present programme is conceived to understand,
assimilate & use the advanced technologies to design and develop secure systems, comprehend
different types of cyber attacks, methods and technologies to develop secure IT infrastructure.
Advanced technologies from four different domains such as Network security,
Cryptography, Digital Forensic and Trusted Computing techniques have been selected. The
course also introduces the concepts of Network Centric Warfare and Information Security
Management Systems. After completing this course, students are expected to understand
and practice the essential concepts related to Information Security, Incident Responses,
Digital Evidence Analysis, Cyber Attacks, Design and Development of secure systems.
Eligibility: BE/B.Tech. in Computer Science/Electronics/Electrical/Communication/Information
Technology or M.Sc. in Computer Science.
Organization: Programme curriculum has been designed and reviewed by panel of experts
chosen from various DRDO labs and leading academic institutions. Each of the subjects is
136
delivered by subject experts and consists of 42 hours of interaction. During the course,
continuous assessment of student would be carried out.
Each theory course has a mid-semester exam (30 marks), internal assessment (20 marks) and
final examination (50 marks). During the Laboratory course, students are expected to carry out
mini project/assignments given by the instructor. The third and fourth semester has a
major
component of dissertation work, where students are closely supervised by guide. Students are
expected to submit their thesis and present their work to be evaluated by panel at the end of
fourth semester.
Semester I
Contact
Sl. Course Hours/week
Course Credits
No. Code
L T/P
1 CE660 Advanced Computer Networks 3 1 4
2 CE662 Operating System Security 3 1 4
3 CE663 Applied Cryptography 3 1 4
4 CE665 Security Standards & Audits 3 1 4
5 CE680 Data Mining Techniques 3 1 4
6 AM607 Mathematics for Engineers 3 0 3
Total 18 5 23
137
Semester II
Contact
Sl. Course hours/week
Course Credits
No. Code
L T/P
1 CE664 Network Security 3 1 4
2 CE682 Secure Software Engineering 3 1 4
3 Elective- I [From Department] 3 1 4
4 Elective-II [From Department] 3 1 4
5 Elective-III 3 0 3
6 Elective-IV 3 0 3
7 TM649 Scientific/Engg. Practices and Skills 3 0 3
Total 21 4 25
* 04 week industrial practice school during summer vacation for scholarship students.
Semester III

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 Elective – V 3 0 3
2 Elective – VI 3 0 3
3 EEN 651 M.Tech. Dissertation Phase I 8
Total 14
Semester IV

Course Credits
No. Code L T/P
1 EEN652 M.Tech. Dissertation Phase II 14
Total 14
138
List of Electives I, II, III, IV, V & VI
Sr.No. Course Code Course
1. CE 669 Reverse Engineering & Malware Analysis
2. CE 681 Mobile Computing
3. CE 683 Information Warfare
4. CE 684 Digital Forensics
5. CE 689 Fault Tolerant Computing Systems
6. CE 690 Parallel & Distributed Systems
7. CE 691 Secure Wireless Sensor Networks
8. CE 650 Mini Project#
10 AM 628 Computational Number Theory and Cryptography
11 EE 612 Advanced Wireless Communication
13 EE 618 DSP System Design
15 TM 611 Software Projects Management
16 CE 667 Trustworthy Computing
17 CE 668 Ethical Hacking & Cyber Laws
18 CE 688 Game Theory
19 CE 689 Fault Tolerant Computing Systems
20 CE 692 Computational Geometry & Applications
21 CE 694 Big data Analysis & Algorithms
22 CE 695 Cyber-Physical & Self-Organising Systems
139
CE 689 Fault Tolerant Computing System
1. Introduction: Motivation, System view of high availability design, Terminology
2. Hardware redundancy: Basic approaches, Static & Dynamic, Voting, Fault tolerant
interconnection network. Application: FTMP
3. Error detection techniques: Watchdog processors, Heartbeats, Consistency and capability
checking, Data audits, Assertions, Control-flow checking Application: DHCP
4. Software fault tolerance: Process pairs, Robust data structures, N version programming,
Recovery blocks, Replica consistency & reintegration, Multithreaded programs
Application: HP Himalaya Servers
5. Network fault tolerance: Reliable communication protocols, Agreement protocols,
Database commit protocols Application: Distributed SQL server
6. Practical steps in design of high availability networked systemsApplication: Web services,
Highly available clusters
7. Check pointing& Recovery Application: Microcheckpointing
8. Attack dimension to failures, byzantine generals problem, in context of side-channel
attacks study fault induced leads to catastrophic failure
9. Case Studies
Text Book:
1. Koren and C. Mani Krishna, Fault-tolerant Systems, 1st edition, 2007, Morgan Kaufmann.
Reference Book:
1. D. P. Siewiorek and R. S. Swarz, Reliable Computer Systems - Design and Evaluation, 3rd
edition, 1998, A.K. Peters, Limited.
2. D. K. Pradhan, ed., Fault Tolerant Computer System Design, 1st edition, 1996, Prentice-
Hall.
CE691 Secure Wireless Sensor Networks

Background: Wireless Sensor networks (WSN) is an emerging technology and have great
potential to be employed in critical situations like battlefields and commercial applications such as
building, traffic surveillance, habitat monitoring and smart homes and many more scenarios. One
of the major challenges wireless sensor networks face today is security. While the deployment of
sensor nodes in an unattended environment makes the networks vulnerable to a variety of
potential attacks, the inherent power and memory limitations of sensor nodes makes conventional
security solutions unfeasible. The sensing technology combined with processing power and
wireless communication makes it profitable for being exploited in great quantity in future. The
wireless communication technology also acquires various types of security threats.
Objective: To meet End-User, Network-Administrator and Network-Designer perspectives

Subject Contents:
140
Introduction, WSN Resources & constraints, Relevance to Cyber-Physical Systems,
Relevance to Network Centric Operations, Relevance to Data Stream Management Systems,
Relevance to the increasing demand of high performance computations, SCADA, battle sensor
WSN Network Architecture, MAC Layer protocols, Naming and Addressing,
Synchronization, Location & positioning, Topology control, Connected Dominating Sets,
Routing Protocols, Data-Centric & Content-based networking, Data-Centric querying
Vulnerabilities, threats, attacks & safeguards in WSN, key distribution methods &
protocols, multi-party computations inclusion, RF-Id communications, open source hardware
concept, Security goals for WSNs, Attacks on WSNs: Passive & Active Attacks, Security
Mechanisms, Security Models for WSNs, Challenges in WSNs: with respect to wireless medium,
resource scarcity, ad-hoc deployments, hostile environments, immense scale, etc. Application
oriented: Secure Wireless Networks.

1. Ian F. Akykildiz, Weilian Su, Yogesh Sankarasubramaniam, and Erdal Cayirci, ―A Survey
on Sensor Networks‖, IEEE Communication Magazine, year 2002
2. Culler, D. E and Hong, W., ―Wireless Sensor Networks‖, Communication of the ACM,
Vol. 47, No. 6, June 2004, pp. 30-33.
3. Adrian Perrig, John Stankovic, David Wagner, ―Security in Wireless Sensor Networks‖
Communications of the ACM, Page53-57, 2004
4. Chris Karlof, David Wagner, ―Secure Routing in Wireless Sensor Networks: Attacks and
Countermeasures‖, AdHoc Networks (elsevier), Page: 299-302, year 2003
5. Al-Sakib Khan Pathan, Hyung-Woo Lee, Choong Seon Hong, ―Security in Wireless
Sensor Networks: Issues and Challenges‖, International conference on Advanced
Computing Technologies, Page1043-1045, year 2006
6. John Paul Walters, Zhengqiang Liang, Weisong Shi, Vipin Chaudhary, ―Wireless Sensor
Network Security: A Survey‖, Security in Distributed, Grid and Pervasive Computing
Yang Xiao (Eds), Page3-5, 10-15, year 2006
7. Pathan, A.S.K.; Hyung-Woo Lee; Choong Seon Hong, ―Security in wireless sensor
networks: issues and challenges‖ Advanced Communication Technology (ICACT),
Page(s):6, year 2006
8. Tahir Naeem, Kok-Keong Loo, Common Security Issues and Challenges in Wireless
Sensor Networks and IEEE 802.11 Wireless Mesh Networks, International Journal of
Digital Content Technology and its Applications, Page 89-90 Volume 3, Number 1, year
2009
9. Undercoffer, J., Avancha, S., Joshi, A. and Pinkston, J. ―Security for sensor networks‖. In
Proceedings of the CADIP Research Symposium, University of Maryland, Baltimore
County, USA, year 2002 http://www.cs.sfu.ca/~angiez/personal/paper/sensor-ids.pdf
10. Zia, T.; Zomaya, A., ―Security Issues in Wireless Sensor Networks‖, Systems and
Networks Communications (ICSNC) Page(s):40 – 40, year 2006
11. Xiangqian Chen, Kia Makki, Kang Yen, and Niki Pissinou, Sensor Network Security: A
Survey, IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, vol. 11, no. 2,page(s): 52-62, year
2009
12. D. Djenouri, L. Khelladi, and N. Badache, ―A Survey of Security Issues in Mobile ad hoc
and Sensor Networks,‖ IEEE Commun. Surveys Tutorials, vol. 7, pp. 2–28, year 2005.
141
13. S. Schmidt, H. Krahn, S. Fischer, and D. Watjen, ―A Security Architecture for Mobile
Wireless Sensor Networks,‖ in Proc. 1st European Workshop Security Ad-Hoc Sensor
Networks (ESAS), 2004.
14. Y. Wang, G. Attebury, and B. Ramamurthy, ―A Survey of Security Issues in Wireless
Sensor Networks,‖ IEEE Commun. Surveys Tutorials, vol. 8, pp. 2–23, year 2006.
15. Yun Zhou, Yuguang Fang, Yanchao Zhang, Securing Wireless Sensor Networks: A
Survey, IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, year 2008
16. Xiuli Ren, Security Methods for Wireless Sensor Networks, Proceedings of the 2006 IEEE
International Conference on Mechatronics and Automation , Page: 1925 ,year 2006
17. R.Roman, J. Zhou, and J. Lopez, ―On the security of wireless sensor networks,‖ in
International Conference on Computational Science and Its Applications – ICCSA 2005,
May 9-12 2005, vol. 3482 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science, (Singapore), pp. 681–
690, Springer Verlag, Heidelberg, D-69121, Germany, 2005.
18. N. Sastry and D. Wagner, ―Security considerations for ieee 802.15.4 networks,‖ in
Proceedings of the 2004 ACM workshop on Wireless security, pp. 32–42, Philadelphia,
PA, USA: ACM Press, 2004.
19. WSN Security Models: Refer 4 papers: Paper 1: Wireless sensor network security model
using zero knowledge protocol, ICC 2011; Paper 2. An energy efficient link-layer security
protocol for wireless sensor networks, EIT 2007; Paper 3. Toward resilient security in
wireless sensor networks, MobiHoc 2005; Paper 4. TinySec: a link layer security
architecture for wireless sensor networks, SenSys 2004
CE660 Advanced Computer Networks
Course Objective: To meet End-User, Network-Administrator and Network-Designer

perspectives in the area of Cyber-Security. Enhance analytical capabilities to evaluate a network.
Prerequisites: Preliminary knowledge of Computer Networks(Graduation Level), Networking
Devices, Finite State Automata, Socket Programming, Algorithms, Electronic Communications
(Graduation Level),
Syllabus:
Introduction: Overview of Computer Networks, Seven-Layer Architecture, TCP/IP Suite of
Protocols, etc. MAC Protocols for High-Speed LANS, MANs, and Wireless LANs. (For example,
FDDI, DQDB, HIPPI, Gigabit Ethernet, Wireless Ethernet, etc.) Fast access technologies. (For
example, ADSL, Cable Modem, etc.)
IPv6: Why IPv6, Basic Protocol, Extensions and Options, Support for QoS, Security, etc.,
Neighbour Discovery, Auto-Configuration, Routing. Changes to other protocols.Application
Programming Interface for IPv6.6bone. IP Multicasting.Multicast Routing Protocols, Adderss
Assignments, Session Discovery, etc.
Software-Defined Networking
Protocol Validation : Introduction, Manual Proof Method, Automated Validation Methods, The
Supertrace Algorithm, Detecting Non-Progress Cycles, Detecting Acceptance Cycles, Checking
Temporal Claims, Complexity Management, Boundedness of PROMELA Models,
Recommended Readings:
1. ―Security Problems in the TCP/IP Protocol Suite‖ by Steven M. Bellovin, AT&T Labs—
Research http://users.ece.cmu.edu/~adrian/630-f04/readings/bellovin-tcp-ip.pdf. (A look
142
back paper by author is also available
athttps://www.cs.columbia.edu/~smb/papers/ipext.pdf)
2. "End-To-End Arguments in System Design" by J.H.SALTZER, D.P. REED and D.D.
CLARK, Massachusetts Institute of Technology Laboratory for Computer
Science.http://groups.csail.mit.edu/ana/Publications/PubPDFs/End-
toEnd%20Arguments%20in%20System%20Design.pdf
3. Hubert Zimmermann, OSI Reference Model--The ISO Model of Architecture for Open
Systems Interconnection. Communications, IEEE Transactions on (Volume: 28, Issue: 4),
Apr 1980, pp. 425 - 432
Text Books:
1. James Kurose & Keith Ross, Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach (6th
Edition), ISBN-13: 978-0132856201 ISBN-10: 0132856204,
2. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, ISBN 0-13-243310-9.8thEdition
3. Behrouz A. Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking. Latest Edition
References
1. Anurag Kumar, D. Manjunath, and Joy Kuri, Communication Networking: An Analytical
Approach; Published by Morgan Kaufman Publishers.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Computer Networks, ISBN 0-13-066102-3. 5th ed
3. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 1: The protocols by W. R. Stevens, Addison Wesley, 2005
4. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 2: The Implementation by G. R. Wright,Addison Wesley,
2005.
5. TCP/IP Illustrated, Volume 3: TCP for Transactions, HTTP, NNTP, and the Unix Domain
Protocols, W. R. Stevens, Addison Wesley, 2003.
6. ATM Networks: Concepts, Protocols, Applications by R. Handel, M. N. Huber, and S.
Schroeder, Addison Wesley, 1998.(latest 2006)
7. Mobile IP: Design Principles and Practices by C. E. Perkins, B. Woolf, and S. R. Alpert,
Addison Wesley, 1997.
8. RFCs and Internet Drafts, available from Internet Engineering Task Force.
9. Articles in various journals and conference proceedings.
10. Design And Validation of Computer Protocols, Gerard J. Holzmann.
11. RFCs and Internet Drafts, available from Internet Engineering Task Force.
CE662 Operating System Security

Objectives:
This course examines what it takes to build a secure operating system and explores the
major systems development approaches applied towards building secure OS‘s including
virtualization.
From this course, students will learn:
 Theoretical concepts of operating system security
 Security architectures of current operating systems
 Details of security implementation
143
 Concept of virtualization
 Security mechanisms in virtual machines
Prerequisites: Operating System Concepts
Syllabus:
Operating System Fundamentals: Process management – Process states, runtime environment, IPC;
Memory management – Memory organization, virtual memory concept; File System; OS kernel
architecture. Introduction to Secure Operating Systems: Security goals, Trust model, Threat model.
Access Control Fundamentals: Protection system, Reference monitor concept, Discretionary protection
system, Mandatory protection system, Rule-based access control, Role-based access control. Multics:
Multics security fundamentals, protection system models, vulnerability analysis. Security in Unix-like
and Windows OS: protection system, authorization, security analysis. Verifiable Security Goals:
Information flow models, secrecy models, integrity models. Secure Capability Systems: Capability
system fundamentals, Building secure capability systems. Security Kernels: Scomp architecture, Kernel
data structure analysis. Security in Commercial Operating Systems: Security in Commercial Operating
Systems - Microkernel systems, UNIX systems. Kernel level attack vectors: Memory exploits, code
based attacks. Case Studies: Solaris Trusted Extensions, SE Linux, Android security features. Secure
Virtual Machine Systems: Separation kernels, sandboxing, Multiple Independent Levels of Security,
VAX/VMM security kernel architecture.
Text Book:
1. Jaeger, T., ―Operating System Security‖, Morgan & Claypool (online), 2008.
Reference Material:
1. Morrie Gasser: "Building a Secure Computer System"
2. Silberschatz and Galvin: "Operating System Concepts", Addison Wesley, 2006
3. Virgil Gligor‘s Lectures on Security Policies.
CE663 Applied Cryptography
Course Objectives: Understanding of basic encryption schemes and issue related to cryptanalysis
 Private keys encryption schemes
 Public keys encryption schemes
 Elliptic Curve Cryptography
 Hash algorithms
Be able to determine the strength and weakness of the encryption schemes.
Course Prerequisites: Basic understanding of Mathematics concept like Prime numbers, Group,
Ring and Fields
Classical Encryption Techniques and their Cryptanalysis :Symmetric cipher model,
Substitution techniques, Transposition techniques, Rotor machine, Steganography, One-Time Pad
(Vernam‘s Cipher), Limitations of Perfect Secrecy, Shannon‘s Theorem. Private-Key
144
Encryption Schemes and Block Ciphers : Pseudorandom Functions and Permutations, Private-
Key Encryption Schemes from Pseudorandom Functions, DES – The Data Encryption Standard,
Attacks on DES, Single-Round DES, Two-Round DES, Three-Round DES, Brute Force Search,
Best Known Attacks on Full DES, Increasing the Key size for DES, Modes of Operation.
Number Theory: Prime numbers and factoring, modular arithmetic, computations in finite
fields, Discrete logarithms. Public-Key (Asymmetric) Cryptography: Public-Key Problems and
Mathematical Background, Diffie-Hellman Key Agreement, El-Gamal Encryption Scheme,
RSA Encryption, Security of RSA, Hybrid Encryption , Attacks on RSA, Private and Public-
Key Reversal, Common Modulus Attack, Simplified Broadcast Attack , Timing Attacks, Elliptic
Curve Cryptography. Hash Functions: Definition and Properties, Constructions of Collision-
Resistant Hash Functions, Popular Uses of Collision-Resistant Hash Functions, Random Oracle
Model. Hash algorithms: MD5, SHA-256. Message Authentication: Message Authentication
Codes Definitions, Constructions of Secure Message Authenticate Codes, Practical Constructions
of Message Authentication Codes. Digital Signatures and Applications: Definitions,
Constructions, Certificates and Public-Key Infrastructure, Combining Encryption and Signatures –
SignCryption. Quantum techniques in Cryptography.
New Additions: AES and Quantum Cryptography
Text Book:
1. ―Cryptography & Network Security‖ by William Stallings 4th Edition, 2006,
Pearson Education Asia.
2. Kahate A, ―Cryptography & Network Security‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 2004.
Reference Books
1. ―Applied Cryptology‖ by Schiner Bruce, John Wiley & Sons, 2001.
2. ―Introduction to Cryptography with Coding Theory‖ by Wade Trappe & Lawrence
CWashington, New Jersey, Pearson Education, 2006.
3. Charlie Kaufman, Radia Perlman and Mike Speciner, ―Network Security:
PrivateCommunication in a Public World‖, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited.
4. Behrouz A. Forouzan, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, McGraw Hill
5. Jonathan Katz and Lindell, ―Introduction to Modern Cryptography: Principles and
Protocols‖,Chapman and Hall/CRC
CE665 Security Standards & Audits
Course Objectives: Course examines the methods for securing information existing in different
forms. This course will provide an introduction to the different technical and administrative
aspects of Information Security and Assurance. Student will learn various
countermeasures/tools/mechanisms/best practices used for implementing and managing
information security. Students will also learn to design, implement, integrate and manage various
security infrastructure components through hands-on activities in Information Security
Laboratory. The lab environment includes firewalls, Virtual Private Networks, intrusion detection
and prevention systems, routers, switches, security scanners etc.
Prerequisites:Students are required to gain knowledge of computer networking.
Syllabus:
Introduction to Information security, Concepts, Threats, Attacks, and Assets, Security Functional
Requirements, A Security Architecture for Open Systems, Computer Security, Access Control
Principles, Access Rights, Discretionary Access Control, Role-Based Access Control, Mandatory
Access Control, Trusted Computing and Multilevel Security, Security Models for Computer
Security, Countermeasures, Cryptographic Tools, Database Security, Intrusion Detection and
145
Intrusion Prevention Systems, Software Security, Operating System Security, Digital rights
management, Identity Management, privacy protection, Information Assurance, pillar of
information assurance, Defense-In-Depth strategy , Orange Book, Common Criteria for
Information Technology Security Evaluation, COMSEC policies, Information security
management systems (ISMS), ISO27000 standards, Management responsibility, Responsibilities
of Chief Information Security Officer (CISO), Security audits and assurance, Information
Security Policy, Standards, and Practices, Asset Management, Human Resource Security, Security
awareness training, Physical Security, Operations Security, Incident Response Management, Risk
Management, contingency planning, Business continuity planning, Disaster Recovery planning.
Text/Reference Books:
1. Michael E Whitman, Herbert J Mattord, ―Principles of Information Security‖, Course
Technology, 3rd Edition, 2008.
2. William Stallings and Lawrie Brown, ―Computer Security: Principles and Practice‖, 2nd
edition, Pearson, 2012.
3. Krutz, R. L. & Vines, R. D., ‖The CISSP and CAP Prep Guide‖, Platinum Edition, New
York, Wiley Publishing., 2006.
4. Nina Godbole, ―Information Systems Security: Security Management, Metrics,
Frameworks and Best Practices‖, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2012.
5. Various Security Standards - ISO 27000 series published by ISO.
6. Department of Defense Standard, Department of Defense, ―Trusted Computer System
Evaluation Criteria‖, Orange Book.
7. Dieter Gollmann, ―Computer Security‖, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 3rd edition, 2011.
CE680 Data Mining Technique
Course Objectives:
 To learn the advanced techniques w.r.t. the applications in different fields
 To implement those techniques using MATLAB/C/C++ and test them on bench-marked
datasets.
 To validate their understanding in terms of developing atleast 2/3 functionalities in Cyber
Security domain using Open-Source Tool
Pre- Requisites: Knowledgeof StatisticalTechniques, ProbabilityTheory, Data Structures and
Algorithms.
Syllabus:
Introduction pattern recognition, Linear Classifiers: Bayes Decision Theory, Least square
methods, Support Vector Machines, Non Linear Classifiers: Back Propagation Algorithm, Radial
Basis Function Networks, Decision Trees, Random Forest Trees, CombiningClassifiers.
Algorithm Association Rules Mining: Apriorialgorithm , Partition algorithm, Dynamicinset
counting algorithm, FP– treegrowth algorithm, Generalized association rule, Temporal Data
mining: Basic concepts of temporal data Mining, GSPAlgorithm, Template MatchingTechniques.
Clustering Algorithms: Sequential Algorithms, Hierarchical clustering algorithms, Clustering
algorithms based of cost function optimization.Clustering algorithms based on Graph Theory,
Clustering algorithms based on competitive learning. Data Mining for Intrusion detection,
Futuristic Technologies for Cyber Security.
146
Text Books:
1. Richard ODudaand Peter EHart, ―Pattern Classification‖, 2ndEdition,Wiley-Interscience,
2000.
2. JiaweiHan, MichelineKamber, and Jian Pei, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, 3rd
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.
ReferenceBooks:
1. S Theodoridis and K Koutroumbas, ―Pattern Recognition‖, 4th Edition, Academic Press,
2009.
2. http://www.cs.ubc.ca/~nando/540-2013/lectures/l8.pdf
4. Roddick, J., Spiliopoulou, M. ―A Survey of Temporal Knowledge Discovery Paradigms
and Methods‖, In IEEE Transactions of Knowledge and Data Engineering, vol. 13, 2001.
5. Anoop Singhal, ―Data Warehousing and Data Mining Techniques for Cyber Security‖,
Springer US, 2007.
CE 641 Cyber Security Laboratory
Students will do the Experiments/Small projects related Ethical Hacking, Cryptography, Real
Time Applications, Cyber Security (Monitoring, Offensive and Defensive) and simulation of
Network Protocols, Real-time applications.
CE664 Network Security
Course Objectives: Understanding of basic issues, concepts, principles, and mechanisms in

network security.
 Basic security concepts
 Authentication
 Access control
 IPsec and Internet key management
 SSL/TLS
 Firewall
 Malicious Software
 Intruder Detection Systems
Be able to determine appropriate mechanisms for protecting networked systems.
Course Prerequisites:Basic understanding of Computer Networking and Cryptography
Introduction: OSI security Architecture, Security Principles, Security Attacks, A model of
Network Security, Qualities of Good Network, Security at the Application Layer: Email
Architecture, PGP, S/MIME, Security at the Transport Layer: SSL Architecture,
TransportLayerSecurity, SecureElectronicTransactions, Security at Network Layer: Internet Key
Exchange( ISKMP), Intruder Detection: Intruder Detection Systems, Malicious Software:
Password Management Viruses and related threats, Virus Counter Measures, Distributed
Denial of service attack, Firewall: Firewall design principles, Trusted systems, Security
Evaluation Common criteria, Authentication: Kerberos V4, Kerberos V5, X.509
Authentication, Public Key Infrastructure, PhysicalLayer Security:
Securecommunicationovernoisychannel, Channelcodingforsecrecy, Secretkeyagreement,
Activeattacks, Physicallayersecurityandclassicalcryptography, Networking Security:
147
Networkcodingbasics, Systemaspectsofnetworkcoding, Practicalnetworkcodingprotocols,
SecurityVulnerabilities, Securingnetworkcodingagainstpassiveattacks,
Fundamentalsofcodingtheory, WirelessSecurity: WirelessLANSecurity, WebSecurity:
SSL/TLS, SecureHTTP, Gathering Information: Network Reconnaisance, Traceroute, Port
Scanning, ICMP Scanning, Sniffing, Probing Routers, Attacks: DOS Attacks, IP Spoofing,
TCP Wrappers, Password Cracking, Windowsand Unixattacks, Keylogger ,inputvalidationattacks,
BufferOverflowattacks, Logfilehacking, Game Theory and Network Security.
Text Books:
1. B. Menezes, ―Network Security and Cryptography‖, Cengage, 2013.
2. B.A. Forouzan and D. Mukhopdhyay, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, 2nd Edition,
McGraw Hill,2010.
Reference Books:
1. Fadia, ―Network Security: A Hacker‘s Perspective‖, Second Edition, Macmilan, 2013.
2. W. Stallings, ―Network Security Essentials‖, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
3. Bragg et al, ― Network Security: The complete Reference‖, McGraw Hill Osborne, 2003.
CE682 Secure Software Engineering
Course Objectives:Students will acquire an understanding of the fundamental concepts for

developing secure systems
 Introduce security requirements, Security Policies, Architecture of Secure Software and
Boot Integrity
 Attacker models
 Fundamentals of data protection and privacy.
Course Prerequisites: C programming and debugging, Basic concept of Operating Systems
Fundamentals of Software Engineering: Requirements Engineering, Design Concepts, Software
Testing Fundamentals. The security Development Lifecycle, Confinement, Boot
integrity, Architectural approaches to building secure Software, Dynamic Root of trust for
Measurement, Run- time enforcement of Security Policies, Software only root of trust (SWORT),
Usable and Secure Password, Security Protocols and Verification, Static Analysis of software,
Combining static and dynamic analysis, Control Flow Integrity, Language based Approaches to
building Secure Software.
Text/ReferenceBooks:
1. Software Engineering - Roger S Pressman - 5th edition.
2. An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, PankajJalote Third Edition,
NarosaPublishing House
3. The security Development Lifecycle, by Michael Howard and Steve Lipner
4. Security in Computing, By Charles P. Pfleeger , Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, Publisher:
PrenticeHall Print ISBN-10: 0-13-239077-9
5. Threat Modeling by Frank Swiderski, Window Snyder, Microsoft Press, ISBN-
10:0735619913
6. Research Paper and Articles in Journals and Conference Proceedings.
148
CE681 Mobile Computing
Course Objectives:Course provides introduction to the fundamentals of mobile computing,
mobile application development as well as wireless communication and security. Students will
gain a sound understanding of the core concepts of mobile networks and the design of cellular
networks including approaches to maximize the available capacity. The course will look at some
current research in mobile computing security and wireless security. Students will learn android
application development framework and use it to implement their assignments.
Course Prerequisites: Students are required to gain knowledge of basics of computer
networking.
Principle of Cellular Communication, Overview 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G, LTE, 5G technologies. Wireless
Transmission: Frequencies for radio transmission, Signals, Antennas, Signal Propagation,
Multiplexing. Modulation, Spread spectrum, Cellular systems. Medium Access Control:
Motivation for a specialized MAC, SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, Comparison. GSM: Cellular
Systems, Mobile Services, System Architecture, Radio Interface, Protocols, Localization and
calling, Handover, Security. Data services: GPRS, HSCSD Mobility management: Handoff,
Roaming Management, Handoff Detection Strategies, Channel Assignment, Radio Link transfer,
GSM Location Update, Mobility Databases, Failure Restoration, VLR Overflow Control. Satellite
Systems: GEO, LEO, MEO, Routing, Localization, Handover. Wireless LAN: Infrared and radio
transmission, Infrastructure and Ad-hoc network, IEEE 802.11, Bluetooth. Mobile Device
Platforms: Mobile OS, Palm Os, Win CE and Symbian. Mobile Network Layer: Mobile IP,
Mobile Ad-hoc Networks, Cellular Digital Packet Data (CDPD), Wireless Local Loop (WLL)
systems. Mobile Transport Layer: Traditional TCP, Classical TCP Improvements, Mobile-TCP.
Wireless Application Protocol (WAP): WAP Architecture, Wireless Markup Language (WML),
WML-Script, WAP 2.0. Wireless Network Security: IEEE 802.11 Wireless LAN Attacks,
Different Attack Tools, Different Types of Security Mechanisms, Wired Equivalent Privacy
(WEP), Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA), Wi-Fi Protected Access –II (WPA-2), Deploying Secure
Wireless networks, Security in Bluetooth, Security in Adhoc Networks. Case Study: Android
Application Development, Android Security.
1. Jochen Schiller, "Mobile Communication", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
2. Yi Bing Lin and ImrichChlamtac, "Wireless and Mobile Networks Architecture", John
Wiley & sons, 2001.
3. Ed Burnette, "Hello Android", Pragmatic Bookshelf; Third Edition edition, 2010.
4. Yan Zhang, Jun Zheng, Miao Ma, ―Handbook of Research on Wireless Security‖, Volume
1, Idea Group Inc (IGI), 01-Jan-2008.
5. Raj Kamal, ―Mobile Computing‖, illustrated edition, Oxford University Press,
Oxford higher education, 2007.
CE683 Information Warfare
Prerequisites to study the subject - Students are required to gain knowledge of computer
networking and basic concepts of Cyber Security.
Objective of the course/subject - This course will help students in gaining the knowledge of
information warfare domain concepts including principles of information warfare (IW), Cyber
149
warfare (CW), Offensive and defensive IW, military espionage, economic espionage,
communications eavesdropping, computer break-ins, Open source intelligence, Covert
Communication, Surveillance, ethical and legal concepts in the context of CW, Command and
Control, Psyops and perception management. They will learn about different countermeasures,
ethical hacking tools and techniques. They will form two teams (Red and Blue). One team carries
out offensive operations against the; while other team will carry out defensive operations to
protect the same information systems.
Subject topics - Introduction to Information Warfare, Principles of Information Warfare,
Conventional Warfare vs. Cyber Warfare, Information Warfare Elements (Information, Media,
Computing Facilities, Communication Network, Operations, Warriors/Human Factors), Offensive
and Defensive Information Warfare Operations, National Security Threats from State and Non-
state Actors, Cyber-Terrorism, Information Warfare Policy, International Laws Governing
Information Warfare, Law of War and Cyber Attack, Edward Snowden Revelations, ANT
Catalogue, Supply Chain Risks, Open Sources, Open Source Intelligence (OSINT), Active Cyber
Defenses, Competitive Intelligence, Piracy and Intellectual Property Rights, Watermarks,
Steganography, Covert Communication, Privacy Protection, Subversion Techniques, Psyops and
Perception Management, Military Deception, Espionage and Signals Intelligence, Insider
Threat, Economic, Corporate, and Military Espionage, Traffic Analysis, Packet Sniffing,
Keystroke Monitoring, Environmental Surveillance, Computer Hacking and Cybercrime,
Hacking Tools and Techniques, Attacks (Denial of Service, Spoofing, Masquerade, Identity
Theft, Trojan Horses, Viruses, Worms, Fraud, Physical Destruction), Security Measures
(Anonymity, Sanitization, Trash Disposal, Shielding, Biometrics, Location based Authentication,
Digital Signatures, Access controls, Surveillance), Communications Intercepts, Electronic
Warfare, Command and Control, C4ISR, Network Centric Warfare, Wireless Security, Adhoc
Network Mechanisms for Net Centric Operations, Information Warfare Case studies.
Text Books –
1. D. Denning, "Information Warfare and Security", Addison-wesely, 1999.

Reference Books –
1. Wg Cdr MK Sharma, ―Cyber Warfare: The Power of Unseen‖, KW Publishers, New

Delhi, 2011.
2. Emory A. Anderson, Cynthia E. Irvine, and Roger R. Schell, Roger R,.; ―Subversion as a
Threat in Information Warfare‖,
http://calhoun.nps.edu/bitstream/handle/10945/7123/04paper_subversion.pdf
150
3. Philip A. Myers, ―Subversion: The Neglected Aspect of Computer Security‖, Phd Thesis,
Naval Postgraduate School, California, June 1980,
http://csrc.nist.gov/publications/history/myer80.pdf
4. Dr. Roger R. Schell, ―Information Security: Science, Pseudoscience, and Flying Pigs‖,
https://www.acsac.org/invited-essay/essays/2001-schell.pdf
5. NSA ANT Catalog: NSA's ANT Division Catalog of Exploits for Nearly Every,
http://leaksource.info/2013/12/30/nsas-ant-division-catalog-of-exploits-for-nearly-every-
major-software-hardware-firmware/
Research paper for study (if any) - White papers on cyberwarfare from IEEE/ACM/IBM sources.
Important website for reference & Study (if any) - ISACA website.
CE688 Game Theory

Course Objectives:To understand the concepts of Game Theory and get an overview. To learn
and appreciate the applications of game theory in Network Security.
Prerequisites:Basic understanding of Computer Networking and Network Security
Syllabus:
Network Security Concepts: Networks and Security Threats, Networks and World Wide Web,
Security Threats, Attackers, Defenders, and their Motives, Attackers, Defenders, Defense
Mechanisms, Security Tradeoffs and Risk Management, Security Tradeoffs, Security Risk
Management, Introduction to Game Theory: What is Game Theory? Game Theory
Classification, Introduction to Non-Cooperative Game Theory, General Formulation for Non-
cooperative Games, Existence of Nash and Saddle-Point Equilibria in Finite Games, Existence
and Uniqueness of Equilibria in Infinite Games, Prisoner‘s Dilemma, Co-operative Game Theory,
Shapley Value, Deterministic Security Games: Security Game Model, Intrusion Detection
Games, Matrix Games, Games with Dynamic Information, Sensitivity Analysis, Modeling
Malicious Behavior in Social Networks, Security Games for VehicularNetworks, Vehicular
Network Model, Attack and Defense Model, Game Formulation and Numerical Analysis, Security
Games in Wireless Networks, Random Access Security Games,Interference Limited Multiple
Access Security Games, Revocation Games, Discussion and Further Reading, Stochastic
Security Games: Markov Security Games, Markov Game Model, Solving Markov Games,
Stochastic Intrusion Detection Game, Security of Interconnected Systems, Analysis of an
Illustrative Example, Linear Influence Models, Malware Filter Placement Game, Stochastic
Game Formulation, Simulations. Decision Making for Network Security, Security Risk
Management , Quantitative Risk Management, Risk in Networked Systems and Organizations, A
Probabilistic Risk Framework, Dynamic Risk Mitigation AndControl, Security Investment
Games, Influence Network and Game Model, Equilibrium and Convergence Analysis, Incentives
and Game Design, Cooperative Games for Security Risk Management, Coalitional Game Model,
Coalition Formation under Ideal CooperationResource Allocation for Security: An Optimization
Approach To Malware Filtering, Traffic Centrality Measures, Filtering Problem Formulations, A
Robust Control Framework for Security Response, Network Traffic Filtering Model, Derivation
of Optimal Controller and State Estimator, Optimal and Robust Epidemic Response, Epidemic
Models, Feedback Response for Malware Removal, Multiple Networks, Machine Learning for
Intrusion and Anomaly Detection: Intrusion and Anomaly Detection, Intrusion Detection and
Prevention Systems, Open Problems and Challenges, Machine Learning for Security: An
Overview, Overview of Machine Learning Methods, Open Problems and Challenges,
151
Distributed Machine Learning, SVM Classification and Decomposition, Parallel Update
Algorithms, Active Set Method and A Numerical Example, Behavioral Malware Detection.
Text Books:
1. T. Alpcan and T. Basar, ―Network Security: A decision and Game Theoritic Approach‖,
Cambridge University Press.
2. M. Osborne, ―AN Introduction to Game Theory‖, Oxford University Press, 2003.
Reference Books:
2. B. Singh, ―Network Security and Management‖, Third Edition, PHI, 2013.
McGraw Hill, 2010.
4. A. Dixit et al., ―Games of Strategy‖, Third Edition, W Norton Publishers, 2009.
CE667 Trustworthy Computing
Course Objectives:Understanding of TPM capabilities, as well as other trusted computing

standards and technologies
 Secure/Trusted/ Verified Boot
 Remote Attestation
 Use of open source tools for development of trusted process
Be able to maintain and to develop trusted systems.
Course Prerequisites:Basic understanding of Boot Process, Shell Programming and Formal
Methods, Fundamentals of OS.
Syllabus:
Introduction to trusted computing, Techniques for recording platforms state: Recording code
identity, Recording dynamic properties. Use of platform information: Secure boot, Storage
access control based on code identity. Information from platform states. Roots of trust: General-
purpose tamper- resistant and Tamper-responding devices, General –purpose devices without
dedicated physical defenses, Special-purpose minimal devices, Research solutions without
hardware support. Challenges in bootstrapping trust in secure hardware: Problem definition,
Potential solutions. Validating the process. Implementing trust bootstrapping: Open source
tools. Human factors & usability, Limitations: Load-time versus run-time guarantees ,
Hardware attacks.
Text Books:
1. Bryan ParnoJonathan M. McCune, Adrian Perrig, ―Bootstrapping trust in
ModernComputers‖, Springer Briefs in ComputerScience.
2. D.Challener,K.Yoder,R.Catherman,D.Safford,andL.vanDoorn,―APracticalGuide
toTrusted Computing‖, IBM Press, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. DynamicsofaTrustedPlatform:ABuildingBlockApproach,DavidGrawrock,IntelPress;1stedit
ion, ISBN:1934053171.
152
CE684 Digital Forensics
Course Objectives:
 To get into the depth of different domains of digital crimes
 Practically able to detect digital attacks using Commercial/Open -source/Freeware
tools
 To build the case-oriented procedures for new-scenerios.
Prerequisites: Knowledge of OS, Assembly Languages like Python, Number System and their
Conversions, Internal Structure of CD/DVD.
Syllabus:
Introduction to digital forensics, Stages of Forensic:acquisitionorimaging ofexhibits, analysis and
reporting standards, Introduction to legal issuesand IndianCyberLaw-IT Act2000 &2008
Amendments. Introduction to Computer Forensics: Digital Devices with rudimentary
computing power, Memory For en si cs : Onboard memory and static memory(such as USB
pen drives), Network forensics: Evidence or Intrusion detection fromInternetLogs, Monitoring
andanalysisofcomputernetwork(bothlocal network andWAN/internet)traffic for thepurposesof
information gathering, Monitoring Social Networks, Social Network analysis
forOnlineForensics, Database forensics: forensic studyof databasesand their metadata.
Investigativeuse of database contents, logfiles and in-RAM data in order to build atime-lineor
recover relevant information, Mobiledeviceforensics: recoveryof digital evidenceor data from a
mobiledevice, MediaAnalysis:diskstructure,filesystems(NTFS,EXT2/3, HFS), and physical layer
issues.
Text Books:
1. Kanellis, Panagiotis, ―Digital CrimeandForensic Sciencein
Cyberspace‖,IGIPublishing‖,ISBN 1591408733.
2. Marshell, Angus M. (2008), ―Digital Forensics: Digital Evidencein Criminal
Investigation‖, Wiley‐Blackwell, ISBN 0470517751.
Reference Books:
1. Chris Prosise, Kevin Mandia―Incident Response&Computer Dorensics",McGraw-Hill, 2nd
Edition, 2003.
2. PawanDuggal, ―CyberLaws: AnIndian Prespective‖, 3rdEdition, 2009.
3. Rick Ayers, WayneJansenetal.,"Cell Phone Forensic Tools: An Overview andAnalysis",
NISTIR 7250,2010.
4. Paul CrowleyDaveKleiman, ―CD and DVD Forensics‖,SyngressPublishing Inc,2007.
5. Martin Mulazzani, Markus Huber and Edgar Weippl,"Social Network Forensics: Tapping
the Data Pool of Social Networks",Sep 2011.
CE669 Reverse Engineering and Malware Analysis

Course Objectives:The course introduces reverse engineering techniques and explores the
techniques for detecting, analyzing, reverse engineering and eradicating malware.
Upon completion of the course, students should be able to:
 Have a good understanding of reverse engineering techniques and tools
 Identify the different types of malware analysis methods
 Setup an environment for malware analysis
153
 Recognize common malware characteristics
Prerequisites: Assembly language programming, OS fundamentals.
Syllabus:
Introduction to reverse engineering, Low level software, Assembly language primer, Compilers,
Execution Environments, Windows OS fundamentals, Executable file formats, Static & Dynamic
reverse engineering, Reversing tools, Disassemblers, Debuggers, Decompilers, System monitoring
tools, Reversing program binaries, Anti-reversing techniques, Breaking protections, Reversing
‗.NET‘, De-compilation, Introduction to malware, Software vulnerabilities – buffer overflow,
integer overflow, vulnerabilities exploitation, mitigation; Return oriented programming;
Reversing malware – Static & Dynamic malware analysis techniques, Packers & compression,
Sandboxing executables& runtime analysis; Malware classification.
Text Book:
1. EldadEilam, ―Reversing: Secrets of Reverse Engineering‖, Wiley publishing, 2005.
Reference Books:
1. Michael Ligh, Steven Adair, ―Malware Analysts‘s cookbook & DVD‖, Wiley publishing
2. Michael Sikorski and Andrew Honig, Practical Malware Analysis, No Starch Press, 2012.
3. Erik Buchanan, Ryan Roemer, HovavShacham, and Stefan Savage. 2008. ―When good
instructions go bad: generalizing return-oriented programming to RISC.‖
CE668 Ethical Hacking & Cyber Laws

Course Objectives:
1. To learn hoe intruders escalate privilege.
2. Learn about various kinds of attacks- Network Intrusion, DDOS, Malware attacks, Session
Hacking etc.
3. To explore the technical & legal issues related to Cyber Space.
Prerequisites: Basic programming skills.
Syllabus:
Ethical Hacking Basics - Hacking terminology & attacks, Phases - Reconnaissance, Scanning,
Gaining access, Maintaining access, Covering tracks; Reconnaissance - Information gathering,
Vulnerability research, Footprinting; Scanning & Enumeration; Hacking through network -
Sniffing techniques & tools, Network roadblocks & evasion; Attacking system - Password
cracking, escalating privileges exploiting vulnerabilities; Web based attacks; Malware attacks,
DoS, Session Hijacking.
Legal aspects of Cyber Security; Detailed section-by-section analysis of the IT Act, 2000 and IT
(amendment) Act, 2008; Rules and regulations formed under IT Act; Cyber crime and digital
evidences; Latest Cyber crime cases in the country; Intellectual Property Issues and Cyberspace;
Required measures in Indian Cyber Law; Introduction to International Cyber Crime Laws.
Text Book:
1. Patrick Engebretson, The Basics of Hacking and Penetration Testing, Elsevier, 2011.
2. Pavan Duggal, Cyberlaw–The Indian Perspective, 2009 Edition.
Reference Books:
1. Wallace Wang, Steal This Computer Book 4.0, William Pollock publication, 2006.
154
2. http://www.naavi.org/wp/
3. http://deity.gov.in/
CE 690 Parallel and Distributed Systems
Pre-requisites: Fundamental Computer architecture, programming environments, computer networks
Syllabus: Parallel architecture, Distributed architecture, parallel algorithms, parallel databases,

distributed systems, distributed databases
Systems modelling and Virtualization, Clusters for scalable parallel computing, virtual machines,
virtualization of clusters, data centers, computing clouds, service-oriented architectures, Service-
oriented architectures for distributed computing, Cloud programming and software environment,
grids, p2p, future internet, peer-to-peer computing and overlay networks, ubiquitous cloud and
Internet of things,
Text book:
1. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox, and Jack J. Dongarra, ―Distributed and Cloud Computing: From
Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things‖, MorganKaugmann Publications, 2012
2. Hwang, Kai, and Zhiwei Xu. Scalable parallel computing: technology, architecture,
programming. McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1998.
Papers:
1. Fox, Geoffrey C. "Large scale data analytics on clouds." Proceedings of the fourth
international workshop on Cloud data management. ACM, 2012.
2. Shanker, Udai, Manoj Misra, and Anil K. Sarje. "Distributed real time database systems:
background and literature review." Distributed and parallel databases 23.2 (2008): 127-
149.
CE 692 Computational Geometry
Pre-requisites: The students are assumed to have a basic knowledge of the design and analysis of
algorithms and data structures. No knowledge of the application domains is required, and hardly
any knowledge of geometry. The analysis of the randomized algorithms requires very elementary
knowledge of probability theory.
Syllabus: Geometric primitives, Line intersection, randomized incremental concepts, Triangulation and
visibility, Linear programming in two and three dimensions, Orthogonal range searching, Point location
and Binary Space Partitions, Voronoi diagrams and Delaunay triangulation, Convex hulls, Non-orthogonal
range searching
Text Book:
1. ―Computational Geometry: Algorithms and Applications‖, Third Edition (March 2008),Mark

de Berg, TU Eindhoven (the Netherlands), Otfried Cheong, KAIST (Korea), Marc van
Kreveld, Mark Overmars, Utrecht University (the Netherlands), Springer-Verlag
155
CE 694 Big Data Analysis & Algorithms
Prerequisites: Data Structure, programming , computer networks, Statistics
Syllabus:
Introdution to big data analysis: Evolution of big data, data streams, structured & unstructured data,
database models, graph data, normalizations
Big data analytics platforms: architectures, frameworks that enable big data analytics
Big data analytics storage & processing: data preprocessing, , multi-dimensional data models, data
warehousing OLTPs, OLAPS, data warehouse architecutres, datacube computations, big data mining
frequent patterns, big data associations & correlations, classifications & predictions, clustering techniques
& analysis, mining data streams, graph mining mining spatial & temporal objects, predictive analysis, ad
hoc queries, web analytics,
Algorithms for massive data sets, Linked Big Data Analysis – Graph Computing and Network Science,
Big Data Visualization, Big Data Mobile Applications, Large-Scale Machine Learning, Big Data Analytics
on Specific Processors, Hardware and Cluster Platforms for Big Data Analytics, Big Data Next Challenges
– IoT, Cognition, and Beyond
Big data analytics tools
Text books:
1. Data Mining, Jiawei Han & Micheline Kamber, 2nd edition, Elsevier, 2006
2. Introduction To Algorithms, Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronaldo L. Rivest,
Clifford Stien 2nd Edition
CE 695 Cyber-Physical & Self-Organising Systems
Brief: This course examines a new class of computational systems called Cyber-Physical
Systems. Such systems have the potential to provide far-reaching benefits in addressing some of
the toughest problems we face as a society, such as: reducing healthcare costs, minimizing traffic
congestion, and constructing zero-net energy buildings. Four important features characterize
Cyber-Physical Systems (CPS): their ability monitor the underlying physical environment,
reason about the monitored data, control the physical environment through actuation, in a
coordinated manner using a communication medium. It can be seen immediately that in CPS,
the computational element (cyber) and the environment (physical) are tightly coupled, with one
influencing the other. Cyber-Physical Systems sits at the confluence of several traditional
disciplines, such as: embedded systems, real-time systems, sensor networks, control and hybrid
systems, and security. It presents many challenging problems and opportunities for research.
With guidance from the professor, students will survey recent CPS publications, develop an
aptitude. Readings will include papers on CPS applications (e.g., Body Area Networks, smart
automobiles, and energy-efficient buildings), issues involved in designing CPS (e.g., monitoring,
communication, and control), and how to ensure that the designed systems satisfy certain essential
properties (e.g., safety and security).
Syllabus: Introduction, Main Concepts and Background, Self-organising Systems, Self-

organisation in Natural Systems Inspiring Self-organising Software, Agents and Multi-Agent
Systems
Computing trends, Data device proliferation, Confluence of trends, Technological and economic
drivers
156
Self-organisation Mechanisms, Stigmergy , Gossip , Trust and Reputation for Successful Software
Self-organisation, Cooperation , Immune Systems, Holonic Multi-Agent Systems
Engineering Artificial Self-organising Systems, Engineering Self-organising Systems,

Middleware Infrastructures for Self-organising Pervasive Computing Systems
Applications of Self-organising Software, Self-organisation in Constraint Problem Solving,

Adaptive Trust Management, Security in Artificial Systems
Text Books:
1. Self Organising Software from Natural to artificial Adaptation, Di- Marzo Serugendo,
;Gleizer, M-p; Karageorgos, A (Eds), 2011, XVIII,462P; Hardcover ISBN:978-3642-
17347-9
Reading assignments:
Introduction: Brief history of CPS. Motivating problems in CPS.
1. K. Kim and P.R. Kumar, \CyberPhysical Systems: A Perspective at the Centennial,"

Proceedings of the IEEE , vol. 100, May 2012, p. 1287{1308.
2. E. Lee, \Cyber Physical Systems: Design Challenges", Proceedings of the IEEE

Symposium on Object Oriented Real-Time Distributed Computing (ISORC), 2008, p.
363{369.
3. R. Rajkumar, \A Cyber-Physical Future,"Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 100, May 2012,

p. 1309{1312.
4. S. Barnum, S. Sastry, and J. Stankovic, \Roundtable: Reliability of Embedded and

Cyber-Physical Systems," IEEE Security and Reliability , September / October 2010, p.
27{32
Modeling: Continuous systems and discrete event systems.
1. Lygeros, Sastry, and Tomlin, Chapter 2

2. P. Derler, E. Lee, and A. Sangiovanni-Vincentelli, \Modeling Cyber-Physical Systems,"
Proceedings of the IEEE , vol. 100, no. 1, January 2012, p. 13{28.
Control over networks

1. R. Alur, A. D'Innocenzo, K. Johansson, G. Pappas, and G. Weiss, \Compositional
Modeling and Analysis of Multi-Hop Control Networks," IEEE Transactions on
Automatic Control, vol. 56, no. 10, October 2011, p. 2345{2357.
2. J. Hespanha, P. Naghshtabrizi, and Y. Xu, \A Survey of Recent Results in Networked

Control Systems," Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 95, no. 1, January 2007, p. 138{162.
3. M. Pajic, R. Mangharam, G. Pappas, and S. Sundaram, \Topological Conditions for In-

Network Stabilization of Dynamical Systems,"IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in
Communications, vol. 31, no. 4, April 2013.
157
4. G. Hackmann, W. Guo, G. Yan, Z. Sun, C. Lu, and S. Dyke, \Cyber-Physical Codesign of
Distributed Structural Health Monitoring with Wireless Sensor Networks,"IEEE
Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems , vol. 25, no. 1, p. 63{72, January 2014.
Stability of Hybrid and Switched Systems
1. R. A. Decarlo, M. S. Branicky, S. Pettersson, and B. Lennartson, \Perspectives and Results

on the Stability and Stabilizability of Hybrid Systems," Proceedings of the IEEE ,vol. 8,
no. 7, p. 1069{1082, July 2000.
2. D. Liberzon and A. S. Morse, \Basic problems in stability and design of switched

systems,"
IEEE Control Systems Magazine , vol. 19, no. 5, pp. 59{70, October 1999.
3. M. Branicky, \Multiple Lyapunov functions and other analysis tools for switched and
hybrid systems," IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control , vol. 43, no. 4, p. 75{482,
April 1998.
4. J. Hespanha, \Uniform Stability of Switched Linear Systems: Extensions of LaSalle's

Invariance Principle," IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control , vol. 49, no. 4,
p.470{482, April 2004
158
M Tech in Computer Science and Engineering
(Software Engineering & Intelligent Systems)
Semester I
Sr. No. Course Course Contact Hours / Week Credits

Code
L T/P
1 CE 601 Advanced Software Engineering 3 1 4
2 CE 602 Cyber Security & Cryptography 3 1 4
3 CE 603 Software Verification, 3 1 4

Validation&Reliability Standards
4 CE 604 Computational Intelligence 3 1 4
5 CE 680 Data Mining Techniques 3 1 4
Total 18 5 23
Semester II

Code
L T/P
1 CE 605 Evolving Intelligent Systems 3 1 4
2 CE 682 Secure Software Engineering 3 1 4
3 CE664 Network Security 3 1 4
4 CE606 Object Oriented Modelling & Design 3 1 4
5 Elective III 3 0 3
6 Elective IV 3 0 3
7 TM649 Scientific/Engg. Practices and Skills 3 0 3

Total 21 4 25
159
Semester III

Code
L T/P
1 Elective V 3 3
2 Elective VI 3 3
3 CE 651 MTech Dissertation Phase I 16 8
Total 22 14
Semester IV
Code
L T/P
1 CE 652 MTech Dissertation Phase II 28 14
Total 28 14
Elective Subjects for Semester II, III & IV:
1. CE607 Decision Support Systems
2. CE 681 Mobile Computing
3. CE608 Semantic based System & Web Intelligence
4. CE 609 Principle of Compiler Design & OS

6. CE 690 Parallel & Distributed Systems
7. CE 691 Secure Wireless Sensor Networks
8. CE 610 Information Retrieval Systems
9. AM 625 Digital Image Processing
10. AM 628 Computational Number Theory and Cryptography
11. EE 607 Advanced Wireless Communication
12. EE 613 Electronic Warfare
13. EE 618 DSP System Design
14. TM 609 System Engineering
15. TM 611 Software Projects Management
160
16. EE 609 SoC and Embedded Systems
17. CE 667 Trustworthy Computing
18. CE 611 Genetic Algorithm & Artificial Neural Networks
19. CE 688 Game Theory
20. CE 612 Soft Computing
22. CE 692 Computational Geometry & Applications
23. CE 694 Big data Analysis & Algorithms
24. CE 695 Cyber-Physical & Self-Organising Systems
25. CE 662 Operating System Security
26. CE 613 Software Architecture & Design Patterns
27. CE614 Principles of Programming Languages
28. CE615 Advanced Algorithms
CE601 Advanced Software Engineering
 Introduction : FAQs about Software Engineering; Professional and ethical

responsibility;Software process models; Process iteration; Process activities; Computer-
Aided Software Engineering.
 Rapid Software Development, Software Reuse: Agile methods; Extreme programming;
Rapid application development. Reuse landscape; Design patterns; Generator-based reuse;
Application frameworks; Application system reuse.
 CBSE :Components and component models; Component-Based Software Engineering
(CBSE).
 Software Evolution: Program evolution dynamics; Software maintenance; Evolution
processes; Legacy system evolution.
 Verification and Validation: Planning verification and validation; Software inspections;
System testing; Component testing; Test case design; Test automation.
 Critical Systems, Specifications of Critical Systems: What are critical systems? Examples;
System dependability, availability and reliability. Risk-driven specification; Safety
specification; Security specification; Software reliability specification.
161
 Critical Systems Development, Validation: Dependable processes; Dependable
programming; Fault tolerance and fault tolerant architectures.
 Reliability validation; Safety assurance; Security assessment; Safety and dependability
cases.
 Distributed Systems Architecture: Multiprocessor architectures; Client-Server
architectures; Distributed object architectures; Inter-Organizational distributed computing.
 Real-Time Software Design: Real-time systems; System design; Monitoring and control
systems; Dataacquisition systems.
 Capability Maturity Model(CMM): 5 levels of maturity, KPAs, CMM in Software
 SWEBOK: Software Engineering Body of Knowledge
Text Books:
1. Ian Sommerville: Software Engineering, 8th Edition, Pearson, 2007.
2. Pankaj Jalote, ―An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering‖, Third Edition, Narosa
Publications
3. SWEBOK, IEEE Computer Society
Reference Books:
1. Roger S. Pressman: Software Engineering: A Practitioner‘s Approach, 7th Edition, Mc
Graw Hill, 2007.
CE 602 Cyber Security & Cryptography

Objective: Developed the knowledge of security concepts, cyber attacks and technologies to
develop secure IT infrastructure.
Prerequisites: Basic understanding of Number Theory, Fundamentals of Operating Systems.
Vulnerability types, Taxonomy of Attacks, Defense Mechanisms, Basics of cryptography -
symmetric versus asymmetric key encryption. Early ciphers - Caesar, Vigenere, Hill,
etc.Substitution, permutation and product ciphers. Block versus stream ciphers. Basics of entropy
and perfect secrecy, DES, Mathematical foundations of the discrete logarithm problem, Diffie-
Hellman Key Exchange, Mathematical foundations of RSA, Attacks on RSA, The cryptographic
hash – properties, The cryptographic hash - construction, the Birthday paradox, digital signature,
Digital certificates and the Public Key Infrastructure.
Transport layer security (TLS/SSL), Vulnerabilities in IP, TCP, ARP, ICMP, UDP, DoS/DDos
attacks, Software vulnerabilities - buffer overflow, cross site scripting and SQL injection.
162
Malware - types and propagation vectors, Intrusion Detection and prevention, Types, models and
mechanisms of Access Control, Operating System support for access control, Firewall principles
and configuration.
Text Books:
1. ―Cryptography & Network Security‖ by William Stallings4th Edition, 2006, Pearson
Education Asia.
2. ―Cryptography and Network Security‖ by Behrouz A. Forouzan, Mc Graw Hill.
3. ―Cryptography & Network Security‖ by Kahate A, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2004.
4. Morrie Gasser: Building a Secure Computer System
5. Michael Ligh, Steven Adair, Malware Analysts‘s cookbook, Wiley publishing
CE603: Software Verification, Validation& Reliability Standards
Objectives:
On successful completion of the module
 The students should have a good knowledge and understanding of correctness,
consistency, faults and failures, static analysis and testing.
 The student should be able to understand the use of logic as a formal language for the
specification of systems, to understand the use of symbolic execution, and the main
verification techniques used in symbolic model checking, and be able to verify simple
systems.
 The students should have a good understanding of the range of approaches to testing that
can be applied to software systems and be able to undertake both black-box and white-box
(unit-level) testing.
 The students will be able to appreciate the limitations of the current tools and have insights
in ongoing research topics to overcome them.
CONTENTS:
UNIT I - Basic concepts:
Software engineering lifecycle context; Correctness; Soundness and completeness; Faults; Errors;
Failures; Static and dynamic analysis
UNIT II - Validation:
163
Kinds of testing (unit, functional, integration, system, acceptance, regression); Black Box Testing:
input partitioning and combinatorial testing; Coverage and Structural Testing; Mutation Testing;
Regression Testing
UNIT III - Verification:
Propositional and Predicate Logic ; Specifying and verifying programs; Symbolic Execution;
Hoare Logic; Model Checking; Temporal Logic: NuSMV, Computational Tree Logic (CTL);
Abstract Interpretation
UNIT IV – Software Reliability standards
References:
1. KshirasagarNaik and PriyadarshiTripathy, ―Software Testing and Quality Assurance:
Theory and Practice‖, Wiley, 1st edition.
2. Yue Jia and Mark Harman, ―An Analysis and Survey of the Development of Mutation
Testing‖, IEEE Transactions on Software Engineering, vol. 37 no. 5, pp. 649 – 678,
September 2011.
3. Shin Yoo and Mark Harman, ―Regression Testing Minimisation, Selection and
Prioritisation: A Survey‖, Journal of Software Testing, Verification and Reliability,
22(2):67-120.
4. S. Anand, E. Burke, T. Y. Chen, J. Clark, M. B. Cohen, W. Grieskamp, M. Harman, M. J.
Harrold and P. McMinn. ―An Orchestrated Survey on Automated Software Test Case
Generation‖, Journal of Systems and Software, vol. 86, no. 8, August 2013, pp. 1978–
2001.
5. P. McMinn, ―Search-Based Software Test Data Generation: A Survey‖, Software Testing,
Verification and Reliability, vol. 14, no. 2, June 2004, pp. 105–156.
6. Alex Groce, Amin Alipour, and Rahul Gopinath, ―Coverage and its discontents‖,
Wayward Essay 2014, http://www.cs.cmu.edu/ ~agroce/onwardessays14.pdf
(Ref: http://www.cs.ucl.ac.uk/; http://www.csun.edu/ )
CE 604 Computational Intelligence

Preliminaries in Computational Intelligence, Overview of Neural Networks, Learning in NN, The
Perceptron Convergence Theorem Multi-Layer Perceptron, Data Pre-Processing, Regression,
Universal Approximation, Classification, Time-SeriesPrediction, Unsupervised Learning: k-
Means, SOM, Evolutionary Learning, Genetic Algorithms, Dimensionality Reduction & Feature
Selection, Radial Basis Function Network, Support Vector Machines (SVM), Swarm Intelligence
& Ant Colony Optimization, Simulated Annealing, Probability and Learning: Naive Bayes, EM
164
Algorithm, k-Nearest Neighbor, Fuzzy Systems, Hybrid Intelligent Systems, Expert
Systems, Neuro-Fuzzy Systems, Associative Memories: Hopfield NN & Boltzmann Machine
Text Books:
1. Eberhart& Shi, ―Computational Intelligence ‐ Concepts to Implementations‖
Reference Books:
1. AndriesEngelbrecht (2007), ―Computational Intelligence: an Introduction‖, Wiley
2. Amit Konar (2005), ―Computational Intelligence: Principles, Techniques, and
Applications ‖, Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg
3. Stuart Russell, Peter Norvig (2009), ―Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach‖,
Pearson Elaine Rich & Kevin Knight (1999), ―Artificial Intelligence‖, TMH, 2nd Edition
4. NP Padhy (2010), ―Artificial Intelligence & Intelligent System‖, Oxford
5. ZM Zurada (1992), ―Introduction to Artificial Neural Systems‖, West Publishing
Company
6. Timothy J Ross (2004), ―Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications‖, John Wiley & Sons
Ltd.
CE680 Data Mining Technique

Course Objectives:
 To learn the advanced techniques w.r.t. the applications in different fields
 To implement those techniques using MATLAB/C/C++ and test them on bench-marked
datasets.
 To validate their understanding in terms of developing atleast 2/3 functionalities in Cyber
Security domain using Open-Source Tool
Pre- Requisites: Knowledgeof StatisticalTechniques, ProbabilityTheory, Data Structures and

Algorithms.
Syllabus: Introduction pattern recognition, Linear Classifiers: Bayes Decision Theory, Least
square methods, Support Vector Machines, Non Linear Classifiers: Back Propagation Algorithm,
Radial Basis Function Networks, Decision Trees, Random Forest Trees, CombiningClassifiers.
Algorithm Association Rules Mining: Apriorialgorithm , Partition algorithm, Dynamicinset
counting algorithm, FP– treegrowth algorithm, Generalized association rule, Temporal Data
mining: Basic concepts of temporal data Mining, GSPAlgorithm, Template MatchingTechniques.
Clustering Algorithms: Sequential Algorithms, Hierarchical clustering algorithms, Clustering
165
algorithms based of cost function optimization.Clustering algorithms based on Graph Theory,
Clustering algorithms based on competitive learning. Data Mining for Intrusion detection,
Futuristic Technologies for Cyber Security.
Text Books:
1. Richard ODudaand Peter EHart, ―Pattern Classification‖, 2ndEdition,Wiley-Interscience,
2000.
2. JiaweiHan, MichelineKamber, and Jian Pei, Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques, 3rd
Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.
ReferenceBooks:
1. S Theodoridis and K Koutroumbas, ―Pattern Recognition‖, 4th Edition, Academic Press,
2009.
4. Roddick, J., Spiliopoulou, M. ―A Survey of Temporal Knowledge Discovery Paradigms
and Methods‖, In IEEE Transactions of Knowledge and Data Engineering, vol. 13, 2001.
5. AnoopSinghal, ―Data Warehousing and Data Mining Techniques for Cyber Security‖,
Springer US, 2007.
CE 605 Evolving Intelligent Systems

Evolving Fuzzy Systems: Learning Methods for Evolving Intelligent Systems, Evolving Takagi-
Sugeno Fuzzy Systems from Data Streams, Fuzzy Models of Evolvable Granularity, Evolving
Fuzzy Modeling Using Participatory Learning, Towards Robust and Transparent Evolving Fuzzy
Systems, The building of fuzzy systems in real-time: towards interpretable fuzzy rules, Evolving
Neuro-Fuzzy Systems: On-line Feature Selection for Evolving Intelligent Systems, Stability
Analysis of an On-Line Evolving Neuro-Fuzzy Network, On-line Identification of Self-
organizing Fuzzy Neural Networks for Modelling Time-varying Complex Systems, Data Fusion
via Fission for the Analysis of Brain Death, Evolving Fuzzy Clustering and Classification:
Similarity Analysis and Knowledge Acquisition by Use of Evolving Neural Models and Fuzzy
Decision, An Extended version of Gustafson-Kessel Clustering Algorithm for Evolving Data
Stream Clustering, Evolving Fuzzy Classification of Non-Stationary Time Series, Applications of
EIS: Evolving Intelligent Sensors in Chemical Industry, Recognition of Human Grasps by Fuzzy
Modeling, Evolutionary Architecture for Lifelong Learning and Real-time Operation in
Autonomous Robots Applications of Evolving Intelligent Systems to Oil and Gas Industry
166
Text Book:
1. PlamenAngelov , Dimitar P. Filev, Nik Kasabov (2010), ―Evolving Intelligent Systems:
Methodology and Applications‖ Wiley-IEEE Press.
Reference Books:
1. JunzoWatada (2009), ―Intelligent Systems and Technologies: Methods and Applications‖,
Springer
2. FakhreddineKarray, Clarence de Silva (2004), ―Soft Computing and Intelligent Systems
Design‖, Addison-Wesley
3. Stephan Marsland (2009), ―Machine Learning: An Algorithmic Perspective‖, CRC Press
CE 682 Secure Software Engineering

Fundamentals of Software Engineering, Requirements Engineering, Design Concepts, Software
Testing Fundamentals. The security Development Lifecycle, Confinement, Boot integrity,
Architectural approaches to building secure Software, Dynamic Root of trust for Measurement,
Run- time enforcement of Security Policies, Software only root of trust (SWORT), Usable and
Secure Password, Security Protocols and Verification, Static Analysis of software, Combining
static and dynamic analysis, Control Flow Integrity, Language based Approaches to building
Secure Software.
Texts/References:
1. Software Engineering - Roger S Pressman - 5th edition.
2. An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering, Pankaj Jalote Third Edition, Narosa
Publishing House
3. The security Development Lifecycle, by Michael Howard and Steve Lipner
4. Security in Computing, By Charles P. Pfleeger , Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, Publisher:
Prentice Hall Print ISBN-10: 0-13-239077-9
5. Threat Modeling by Frank Swiderski, Window Snyder, Microsoft Press, ISBN-
10:0735619913
6. Research Paper and Articles in Journals and Conference Proceedings
CE 664 Network Security

Introduction: OSI security Architecture, Security Principles, Security Attacks, A model of
Network Security, Qualities of Good Network,Security at the Application Layer: Email
Architecture, PGP, S/MIME, 148
167
Security at the Transport Layer: SSL Architecture, Transport Layer Security, Secure Electronic
Transactions, Security at Network Layer: Internet Key Exchange( ISKMP), Intruder Detection:
Intruder Detection Systems, Malicious Software: Password Management Viruses and related
threats, Virus Counter Measures, Distributed Denial of service attack, Firewall: Firewall design
principles, Trusted systems, Security Evaluation Common criteria, Authentication: Kerberos V4,
Kerberos V5, X.509 Authentication, Public Key Infrastructure, Physical Layer Security: Secure
communication over noisy channel, Channel coding for secrecy,Secret key agreement, Active
attacks, Physical layer security and classical ryptography, Networking Security: Network coding
basics, System aspects of network coding, Practical network coding protocols, Security
Vulnerabilities, Securing network coding against passive attacks, Fundamentals of coding theory,
Wireless Security: Wireless LAN Security, Web Security: SSL/TLS, Secure HTTP, Gathering
Information: Network Reconnaisance, Traceroute, Port Scanning, ICMP Scanning, Sniffing,
Probing Routers, Attacks: DOS Attacks, IP Spoofing, TCP Wrappers, Password Cracking,
Windows and Unix attacks, Key logger, input validation attacks, Buffer Overflow attacks, Log
file hacking, Game Theory and Network Security. Labs.Setting up Networks with firewalls/IDS,
Packet sniffing to understand protocols, Meta Sploit framework protocols.
Text Books:
1. B. Menenzes, "Network Security and Cryptography", Cengage Learning, 2011.
2. B.A. Forouzan and D. Mukhopdhyay, ―Cryptography and Network Security‖, 2ndEdition,
McGraw Hill, 2010.
Reference Books:
1. Fadia, ―Network Security: A Hacker‗s Perspective‖, Second Edition, Macmilan, 2013.
2. W. Stallings, ―Network Security Essentials‖, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
CE 606 Object Oriented Modelling & Design

Objectives:
1. To learn basic OO Modelling and design skills
2. To use the UML design diagrams
Prerequisites: Software Engineering
Unit 1: Introduction to UML : Importance of modelling, object oriented modelling, conceptual

model of the UML, Architecture, Software Development Life Cycle.
168
Unit II: Inception – Introduction of Inception, Artifacts in InceptionUse case Modeling - Relating
Use cases – include, extend and generalization.
Unit III: Classes, Relationships, common Mechanisms, and diagrams. Finding conceptual
classAssociations -hierarchies- Aggregation and Composition- UML modelling for Class &
Object Diagrams. Designing objects with responsibilities – Creator – Information expert – Low
Coupling – High Cohesion – Controller .UML modelling for Class & Object Diagrams.
Unit IV: Interactions, Interaction diagrams, UML interaction diagrams. Events and signals, state
machines, processes and Threads, time and space, state chart diagrams.
Text Book:
1. Craig Larman,"Applying UML and Patterns: An Introduction to object-orientedAnalysis
and Design and iterative development‖, Third Edition, Pearson Education.
Reference Books:
1. Grady Booch, James Rumbaugh, Ivar Jacobson : The Unified Modeling Language User
Guide, Pearson Education
2. AtulKahate: Object Oriented Analysis & Design, The McGraw-Hill Companies.
3. MichealBlaha, James Rambaugh, ―Object-Oriented Modeling and Design with
UML‖,Second Edition, Prentice Hall of India Private Limited.
CE 607 Decision Support Systems

Decision Support and Business Intelligence: Decision Support Systems and Business Intelligence,
Computerized Decision Support: Decision Making, Systems, Modeling, and Support, Decision
Support Systems Concepts, Methodologies, and Technologies: An Overview,Modeling and
Analysis, The Essentials of Business Intelligence: Data Warehousing,Business Analytics and
Data Visualization, Data, Text, and Web Mining, Neural Networks for Data Mining, Business
Performance Management, Collaboration, Communication, Group Support Systems, and
Knowledge Management: Collaborative Computing-Supported Technologies and Group Support
Systems, Knowledge Management, Intelligent Systems: Artificial Intelligence and Expert
Systems, Advanced Intelligent Systems, Intelligent Systems over the Internet, Implementing
Decision Support Systems: Systems Development and Acquisition, Integration, Impacts, and the
Future of Management Support Systems
Text Book:
169
1. Efraim Turban, Jay E. Aronson (2008), Ting-Peng Liang, Ramesh Sharda, ―Decision
Support and Business Intelligence Systems‖ 8th Edition, Pearson-Prentice Hall
Reference Book:
1. Clyde W. Holsapple, Andrew B. Whinston (2010), ―Decision Support Systems-
A Knowledge-Based Approach‖, West Pub. Co.
CE681 Mobile Computing

Objectives:Course provides introduction to the fundamentals of mobile computing, mobile
application development as well as wireless communication and security. Students will gain a
sound understanding of the core concepts of mobile networks and the design of cellular networks
including approaches to maximize the available capacity. The course will look at some current
research in mobile computing security and wireless security. Students will learn android
application development framework and use it to implement their assignments.
Course Prerequisites: Students are required to gain knowledge of basics of computer

networking. Principle of Cellular Communication, Overview 1G, 2G, 3G, 4G, LTE, 5G
technologies. Wireless Transmission: Frequencies for radio transmission, Signals, Antennas,
Signal Propagation, Multiplexing. Modulation, Spread spectrum, Cellular systems. Medium
Access Control: Motivation for a specialized MAC, SDMA, FDMA, TDMA, CDMA,
Comparison. GSM: Cellular Systems, Mobile Services, System Architecture, Radio Interface,
Protocols, Localization and calling, Handover, Security. Data services: GPRS, HSCSD Mobility
management: Handoff, Roaming Management, Handoff Detection Strategies, Channel
Assignment, Radio Link transfer, GSM Location Update, Mobility Databases, Failure Restoration,
VLR Overflow Control. Satellite Systems: GEO, LEO, MEO, Routing, Localization, Handover.
Wireless LAN: Infrared and radio transmission, Infrastructure and Ad-hoc network, IEEE 802.11,
Bluetooth. Mobile Device Platforms: Mobile OS, Palm Os, Win CE and Symbian. Mobile
Network Layer: Mobile IP, MobileAd-hoc Networks, Cellular Digital Packet Data (CDPD),
Wireless Local Loop (WLL) systems. Mobile Transport Layer: Traditional TCP, Classical TCP
Improvements, Mobile-TCP. Wireless Application Protocol (WAP): WAP Architecture, Wireless
Markup Language (WML), WML-Script, WAP 2.0. Wireless Network Security: IEEE 802.11
Wireless LAN Attacks, Different Attack Tools, Different Types of Security Mechanisms, Wired
Equivalent Privacy (WEP), Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA), Wi-Fi Protected Access –II (WPA-2),
Deploying Secure Wireless networks, Security in Bluetooth, Security in Adhoc Networks. Case
Study: Android Application Development, Android Security.
170
1. Jochen Schiller, "Mobile Communication", 2nd Edition, Pearson Education.
2. Yi Bing Lin and ImrichChlamtac, "Wireless and Mobile Networks Architecture", John
Wiley & sons, 2001.
3. Ed Burnette, "Hello Android", Pragmatic Bookshelf; Third Edition edition, 2010.
4. Yan Zhang, Jun Zheng, Miao Ma, ―Handbook of Research on Wireless Security‖,
Volume 1, Idea Group Inc (IGI), 01-Jan-2008.
5. Raj Kamal, ―Mobile Computing‖, illustrated edition, Oxford University Press, Oxford
higher education, 2007.
CE 608 Semantic Based System & Web Intelligence

Objectives:
 To learn Web Intelligence
 To learn Knowledge Representation for the Semantic Web
 To learn Ontology Engineering
 To learn Semantic Web Applications, Services and Technology
 To learn Social Network Analysis and semantic web
Contents:
Unit I - Web Intelligence:
Thinking and Intelligent Web Applications, The Information Age ,The World Wide Web,
Limitations of Today‘s Web, The Next Generation Web, Machine Intelligence, Artificial
Intelligence, Ontology, Inference engines, Software Agents, Berners-Lee www, Semantic Road
Map, Logic on the semantic Web.
Unit II - Knowledge Representation for the Semantic Web:
Ontologies and their role in the semantic web, Ontologies Languages for the Semantic Web –
Resource Description Framework(RDF) / RDF Schema, Ontology Web
Language(OWL),UML,XML/XML Schema.
Unit III - Ontology Engineering:
Ontology Engineering, Constructing Ontology, Ontology Development Tools, Ontology Methods,
Ontology Sharing and Merging, Ontology Libraries and Ontology Mapping, Logic, Rule and
Inference Engines.
Unit IV-Semantic Web Applications, Services and Technology:
171
Semantic Web applications and services, Semantic Search, e-learning, Semantic Bioinformatics,
Knowledge Base ,XML Based Web Services, Creating an OWL-S Ontology for Web Services,
Semantic Search Technology, Web Search Agents and Semantic Methods,
Unit V - Social Network Analysis and semantic web:
What is social Networks analysis, development of the social networks analysis, Electronic
Sources for Network Analysis – Electronic Discussion networks, Blogs and Online Communities,
Web Based Networks. Building Semantic Web Applications with social network features.
References:
1. Thinking on the Web - Berners Lee, Godel and Turing, Wiley interscience,2008.
2. Social Networks and the Semantic Web, Peter Mika,Springer,2007.
3. Semantic Web Technologies, Trends and Research in Ontology Based Systems, J.Davies,
R.Studer, P.Warren, John Wiley & Sons.
4. Semantic Web and Semantic Web Services -Liyang Lu Chapman and Hall/CRC
Publishers,(Taylor & Francis Group)
5. Information Sharing on the semantic Web - Heiner Stuckenschmidt; Frank Van Harmelen,
Springer Publications.
6. Programming the Semantic Web,T.Segaran,C.Evans,J.Taylor,O‘Reilly,SPD.
(Ref: http://jntuh.ac.in/, http://mnnit.ac.in )
CE 609 Principles of Compiler Design & Operating System
Objectives:
 To apply Structure and functions of OS
 To apply Processes and Threads, Scheduling algorithms
 The student needs to understand the Principles of concurrency and Memory management
 The student will learn the fundamentals of I/O management and File systems
 To understand, design and implement Lexical analyzer& parser
Contents:
UNIT I - INTRODUCTION TO COMPILER DESIGN:
Compilers – Analysis of the source program – Phases of a compiler – Cousins of the Compiler –
Grouping of Phases – Compiler construction tools – Lexical Analysis – Role of Lexical Analyzer
– Specification of Tokens.
UNIT II - PARSER & SYNTAX ANALYSIS:
172
Role of the parser –Writing Grammars –Context-Free Grammars – Top Down parsing – Recursive
Descent Parsing – Predictive Parsing – Bottom-up parsing – Shift Reduce Parsing – Operator
Precedent Parsing – LR Parsers – SLR Parser – Canonical LR Parser- Syntax directed definitions
– Construction of syntax trees
UNIT III - INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEM:
Computer System Overview-Basic Elements, Interrupts, Operating system overview-objectives
and functions, Evolution of OS- Process States, Process Description and Process Control.
Processes and Threads, Types of Threads, Multithreading.
UNIT IV - CONCURRENCY & MEMORY MANAGEMENT:
Principles of Concurrency - Mutual Exclusion, Semaphores, Deadlocks – prevention- avoidance –
detection .Scheduling: Types of Scheduling – Scheduling algorithms. Memory management -
Partitioning, Paging and Segmentation-Virtual memory
UNIT V - INPUT/OUTPUT AND FILE SYSTEMS:
I/O management and disk scheduling – I/O devices, organization of I/O functions; OS design
issues, I/O buffering, disk scheduling, Disk cache. File management – Organization, Directories,
File sharing, and Record blocking, secondary storage management.
References:
1. William Stallings, ―Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles‖, Prentice Hall,
7th Edition, 2011.
2. Andrew S. Tannenbaum & Albert S. Woodhull, ―Operating System Design and
Implementation‖, Prentice Hall , 3rd Edition, 2006.
3. Alfred Aho, Ravi Sethi, and Jeffrey D Ullman, ―Compilers Principles, Techniques and
Tools‖, Pearson Education Asia, 2010.
4. Allen I. Holub, ―Compiler Design in C‖, Prentice Hall of India, 2003.
5. C. N. Fischer and R. J. LeBlanc, ―Crafting a compiler with C‖, Benjamin Cummings,
2003.
6. Andrew S. Tannenbaum, ―Modern Operating Systems‖, Prentice Hall,3rd Edition,2007.
7. Gary J.Nutt, ―Operating Systems‖, Pearson/Addison Wesley, 3rd Edition 2004. 8.
http://os-book.com SE2103 OBJECT
(Ref: http://www.srmuniv.ac.in/ )
 Introduction: Motivation, System view of high availability design, Terminology
173
 Hardware redundancy: Basic approaches, Static & Dynamic, Voting, Fault tolerant
 Error detection techniques: Watchdog processors, Heartbeats, Consistency and

capability checking, Data audits, Assertions, Control-flow checking Application:
DHCP
 Software fault tolerance: Process pairs, Robust data structures, N version

programming, Recovery blocks, Replica consistency & reintegration,
Multithreaded programs Application: HP Himalaya Servers
 Network fault tolerance: Reliable communication protocols, Agreement protocols,

 Practical steps in design of high availability networked systemsApplication: Web

services, Highly available clusters
 Check pointing& Recovery Application: Microcheckpointing
 Attack dimension to failures, byzantine generals problem, in context of side-

channel attacks study fault induced leads to catastrophic failure
 Case Studies
Text Book:
1. Koren and C. Mani Krishna, Fault-tolerant Systems, 1st edition, 2007, Morgan
Kaufmann.
Reference Book:
1. D. P. Siewiorek and R. S. Swarz, Reliable Computer Systems - Design and

Evaluation, 3rd edition, 1998, A.K. Peters, Limited.
2. D. K. Pradhan, ed., Fault Tolerant Computer System Design, 1st edition, 1996,
Prentice-Hall.
CE 690 Parallel and Distributed Systems
Pre-requisites: Fundamental Computer architecture, programming environments,

computer networks Syllabus: Parallel architecture, Distributed architecture, parallel
174
algorithms, parallel databases, distributed systems, distributed databases Systems
modelling and Virtualization, Clusters for scalable parallel computing, virtual machines,
virtualization of clusters, data centers, computing clouds, service-oriented architectures,
Service-oriented architectures for distributed computing, Cloud programming and
software environment, grids, p2p, future internet, peer-to-peer computing and overlay
networks, ubiquitous cloud and Internet of things,
Text book:
1. Kai Hwang, Geoffrey C. Fox, and Jack J. Dongarra, ―Distributed and Cloud
Computing: From Parallel Processing to the Internet of Things‖,
MorganKaugmann Publications, 2012
2. Hwang, Kai, and Zhiwei Xu. Scalable parallel computing: technology, architecture,
programming. McGraw-Hill, Inc., 1998.
Papers:
1. Fox, Geoffrey C. "Large scale data analytics on clouds." Proceedings of the fourth
international workshop on Cloud data management. ACM, 2012.
2. Shanker, Udai, Manoj Misra, and Anil K. Sarje. "Distributed real time database
systems: background and literature review." Distributed and parallel databases
23.2 (2008): 127-149.
CE 691 Secure Wireless Sensor Networks
Wireless Sensor networks (WSN) is an emerging technology and have great potential to
be employed in critical situations like battlefields and commercial applications such as
building, traffic surveillance, habitat monitoring and smart homes and many more
scenarios. One of the major challenges wireless sensor networks face today is security.
While the deployment of sensor nodes in an unattended environment makes the
networks vulnerable to a variety of potential attacks, the inherent power and memory
limitations of sensor nodes makes conventional security solutions unfeasible. The
sensing technology combined with processing power and wireless communication makes
it profitable for being exploited in great quantity in future. The wireless communication
technology also acquires various types of security threats.
Objective: To meet End-User, Network-Administrator and Network-Designer

perspectives
175
Subject Contents: Introduction, WSN Resources & constraints, Relevance to Cyber-
Physical Systems, Relevance to Network Centric Warfare, Relevance to Data Stream
Management Systems, Relevance to the increasing demand of high performance
computations, SCADA, battle sensor WSN Network Architecture, MAC Layer protocols,
Naming and Addressing, Synchronization, Location & positioning, Topology control,
Connected Dominating Sets, Routing Protocols, Data-Centric & Content-based
networking, Data-Centric querying Vulnerabilities, threats, attacks & safeguards in WSN,
key distribution methods & protocols, multi-party computations inclusion, RF-Id
communications, open source hardware concept, Security goals for WSNs, Attacks on
WSNs: Passive & Active Attacks, Security Mechanisms, Security Models for WSNs,
Challenges in WSNs: with respect to wireless medium, resource scarcity, ad-hoc
deployments, hostile environments, immense scale, etc. Application oriented: Secure
Wireless Networks.
1. Ian F. Akykildiz, Weilian Su, Yogesh Sankarasubramaniam, and ErdalCayirci, ―A

Survey on Sensor Networks‖, IEEE Communication Magazine, year 2002
2. Culler, D. E and Hong, W., ―Wireless Sensor Networks‖, Communication of the

ACM, Vol. 47, No. 6, June 2004, pp. 30-33.
3. Adrian Perrig, John Stankovic, David Wagner, ―Security in Wireless Sensor

Networks‖ Communications of the ACM, Page53-57, 2004
4. Chris Karlof, David Wagner, ―Secure Routing in Wireless Sensor Networks:

Attacks and Countermeasures‖, AdHoc Networks (elsevier), Page: 299-302, year
2003
5. Al-Sakib Khan Pathan, Hyung-Woo Lee, ChoongSeon Hong, ―Security in

Wireless Sensor Networks: Issues and Challenges‖, International conference on
Advanced Computing Technologies, Page1043-1045, year 2006
6. John Paul Walters, Zhengqiang Liang, Weisong Shi, Vipin Chaudhary, ―Wireless
Sensor Network Security: A Survey‖, Security in Distributed, Grid and Pervasive
Computing Yang Xiao (Eds), Page3-5, 10-15, year 2006
7. Pathan, A.S.K.; Hyung-Woo Lee; ChoongSeon Hong, ―Security in wireless

sensor networks: issues and challenges‖ Advanced Communication Technology
(ICACT), Page(s):6, year 2006
176
8. Tahir Naeem, Kok-Keong Loo, Common Security Issues and Challenges in
Wireless Sensor Networks and IEEE 802.11 Wireless Mesh Networks,
International Journal of Digital Content Technology and its Applications, Page 89-
90 Volume 3, Number 1, year 2009
9. Undercoffer, J., Avancha, S., Joshi, A. and Pinkston, J. ―Security for sensor
networks‖. In Proceedings of the CADIP Research Symposium, University of
Maryland, Baltimore County, USA, year 2002
http://www.cs.sfu.ca/~angiez/personal/paper/sensor-ids.pdf
10. Zia, T.; Zomaya, A., ―Security Issues in Wireless Sensor Networks‖, Systems
and Networks Communications (ICSNC) Page(s):40 – 40, year 2006
11. Xiangqian Chen, Kia Makki, Kang Yen, and Niki Pissinou, Sensor Network
Security: A Survey, IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, vol. 11, no.
2,page(s): 52-62, year 2009
12. D. Djenouri, L. Khelladi, and N. Badache, ―A Survey of Security Issues in Mobile

ad hoc and Sensor Networks,‖ IEEE Commun. Surveys Tutorials, vol. 7, pp. 2–28,
year 2005.
13. S. Schmidt, H. Krahn, S. Fischer, and D. Watjen, ―A Security Architecture for

Mobile Wireless Sensor Networks,‖ in Proc. 1st European Workshop Security Ad-
Hoc Sensor Networks (ESAS), 2004.
14. Y. Wang, G. Attebury, and B. Ramamurthy, ―A Survey of Security Issues in

Wireless Sensor Networks,‖ IEEE Commun. Surveys Tutorials, vol. 8, pp. 2–23,
year 2006.
15. Yun Zhou, Yuguang Fang, Yanchao Zhang, Securing Wireless Sensor Networks
Networks: A Survey, IEEE Communications Surveys & Tutorials, year 2008
16. Xiuli Ren, Security Methods for Wireless Sensor Networks, Proceedings of the
2006 IEEE International Conference on Mechatronics and Automation , Page:
1925 ,year 2006
17. R.Roman, J. Zhou, and J. Lopez, ―On the security of wireless sensor networks,‖
in International Conference on Computational Science and Its Applications –
ICCSA 2005, May 9-12 2005, vol. 3482 of Lecture Notes in Computer Science,
(Singapore), pp. 681–690, Springer Verlag, Heidelberg, D-69121, Germany, 2005.
177
18. N. Sastry and D. Wagner, ―Security considerations for ieee 802.15.4 networks,‖
in Proceedings of the 2004 ACM workshop on Wireless security, pp. 32–42,
Philadelphia, PA, USA: ACM Press, 2004.
19. WSN Security Models: Refer 4 papers: Paper 1: Wireless sensor network security
model using zero knowledge protocol, ICC 2011; Paper 2. An energy efficient link-
layer security protocol for wireless sensor networks, EIT 2007; Paper 3. Toward
resilient security in wireless sensor networks, MobiHoc 2005; Paper 4. TinySec: a
link layer security architecture for wireless sensor networks, SenSys 2004
Associated Laboratory:Practicals on Motes, CDAc kits on WSN Applications
Title: Wireless Sensor Network & Security Laboratory
Objective: Setup state-of-art to implement & demonstrate territorial, on-water &

underwater & air-borne networks. Multi-modality sensor networks, Multi-Camera
Networks, Smart Environments, Behaviour Modelling, Adaptive Systems, Ambient
Intelligence, Security aspects implementation and demonstrations.
CE610 Information Retrieval Systems
Introduction: Basic Concepts, Retrieval Process Modeling – A Formal Characterization of

IR Models, Classic Information Retrieval (Boolean model, Vector Model, Probabilistic
Model), Alterative Set Theoretic Models, Alternative Algebraic Models (Generalized
Vector Space Model, Latent Semantic Indexing Model). Query Languages and
Operations: Keyword based Querying, Pattern Matching, Structural Queries, User
Relevance Feedback. Text Operations: Document Preprocessing, Document Clustering,
Text Compression. Evaluation in Information Retrieval: Retrieval Performance Evaluation
Recall, Precision, Mean average Precision, F-Measure, User Oriented Measures,
Discounted Cumulated Gain. TREC Web Collections. Searching the Web: Characterizing
the web, Crawling the Web, Mercator: A Scalable, Extensible Web Crawler, Parallel
Crawlers, Different Types of Web Crawler, Anatomy of a Large-Scale Hyper textual Web
Search Engine, Page Rank Algorithm. IR Applications: Summarization and Question
Answering.
Text Book:
178
1. Ricardo Baeza-Yate, Berthier Ribeiro-Neto (2011), “Modern Information Retrieval”,
Second Edition, Addison Wesley.
Reference Books:
1. G. G. Chowdhury (2003), “Introduction to Modern Information Retrieval”, Second

Edition, NealSchuman Publishers.
2. David A. Grossman, Ophir Frieder (2004), “Information Retrieval: Algorithms and

Heuristics”, Springer.
AM 625 Digital Image Processing
Digital image fundamentals: Simple image model, Sampling, Quantization, Introduction to

colour images. Image enhancement in spatial domain: Basic gray level transformations,
Histogram processing, Spatial filters. Image enhancement in frequency domain: Frequency
domain filters, Ideal, Butterworth and Gaussian filters. Image restoration: Noise models,
Noise reduction using spatial filters, Noise reduction using frequency domain filters.
Morphological image processing: Dilation, Erosion, Opening, Closing, Applications to;

Boundary extraction, Region filling, Extraction of connected components. Image
segmentation: Discontinuity detection, Edge linking and boundary detection,
Thresholding, Region based segmentation, Segmentation by morphological watershed.
Object recognition: Decision-theoretic methods. Image Compression.
Text/References
1. Digital Image Processing, 3rd Ed., 2007, R. C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods,

Prentice Hall.
2. Digital Image Processing Using MATLAB, 2nd Ed., 2009, R. C. Gonzalez, Richard
E. Woods, Steven L. Eddins, Gatesmark Publishing.
3. Digital Picture Processing, 2nd Ed., 1982, A. Rosenfeld, A. C. Kak, Academic

Press.
4. Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing, 1st Ed., 1989, A.K. Jain, Prentice Hall
of India.
5. Pattern Classification and Scene Analysis, 1973, R. O. Duda, P. E. Hart, John

Wiley.
6. Pattern Recognition, Applications to Large Data-Set Problems, 1984, Sing-Tze

Bow, Marcel Dekker.
179
EE 612 Advanced Wireless Communication
Introduction: Wireless Communication Overview, Wireless Spectrum, Wireless

Transmission, TDM, FDM, CDM, Medium Access Control, Capacity of Wireless
Channels, Digital Modulation and its performance, Mobility Management - Handoff and
Roaming
Cellular networks: Cellular Communications, Principles of Cellular Networks,1G

Wireless – AMPS,2G Wireless - GSM, CDMA, CDPD,2.5 Wireless - Why, what,
whodunit? , HSCSD, GPRS, EDGE, 3 G Wireless -WCDMA, CDMA2000, WiMAX,
HSPA, HSDPA, 4G, LTE, 5G
802: Overview & Architecture, 802.1: Bridging & Management, 802.2: Logical Link
Control, 802.3: Ethernet, 802.11: Wireless LANs, 802.15: Wireless PANs, 802.16:
Broadband Wireless MANs,802.17: Resilient Packet Rings, 802.19: TV White Space
Coexistence Methods, 802.20: Mobile Broadband Wireless Access, 802.21: Media
Independent Handover Services, 802.22: Wireless Regional Area Networks, Zigbee
Wireless network security: Overview of wireless technology: threats, vulnerabilities and

safeguards, Cellular and PCS network security, secure wireless encrypted e-mail
solution, Wireless handheld device security, Personal Area Networks security (e.g.
Bluetooth), Wireless LAN security (IEEE 802.11)
Spread spectrum: Multicarrier Modulation, Spread Spectrum, DSSS, FHSS, CDMA,

Block diagram, Multiuser Communications & Wireless Networks, MIMO Systems
Sensor networks: Sensor Networks, Ad-hoc Networks, Sensor nodes (Motes),

architecture, Applications ofSensor Networks, Routing protocols, Localization OS for
sensor networks: Tiny OS
Mobile devices: PDAs, Cellphones, Smart Phones, OS for Mobile Devices: Symbian,
iOS, Embedded Linux
Platforms: Android platform, Virtual Machines, Applications development, SDK, SyncML,

Sim toolkit, SMS/MMS
Texts:
1. A Guide to Wireless Engineering Body of knowledge(WEBOK), IEEEpublications,

Wiley, ISBN 978-0-470-4066-9, 2009
2. Andrea Goldsmith, Wireless Communication, Cambridge University Press
180
3. D. Milojicic, F Douglas and R. Wheeler(Editors), Mobility, Processes, Computers
and Agents, Addison Wesley, 1999
References:
1. Theodore Rappaport, “Wireless Communications, principles and Practices,

2ndEdition, Pearson.163
2. C.S.R. Murthy, “Ad-hoc Wireless Networks: Architecture and Protocols”,

PearsonEducation.
3. Jochen Schiller, Mobile Communication, Second Edition, Pearson Education.
EE 613 Electronic Warfare

UINT-1: Introduction to Electronic Warfare:Electronic Defence, Electronic Combat
(ESM-ECM-ECCM), Radar Basics (Radar Technology Evolution, Radar Range Equation,
RCS Reduction, Counter-Low Observable), SIGNIT, Intercept System Characteristics
and Functions, Frequency Coverage, Analysis Bandwidth, Wideband Radar Signal
Trends, Dynamic Range, Dynamic Range Requirements, Sensitivity, Noise Figure
Measurement, Y-Factor Measurement, Some Sensitivity Measures, Output SNR and
Receiver Applications, Threshold Detection, Sensitivity and the Received Pulse Density,
The Ultimate Limits to ELINT Parameter Measurements, Probability of Intercept.
UNIT-2: Electronic Support Measures: Typical ESM Systems, ESM Sensitivity, ESM
Receivers - Crystal Video Receiver, IFM Receiver, Superheterodyne Receiver,
Channelized Receiver, Bragg Cell Receiver, Compressive Receiver, Digital Receivers.
DOA/AOA Measurement Emitter Location - The Role of Emitter Location ,Emitter
Location Geometry ,Emitter Location Accuracy, Amplitude-Based Emitter Location,
Interferometer Direction Finding, Interferometric DF Implementation, Direction Finding
Using the Doppler Principle, Time of Arrival Emitter Location.
UNIT-3: Electronic Counter Measures:Principals of Electronic Attack (EA), Jamming-

to-Signal Ratio , Jamming Types(Burn-Through, Cover Jamming ,Range Deceptive
Jamming, Inverse Gain Jamming, Repeater Jamming Equations, Noise Jamming vs.
Deception, Repeater vs. Transponder, Sidelobe Jamming vs. Mainlobe Jamming, Stand-
Off Jamming, Escort Jamming, Self Protection Jamming, ECM techniques, On-Board
ECM Systems, Off-Board ECM Systems, Infrared Countermeasures (IRCM), Off-Board
ECM Systems, Communications Countermeasures (COM-ECM), Electro-Optic Counter
181
Measure (Eocm) Systems¸ Airborne Tactical Jamming System, Shipboard Self-Defense
System, EA/Susceptibility against Weapon Systems.
UNIT-4: Electronic Counter-Countermeasures:Search Radar Counter-

Countermeasures, Tracking Radar Counter-Countermeasures, Infrared Counter-
Countermeasures, Communications Counter-Countermeasures.
UNI-5: New Electronic Defense Techniques: New Electronic Defense Techniques and
Technologies trend, Shared Apertures/MRFS, Anti Anti-Radiation Missile Techniques,
Anti-Stealth Techniques, RF Direct Energy Weapons, Design and Evaluation Criteria:
Design Criteria, Evaluation Criteria for the Choice of a System, Operational
Effectiveness, Electronic Defense and Conventional Defense, Electronic Warfare
Digitization.
Text Books:
1. EW101: A First Course in Electronic Warfare, David Adamy, Artech House
2. EW102: A Second Course in Electronic Warfare, David Adamy, Artech House
3. Introduction to Electronic Defense Systems, Second Edition, Artech House by

Filippo Neri
4. Introduction to Electronic Warfare 1984, Schleher Dc, Artech House
5. Microwave Receiver with EW applications, 1986, James Bao& Yen Tsui, Wiley
and Sons.
Reference Books:
1. Electronic Warfare in the Information Age, 1999,D. Curtis Schleher, Artech House,
Boston, London
2. Radar hand book, 1972/1990, Skolnik MI, Mc Graw Hill.
3. Fundamentals of Electronic Warfare, Artech House by Sergei A. Vakin
EE 618 DSP System Design
Introduction: Importance of the course, why FPGAs lend to high-performance DSP

design
Design: Combinational circuits, Binary Adders, Binary Multipliers, Multiply Accumulator

(MAC).Sequential circuits, Mealy and Moore machine, Frequency synthesizer, PLL, DDS
(Directdigital Synthesizer)
182
VHSIC HDL: Code Structure, Data types, Operators, Concurrent & Sequential code,
Library Packages,Functions Procedures, Test bench
VHDL Design in signal processing: FIR digital filter, IIR digital filter, Introduction to
multi rate signal processing, Decimator &Interpolator
Impelmentation of communication system models: QPSK Transmitter Model,

Receiver Model.
Case study:VHDL Design with Basic displays, CIC Filter Implementation, Designing a
MAC FIR -Serial Communication circuits, Digital Correlation by FFT
Texts/References:
1. Digital Signal Processing with Field Programmable Gate Arrays (Signals

andCommunication Technology). Uwe Meyer-Baese Second Edition
SpringerPublication 2007
2. Advanced FPGA Design: Architecture, Implementation, and Optimization,

SteveKilts, IEEE press Wiley 2007
3. http://www.xilinx.com/publications/xcellonline/ - Xcell Journal
TM 609 System Engineering

Large scale systems, Generic systems, System Engineering(SE) frame work, SE dimentions, SE
Matrix, tools of SE- Words, graph, mathematics, Structural Modelling, Flexible imperative
structure modelling, Algorithms of FISM, Cross impact models, Deterministic models- Kane
simulations and weighted graph models, Monte Carlo models
References:
1. George, A Hazelrigg, System Engineering: An Approach to Information based Design,
Prentice Hall NJ, 1996.
2. Benjamin, A. Balachard and Walter, J Fabrycky, System Engineering and Analysis, 3rd
3. ED., Prentice Hall International Series, Industrial & System Engineering
TM 611 Software Projects Management
This course will cover the techniques for managing software projects. It is intended to give the
students both knowledge about, and practical experience in, the design and development of
production quality software. The techniques taught in the class will be applied to a substantial
team project.
183
Course topics will be as follows: Software project Management in IT Industry (case study),
Effort Estimating and Scheduling, Project Monitoring and Control, Reviews, Risk Management,
Tools for Software Project Management such as MS Project.
EE 609 SoC and Embedded Systems

Introduction: Definition and Classification, Overview of Processors and hardware units in an
embedded system, Software embedded into the system, Exemplary Embedded Systems,
Embedded Systems on a Chip (SoC) and the use of VLSI designed circuits
Devices and buses for devices network: I/O Devices, Device I/O Types and Examples,
Synchronous, I/o synchronous and Asynchronous Communications from Serial Devices,
Examples of Internal Serial-Communication Devices, UART, Parallel Port Devices, Sophisticated
interfacing features inDevices/Ports, Timer and Counting Devices, ‗I2C‗, ‗USB‗, ‗CAN‗ and
advanced I/O Serial high speed buses, ISA, PCI, PCI-X and advanced buses
Embedded computing:Embedded processors, ARM processor, Architecture, Instruction sets and
programming. Case Studies
Advanced embedded computing:Programmable System on Chip, Cypress PSoC Technology.
Advance DSP Processors. FPGA Technology towards Embedded system aspects- Pico blaze and
micro blaze processors- Embedded RAM- Embedded multiplier FPGA coding using
VHDL/Verilog Associated Labs: Assignements using Microcontroller kits, FPGA kits.
Texts:
1. ARM System-on-Chip Architecture (2nd Edition) Steve Furber
2. Real-time digital signal processing: Based on the TMS320C6000 , Nasser Kehtarnavaz
References:
1. http://www.xilinx.com/publications/xcellonline : Xcell Journal
2. DSP Architecture, Programming and Application- B Venkataramani, M Bhaskar
3. Wayne Wolf, Computers as Components; Principles of Embedded Computing System
Design – Harcourt India, Morgan Kaufman Publishers, First Indian Reprint 2001.
CE667 Trustworthy Computing

Course Objectives:Understanding of TPM capabilities, as well as other trusted computing
standards and technologies
 Secure/Trusted/ Verified Boot
 Remote Attestation
184
 Use of open source tools for development of trusted process
Be able to maintain and to develop trusted systems.
Course Prerequisites:Basic understanding of Boot Process, Shell Programming and Formal
Methods, Fundamentals of OS.
Syllabus:
Introduction to trusted computing, Techniques for recording platforms state: Recording code
identity, Recording dynamic properties. Use of platform information: Secure boot, Storage access
control based on code identity. Information from platform states. Roots of trust: General-purpose
tamper- resistant and Tamper-responding devices, General –purpose devices without dedicated
physical defenses, Special-purpose minimal devices, Research solutions without hardware
support. Challenges in bootstrapping trust in secure hardware: Problem definition, Potential
solutions. Validating the process. Implementing trust bootstrapping: Open source tools.
Human factors & usability, Limitations: Load-time versus run-time guarantees , Hardware
attacks.
Text Books:
1. Bryan ParnoJonathan M. McCune, Adrian Perrig, ―Bootstrapping trust in
ModernComputers‖, Springer Briefs in ComputerScience.
2. D.Challener,K.Yoder,R.Catherman,D.Safford,andL.vanDoorn,―APracticalGuide toTrusted
Computing‖, IBM Press, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. DynamicsofaTrustedPlatform:ABuildingBlockApproach,DavidGrawrock,IntelPress;1stedi
tion, ISBN:1934053171.
CE 611 Genetic Algorithm & Artificial Neural Networks

An Overview of Combinatorial Optimization, An Introduction to Genetic Algorithms, Theoretical
Foundations of Genetic Algorithms, Genetic Algorithms in Engineering and Optimization,
Genetic Algorithms in Natural Evolution, Simulated Annealing and Tabu Search, Artificial Neural
Networks, Evolving Neural Networks and Implementing Genetic Algorithms
Text Books:
1. Goldberg (1989), ―Genetic Algorithms‖, Addison Wesley
2. Simon S Hykins(1999), ―Neural Networks‖, Prentice Hall
185
Reference Books:
1. Mitchell (1998), ―An Introduction to Genetic Algorithms‖, MIT Press
2. Zalzala A. Fleming P (1997), ― Genetic algorithms in engineering systems‖, London:
Institution of Electrical Engineers
3. Wulfram Gerstner, WennerKristler (2002), ― Spiking Neuron Models- Single Neurons,
Populations, Plasticity‖, Cambridge University Press
CE688 Game Theory

Course Objectives:
1. To understand the concepts of Game Theory and get an overview.
2. To learn and appreciate the applications of game theory in Network Security.
Prerequisites:Basic understanding of Computer Networking and Network Security
Syllabus:
Network Security Concepts: Networks and Security Threats, Networks and World Wide Web,
Security Threats, Attackers, Defenders, and their Motives, Attackers, Defenders, Defense
Mechanisms, Security Tradeoffs and Risk Management, Security Tradeoffs, Security Risk
Management, Introduction to Game Theory: What is Game Theory? Game Theory
Classification, Introduction to Non-Cooperative Game Theory, General Formulation for Non-
cooperative Games, Existence of Nash and Saddle-Point Equilibria in Finite Games, Existence
and Uniqueness of Equilibria in Infinite Games, Prisoner‘s Dilemma, Co-operative Game Theory,
Shapley Value, Deterministic Security Games: Security Game Model, Intrusion Detection
Games, Matrix Games, Games with Dynamic Information, Sensitivity Analysis, Modeling
Malicious Behavior in Social Networks, Security Games for VehicularNetworks, Vehicular
Network Model, Attack and Defense Model, Game Formulation and Numerical Analysis, Security
Games in Wireless Networks, Random Access Security Games,Interference Limited Multiple
Access Security Games, Revocation Games, Discussion and Further Reading, Stochastic
Security Games: Markov Security Games, Markov Game Model, Solving Markov Games,
Stochastic Intrusion Detection Game, Security of Interconnected Systems, Analysis of an
Illustrative Example, Linear Influence Models, Malware Filter Placement Game, Stochastic
Game Formulation, Simulations. Decision Making for Network Security, Security Risk
Management , Quantitative Risk Management, Risk in Networked Systems and Organizations, A
Probabilistic Risk Framework, Dynamic Risk Mitigation AndControl, Security Investment
Games, Influence Network and Game Model, Equilibrium and Convergence Analysis, Incentives
and Game Design, Cooperative Games for Security Risk Management, Coalitional Game Model,
186
Coalition Formation under Ideal CooperationResource Allocation for Security: An Optimization
Approach To Malware Filtering, Traffic Centrality Measures, Filtering Problem Formulations, A
Robust Control Framework for Security Response, Network Traffic Filtering Model, Derivation
of Optimal Controller and State Estimator, Optimal and Robust Epidemic Response, Epidemic
Models, Feedback Response for Malware Removal, Multiple Networks, Machine Learning for
Intrusion and Anomaly Detection: Intrusion and Anomaly Detection, Intrusion Detection and
Prevention Systems, Open Problems and Challenges, Machine Learning for Security: An
Overview, Overview of Machine Learning Methods, Open Problems and Challenges,
Distributed Machine Learning, SVM Classification and Decomposition, Parallel Update
Algorithms, Active Set Method and A Numerical Example, Behavioral Malware Detection.
Text Books:
1. T. Alpcan and T. Basar, ―Network Security: A decision and Game Theoritic Approach‖,
Cambridge University Press.
2. M. Osborne, ―AN Introduction to Game Theory‖, Oxford University Press, 2003.
Reference Books:
1. Bragg et al, ―Network Security: The complete Reference‖, McGraw Hill Osborne, 2003.
McGraw Hill, 2010.
4. A. Dixit et al., ―Games of Strategy‖, Third Edition, W Norton Publishers, 2009.
CE 612 Soft Computing

Fuzzy Logic: Crisp set and Fuzzy set, Basic concepts of fuzzy sets, membership functions. Basic
operations on fuzzy sets, Properties of fuzzy sets, Fuzzy relations.
Propositional logic and Predicate logic, fuzzy If – Then rules, fuzzy mapping rules and fuzzy
implication functions, Applications. Neural Networks: Basic concepts of neural networks, Neural
network architectures, Learning methods, Architecture of a back propagation network,
Applications. Genetic Algorithms: Basic concepts of genetic algorithms, encoding, genetic
modelling. Hybrid Systems: Integration of neural networks, fuzzy logic and genetic algorithms.
Text Book:
1. S. Rajasekaran and G.A.VijaylakshmiPai, ―Neural Networks Fuzzy Logic, and Genetic
Algorithms‖, Prentice Hall of India.
187
Reference Books:
1. Vojislav Kecman (2001), ―Learning and Soft Computing: Support Vector Machines,
Neural Networks, and Fuzzy Logic Models‖, MIT Press
2. K.H.Lee, ―First Course on Fuzzy Theory and Applications‖, Springer-Verlag.
3. J. Yen and R. Langari, ―Fuzzy Logic, Intelligence, Control and Information‖, Pearson
Education.

Syllabus:
1 Introduction: Motivation, System view of high availability design, Terminology
2 Hardware redundancy: Basic approaches, Static & Dynamic, Voting, Fault tolerant
3 Error detection techniques: Watchdog processors, Heartbeats, Consistency and
capabilitychecking, Data audits, Assertions, Control-flow checking Application: DHCP
4 Software fault tolerance: Process pairs, Robust data structures, N version programming,
Recovery blocks, Replica consistency & reintegration, Multithreaded programs
Application: HP Himalaya Servers
5 Network fault tolerance: Reliable communication protocols, Agreement protocols,
6 Practical steps in design of high availability networked systemsApplication: Web services,
Highly available clusters
7 Check pointing& Recovery Application: Microcheckpointing
8 Attack dimension to failures, byzantine generals problem, in context of side-channel
attacks study fault induced leads to catastrophic failure
9 Case Studies
Text Book:
1 Koren and C. Mani Krishna, Fault-tolerant Systems, 1st edition, 2007, Morgan Kaufmann.
Reference Book:
2 D. P. Siewiorek and R. S. Swarz, Reliable Computer Systems - Design and Evaluation, 3rd
edition, 1998, A.K. Peters, Limited.
3 D. K. Pradhan, ed., Fault Tolerant Computer System Design, 1st edition, 1996, Prentice-
Hall.
188
CE 692 Computational Geometry & Applications
Pre-requisites: The students are assumed to have a basic knowledge of the design and
analysis of algorithms and data structures. No knowledge of the application domains is
required, and hardly any knowledge of geometry. The analysis of the randomized
algorithms requires very elementary knowledge of probability theory. Syllabus:
Geometric primitives, Line intersection, randomized incremental concepts, Triangulation
and visibility, Linear programming in two and three dimensions, Orthogonal range
searching, Point location and Binary Space Partitions, Voronoi diagrams and Delaunay
triangulation, Convex hulls, Non-orthogonal range searching
Text Book:
1. Computational Geometry: Algorithms and Applications‖, Third Edition (March

2008),Mark de Berg, TU Eindhoven (the Netherlands), Otfried Cheong, KAIST (Korea),
Marc van Kreveld, Mark Overmars, Utrecht University (the Netherlands), Springer-Verlag
CE 694 Big Data Analysis & Algorithms

Prerequisites: Data Structure, programming , computer networks, Statistics
Syllabus:
Introduction to big data analysis: Evolution of big data, data streams, structured & unstructured
data, database models, graph data, normalizations
Big data analytics platforms: architectures, frameworks that enable big data analytics
Big data analytics storage & processing: data pre-processing, , multi-dimensional data models,
data warehousing OLTPs, OLAPS, data warehouse architectures, data cube computations, big
data mining frequent patterns, big data associations & correlations, classifications & predictions,
clustering techniques & analysis, mining data streams, graph mining spatial & temporal objects,
predictive analysis, ad hoc queries, web analytics, Algorithms for massive data sets, Linked Big
Data Analysis – Graph Computing and Network Science,Big Data Visualization, Big Data Mobile
Applications, Large-Scale Machine Learning, Big Data Analytics on Specific Processors,
Hardware and Cluster Platforms for Big Data Analytics, Big Data Next Challenges – IoT,
Cognition, and Beyond Big data analytics tools
Text books:
a. Data Mining, Jiawei Han & Micheline Kamber, 2nd edition, Elsevier, 2006
b. Introduction To Algorithms, Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronaldo L. Rivest,
Clifford Stien 2nd Edition
189
CE 695 Cyber-Physical & Self-Organising Systems
Brief: This course examines a new class of computational systems called Cyber-Physical
Systems. Such systems have the potential to provide far-reaching benefits in addressing some of
the toughest problems we face as a society, such as: reducing healthcare costs, minimizing traffic
congestion, and constructing zero-net energy buildings. Four important features characterize
Cyber-Physical Systems (CPS): their ability monitor the underlying physical environment,
reason about the monitored data, control the physical environment through actuation, in a
coordinated manner using a communication medium. It can be seen immediately that in CPS,
the computational element (cyber) and the environment (physical) are tightly coupled, with one
influencing the other. Cyber-Physical Systems sits at the confluence of several traditional
disciplines, such as: embedded systems, real-time systems, sensor networks, control and hybrid
systems, and security. It presents many challenging problems and opportunities for research. With
guidance from the professor, students will survey recent CPS publications, develop an aptitude.
Readings will include papers on CPS applications (e.g., Body Area Networks, smart automobiles,
and energy-efficient buildings), issues involved in designing CPS (e.g., monitoring,
communication, and control), and how to ensure that the designed systems satisfy certain essential
properties (e.g., safety and security). Syllabus: Introduction, Main Concepts and Background,
Self-organising Systems, Self-organisation in Natural Systems Inspiring Self-organising Software,
Agents and Multi-Agent Systems Computing trends, Data device proliferation, Confluence of
trends, Technological and economic drivers Self-organisation Mechanisms, Stigmergy , Gossip ,
Trust and Reputation for Successful Software Self-organisation,Cooperation , Immune Systems,
Holonic Multi-Agent Systems Engineering Artificial Self-organising Systems, Engineering Self-
organising Systems, Middleware Infrastructures for Self-organising Pervasive Computing
Systems Applications of Self-organising Software, Self-organisation in Constraint Problem
Solving, Adaptive Trust Management, Security in Artificial Systems
Text Books:
1. Self Organising Software from Natural to artificial Adaptation, Di- MarzoSerugendo,
;Gleizer, M-p; Karageorgos, A (Eds), 2011, XVIII,462P; Hardcover ISBN:978-3642-
17347-9 Reading assignments:
Introduction: Brief history of CPS. Motivating problems in CPS.
2. K. Kim and P.R. Kumar, \CyberPhysical Systems: A Perspective at the Centennial,"
Proceedings of the IEEE , vol. 100, May 2012, p. 1287{1308.
190
3. E. Lee, \Cyber Physical Systems: Design Challenges", Proceedings of the IEEE
Symposium on Object Oriented Real-Time Distributed Computing (ISORC), 2008, p.
363{369.
4. R. Rajkumar, \A Cyber-Physical Future,"Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 100, May 2012, p.
1309{1312.
5. S. Barnum, S. Sastry, and J. Stankovic, \Roundtable: Reliability of Embedded and Cyber-
Physical Systems," IEEE Security and Reliability , September / October 2010, p. 27{32
Modeling: Continuous systems and discrete event systems.
6. Lygeros, Sastry, and Tomlin, Chapter 2
7. P. Derler, E. Lee, and A. Sangiovanni-Vincentelli, \Modeling Cyber-Physical Systems,"
Proceedings of the IEEE, Vol.100, no. 1, January2012, p.13{28.
Control over networks
8. R. Alur, A. D'Innocenzo, K. Johansson, G. Pappas, and G. Weiss, \Compositional
Modeling and Analysis of Multi-Hop Control Networks," IEEE Transactions on
Automatic Control, vol. 56, no. 10, October 2011, p. 2345{2357.
9. J. Hespanha, P. Naghshtabrizi, and Y. Xu, \A Survey of Recent Results in Networked
Control Systems," Proceedings of the IEEE, vol. 95, no. 1, January 2007, p. 138{162.
10. Pajic, R. Mangharam, G. Pappas, and S. Sundaram, \Topological Conditions for In-
Network Stabilization of Dynamical Systems,"IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in
Communications, vol. 31, no. 4, April 2013.
11. G. Hackmann, W. Guo, G. Yan, Z. Sun, C. Lu, and S. Dyke, \Cyber-Physical Codesign of
Distributed Structural Health Monitoring with Wireless Sensor Networks,"IEEE
Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems , vol. 25, no. 1, p. 63{72, January 2014.
Stability of Hybrid and Switched Systems
12. R. A. Decarlo, M. S. Branicky, S. Pettersson, and B. Lennartson, \Perspectives and Results
on the Stability and Stabilizability of Hybrid Systems," Proceedings of the IEEE ,vol. 8,
no. 7, p. 1069{1082, July 2000.
13. D. Liberzon and A. S. Morse, \Basic problems in stability and design of switched
systems," IEEE Control Systems Magazine , vol. 19, no. 5, pp. 59{70, October 1999.
14. M. Branicky, \Multiple Lyapunov functions and other analysis tools for switched
andhybrid systems," IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control , vol. 43, no. 4, p. 75{482,
April 1998.
15. J. Hespanha, \Uniform Stability of Switched Linear Systems: Extensions of
LaSalle'sInvariance Principle," IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control , vol. 49, no. 4,
p.470{482, April 2004
191
CE662 Operating System Security
Objectives: This course examines what it takes to build a secure operating system and explores
the major systems development approaches applied towards building secure OS‗s including
virtualization. From this course, students will learn:
 Theoretical concepts of operating system security
 Security architectures of current operating systems
 Details of security implementation
 Concept of virtualization
 Security mechanisms in virtual machines
Prerequisites:Operating System Concepts

Syllabus:
Operating System Fundamentals: Process management – Process states, runtime environment,
IPC; Memory management – Memory organization, virtual memory concept; File System; OS
kernel architecture. Introduction to Secure Operating Systems: Security goals, Trust model,
Threat model. Access Control Fundamentals: Protection system, Reference monitor concept,
Discretionary protection system, Mandatory protection system, Rule-based access control, Role-
based access control. Multics: Multics security fundamentals, protection system models,
vulnerability analysis. Security in Unix-like and Windows OS: protection system, authorization,
security analysis. Verifiable Security Goals: Information flow models, secrecy models, integrity
models. Secure Capability Systems: Capability system fundamentals, Building secure capability
systems. Security Kernels: Scomp architecture, Kernel data structure analysis. Security in
Commercial Operating Systems: Security in Commercial Operating Systems - Microkernel
systems, UNIX systems. Kernel level attack vectors: Memory exploits, code based attacks. Case
Studies: SolarisTrusted Extensions, SE Linux, Android security features. Secure Virtual
Machine Systems: Separation kernels, sandboxing, Multiple Independent Levels of Security,
VAX/VMM security kernel architecture.
Text Book:
1. Jaeger, T., ―Operating System Security‖, Morgan & Claypool (online), 2008.
Reference Material:
1. Morrie Gasser: "Building a Secure Computer System"
2. Silberschatz and Galvin: "Operating System Concepts", Addison Wesley, 2006
3. Virgil Gligor‗s Lectures on Security Policies.
192
CE 613 Software Architecture & Design Patterns
Objective:
1. To apply the appropriate design patterns
Prerequisite: Knowledge of C++ and OOAD
What is Software Architecture, Architectural patterns, reference models, reference architectures,

architectural structures and views. Introduction to Patterns and UML • Software Design Patterns
From GoF • Creational Patterns • Structural Patterns • Behavioral Patterns • Software
Architectural Patterns • Layer, Pipe and Filters and Black Board
Text Book:
1. Software Architecture in Practice, second edition, Len Bass, Paul Clements & Rick
Kazman, Pearson Education, 2003
2. Design Patterns: Elements of Reusable Object-Oriented Software, Erich Gamma, Richard
Helm, Ralph Johnson, and John Vlissides, Addison-Wesley.
Reference books:
1. Object-Oriented Design with Applications (Second Edition) by Grady Booch
2. UML Distilled – Third Edition by Martine Fowler, Addison Wesley
3. Pattern-Oriented Software Architecture: A System of Pattern by Frank Buschmann,
Regine Meunier, Hans Rohnert, Peter Sommerlad, Michael Stal, John Wiley & Sons.
CE 614 Principles of Programming Language

Introduction: Programming Languages, Programming linguistics, Concepts and paradigms,
Syntax, semantics, and pragmatics, Language processors, Historical development
Basic Concepts: Values and Types Types: Primitive types, Built-in primitive types, Defined
primitive types, Discrete primitive types, Composite types, Cartesian products, structures, and
records, Mappings, arrays, and functions, Disjoint unions, discriminated records, and objects,
Recursive types, Lists, Strings, Recursive types in general, Type systems, Static vs dynamic
typing, Type equivalence, The Type Completeness Principle, Expressions, Literals,
Constructions, Function calls, Conditional expressions, Iterative expressions
Variables and Storage: Variables and storage, Simple variables, Composite variables, Total vs
selective update, Static vs dynamic vs flexible arrays, Copy semantics vs reference semantics,
Lifetime, Global and local variables, Heap variables, Persistent variables, Pointers, Pointers and
193
recursive types, Dangling pointers, Commands, Skips, Assignments, Procedure calls, Sequential
commands, Collateral commands,
Bindings and Scope: Bindings and environments, Scope, Block structure, Scope and visibility,
Static vs dynamic scoping, Declarations, Type declaration, Constant declarations, Variable
declarations, Procedure definitions, Collateral declarations, Sequential declarations, Recursive
declarations, Scopes of declarations, Blocks, Block commands, Block expressions, The
Qualification Principle
Procedural Abstraction: Function procedures and proper procedures, Function procedures,
Proper procedures, The Abstraction Principle, Parameters and arguments, Copy parameter
mechanisms, Reference parameter mechanisms, The Correspondence Principle, Implementation
notes, Implementation of procedure calls, Implementation of parameter passing
Advanced Concepts
Data Abstraction; Program units, packages, and encapsulation, Packages, Encapsulation,
Abstract types, Objects and classes, Classes, Subclasses and inheritance, Abstract classes,
Single vs multiple inheritance, Interfaces
Generic Abstraction: Generic units and instantiation, Generic classes in C++, Type and class
parameters, Type parameters in C++, Class parameters in Java
Type Systems: Inclusion polymorphism, Types and subtypes, Classes and subclasses, Parametric
polymorphism, Polymorphic procedures, Parameterized types, Type inference, Overloading,
Type conversions
Control Flow: Sequencers, Jumps, Escapes, Exceptions
Concurrency : Why concurrency?, Programs and processes, Problems with concurrency,
Nondeterminism, Speed dependence, Deadlock, Starvation, Process interactions
Paradigms
Imperative Programming: Key concepts, Pragmatics, A simple spellchecker, Case study: C,
Values and types, Variables, storage, and control, Bindings and scope, Procedural abstraction,
Independent compilation, Preprocessor directives, Function library, A simple spellchecker
Object-Oriented Programming: Key concepts, Pragmatics, Case study: C++, Values and
types, Variables, storage, and control, Bindings and scope, Procedural abstraction, Data
abstraction, Generic abstraction, Independent compilation and preprocessor directives, Class and
template library, A simple spellchecker
Case study: Java, Values and types, Variables, storage, and control, Bindings and scope,
Procedural abstraction, Data abstraction, Generic abstraction, Separate compilation and dynamic
linking, Class library, A simple spellchecker
194
Concurrent Programming: Key concepts, Pragmatics, Case study: Ada95, Process creation
and termination, Mutual exclusion, Admission control, Scheduling away deadlock, Case study:
Java, Process creation and termination, Mutual exclusion, Admission control
Functional Programming: Key concepts, Eager vs normal-order vs lazy evaluation, Pragmatics,
Case study: Haskell, Values and types, Bindings and scope, Procedural abstraction, Lazy
evaluation, Data abstraction, Generic abstraction, Modeling state, A simple spellchecker
Logic Programming: Key concepts, Pragmatics, Case study: Prolog, Values, variables, and
terms, Assertions and clauses, Relations, The closed-world assumption, Bindings and scope,
Control, Input/output, A simple spellchecker
Scripting: Pragmatics, Key concepts, Regular expressions Case study: Python, Values and types,
Variables, storage, and control, Bindings and scope, Procedural abstraction, Data abstraction,
Separate compilation, Module library
Language Selection: Criteria, Evaluation
Language Design: Selection of concepts, Regularity, Simplicity, Efficiency, Syntax, Language
life cycles
Text Books:
1. David Watt, Programming Language Design Concepts, ( Main Text), Wiley, 2004
2. Robert Harper, Practical Foundations for Programming Languages (Second Edition).
Cambridge University Press, 2016.
CE615 Advanced Algorithms
1. Review of Analysis Techniques: Growth of Functions: Asymptotic notations; Standard
notations and common functions; Recurrences and Solution of Recurrence equations- The
substitution method, The recurrence – tree method, The master method; Amortized
Analysis: Aggregate, Accounting and Potential Methods.
2. Graph Algorithms: Bellman - Ford Algorithm; Single source shortest paths in a DAG;
Johnson‘s Algorithm for sparse graphs; Flow networks and Ford-Fulkerson method;
Maximum bipartite matching.
3. Internet Algorithms: Search engines; Ranking web pages; Hashing; Caching, content
delivery, and consistent hashing.
4. Number -Theoretic Algorithms: Elementary notions; GCD; Modular Arithmetic;
Solving modular linear equations; The Chinese remainder theorem; Powers of an element;
RSA cryptosystem; Primality testing; Integer factorization.
5. String-Matching Algorithms: Naïve string Matching; Rabin - Karp algorithm; String
matching with finite automata; Knuth-Morris-Pratt algorithm; Boyer – Moore algorithms.
195
6. Probabilistic and Randomized Algorithms: Probabilistic algorithms; Randomizing
deterministic algorithms, Monte Carlo and Las Vegas algorithms; Probabilistic numeric
algorithms.
Laboratory Work:
1. Design, develop, and run a program in any language to implement the Bellman-Ford
algorithm and determine its performance.
2. Design, develop, and run a program in any language to implement Johnson‘s algorithm
and determine its performance.
3. Design, develop, and run a program in any language to implement a Monte Carlo
algorithm to test the primality of a given integer and determine its performance.
4. Design, develop, and run a program in any language to solve the string matching problem
using naïve approach and the KMP algorithm and compare their performances.
5. Design, develop, and run a program in any language to solve modular linear equations.
6. Design, develop, and run a program in any language to implement a Page Ranking
algorithm.
Text Books:
1. T. H Cormen, C E Leiserson, R L Rivest and C Stein: Introduction to Algorithms,2 nd
Edition, Prentice-Hall of India, 2002.
2. Kenneth A. Berman, Jerome L. Paul: Algorithms, Cengage Learning, 2002.
3. R.Sedgewick, ―Algorithms in C++ : Fundamentals, Data Structures, Sorting, Searching,
Parts 1-4 (English) 3rd Edition, Pearson.
Reference Books:
1. Ellis Horowitz, SartajSahni, S.Rajasekharan: Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms,
University Press, 2007.
196

Part I - PG - Programmes - 2016-18

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part I - PG - Programmes - 2016-18

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Part I - PG - Programmes - 2016-18

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COURSES OF STUDY

Defence Institute of Advanced Technology

2 STRUCTURE AND SYLLABUS OF COURSES 8-370

* Robotics is a multidisciplinary specialisation. M Tech degree will be awarded as per the UG

academic programmes of the institute are reviewed continuously.

of individuals after reviewing their performance.

2. Last date of Late Registration 08th July 2016

Sending Certified list of courses (Regular, Self study,

6. Sending the Panel of Examiners to COE 12th August 2016

9. End Semester Examination (2 weeks) 23rd Nov – 06th Dec 2016

10. Oral Examination Committee approved by Chairman 04th Nov 2016

(M.Tech. 3rd Sem) / PhD progress review by DRMC

14. Result Declaration – Autumn Semester 23rd Dec 2016

During the period provided

2. Last date of Late Registration 06th Jan 2017

Sending Certified list of courses (Regular, Self study,

4. Classes 02nd Jan – 05th May 2017

6. Sending the Panel of Examiners to COE 27th Jan 2017

9. End Semester Examination (2 weeks) 16th May – 29th May 2017

10. Oral Examination Committee approved by Chairman 11th May, 2017

14. Result Declaration 12th June 2017

During the period provided

Eligibility: B.E./B. Tech. degree in Aerospace, Aeronautical or AeSI / Mechanical/ Chemical/

Sl. Course Contact Hours/week

Sl. Course Contact hours/week

Sl. Course Contact Hours /week

Sl. Course Contact Hours /week

# Will be offered in 3rd Semester only.

Eligibility: Bachelor‘s Degree in Aeronautical/Mechanical Engineering of a recognized

Sl. Course Contact Hours /Week

# Will be offered in 3rd Semester only.

Eligibility: B.E./B. Tech. degree in Aerospace, Aeronautical or AeSI / Mechanical/ Electronics/

Sl. Course Contact Hours/week

Sl. Course Contact hours/week

Sl. Course Contact Hours /week

Sl. Course Contact Hours /week

# Will be offered in 3rd Semester only.

AE 601 Aerospace Propulsion

Incompressible flow: Introduction, Governing equations, Flow kinematics, Elementary flows,

1. John D. Anderson, Fundamentals of Aerodynamics, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2006.

AE 603 Navigation, Guidance & Control

AE 604 Introduction to Missiles & UAVs

Guided Missile systems: Classification of missiles, Different missile configurations,

1. Reg Austin, Unmanned Aircraft Systems. Wiley Publication, 2010.

AE 605 Flight Mechanics

AE 606 Aerospace Structures

Analysis of aircraft & UAV structures; Principles of stressed-skin construction; Structural

1. David J. Peery, Aircraft Structures, Dover Publications, 2011

3. T. H. G. Megson, Aircraft Structures for Engineering Students, Butterworth-Heinemann, 2010.

AE 607 Flight Instrumentation

Basic concepts of measurements: Generalized characteristics of sensors, instruments, and

Signal processing: Operational amplifiers, instrumentation and Charge amplifiers. Analog to

AE 608 Missile Guidance & Control

AE 610 Missile Propulsion

HYPERSONIC AIR BREATHING PROPULSION: Aerothermodynamics of Ramjet & Scramjet Engines,

AE 611 UAV Design

Terminology. Requirements. Certification approaches: aircrafts and UAVs. Airworthiness of aircrafts

Introduction to UAV system Development.

AE 612 Experimental Aerodynamics